The Project Gutenberg eBook of Exercises upon the Different Parts of Italian Speech, with References to Veneroni's Grammar

This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this ebook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

Title: Exercises upon the Different Parts of Italian Speech, with References to Veneroni's Grammar

Author: Ferdinando Bottarelli

Editor: Giambattista Rolandi

Release date: November 9, 2015 [eBook #50419]

Most recently updated: October 22, 2024

Language: English

Credits: Produced by Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier and the Online

Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EXERCISES UPON THE DIFFERENT PARTS OF ITALIAN SPEECH, WITH REFERENCES TO VENERONI'S GRAMMAR ***

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: Minor spelling and punctuation errors have been corrected but accents are retained as printed: inconsistently. The exception is the replacement of A’ with Á, and so on.

EXERCISES

UPON THE DIFFERENT

PARTS OF ITALIAN SPEECH

WITH

REFERENCES

TO

VENERONI’S GRAMMAR:

TO WHICH IS ADDED,

AN ABRIDGMENT OF THE ROMAN HISTORY,

INTENDED AT ONCE TO MAKE THE LEARNER ACQUAINTED WITH

HISTORY, AND THE IDIOM OF THE ITALIAN LANGUAGE.

By F. BOTTARELLI, A. M.

The EIGHTH EDITION, carefully revised and corrected.

By G. B. ROLANDI.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR J. COLLINGWOOD; LONGMAN, HURST, REES

ORME & BROWN; SIMPKIN & MARSHALL; G. & W. B.

WHITTAKER; T. BOOSEY & SONS; AND J. BOOKER.

1822.

Printed by T. C. Hansard, Peterboro’-court, Fleet-street, London.

PREFACE.

Amidst the laudable endeavours for the advancement of the Italian language, it is surprising that an easy and expeditious method of teaching it has been, in a great measure, neglected; and that beginners have hitherto been left without proper assistance. Under this impression, I have composed these EXERCISES upon the Syntax of VENERONI’S Italian Grammar; with what success I have executed the task, must be submitted to the decision of qualified and impartial judges.

These Exercises comprehend all the difficulties, and idiomatical expressions of the Italian language; the rules and exceptions of which are exemplified after such a method, that a learner cannot fail to become master of that language who has carefully gone through them once or twice.

The examples are of three sorts; the first, immediately following the rule, are short: as nothing farther is designed by them, than to illustrate that particular rule. The second sort are longer, and in them, not only the rule to which they refer, is exemplified, but also the foregoing ones are again brought into practice, the better to imprint them on the memory: since, were it not for this contrivance, learners would forget one rule, while they were learning another; the examples of the third kind, contain all the preceding, and some of the subsequent rules promiscuously; and for these reasons, are not to be attempted, until the student has gone twice at least, through the former part (for I think it advisable they should go through it more than once).

The radical Italian words are interlined, a thing very useful and requisite in a work of this nature, as well to save the trouble of consulting Dictionaries, as to prevent the use of improper terms, and wrong spelling, otherwise unavoidable; and those who wish to learn the Italian language, will thereby be enabled to make a much quicker progress than they could possibly do by the tedious task of searching a Dictionary for the words they require.

I have frequently omitted such words as had been often mentioned before, presuming there was no occasion for such repetition; and in order to excite attention in learners, that they might recollect what they had learned, and exert both their memory and judgment, or, on memory failing them, have recourse to a Dictionary, as a last resource. For these reasons, in the latter part of the Exercises, there are scarcely any Italian words but nouns and verbs, all the other parts of speech having already been gone through.

There is added, by way of Appendix, an Abridgment of the Roman History. As history is one of the most easy and entertaining parts of literature, and as that of the ancient Romans is absolutely necessary to a proper understanding of the Classics, I hope this addition will prove highly beneficial to young beginners.

N. B. Great pains have been taken to render this new Edition of BOTTARELLI’S ITALIAN EXERCISES more perfect than any hitherto published. In order to facilitate the Italian pronunciation, the words have been accented according to the plan of VENERONI’S GRAMMAR; the references to VENERONI have been compared, and carefully corrected, and many new ones added, together with several Notes and Remarks. All obsolete and improper phrases have been expunged; and the Chronology of the Roman History has been improved by the addition of DATES to each respective chapter: in short, on account of the many additions, alterations, and improvements, this edition may almost be considered as a new book, and a worthy companion of the celebrated Grammar of VENERONI.

⁂ A new Edition of the KEY to these EXERCISES is just published.

ITALIAN EXERCISES.

ON THE ACCIDENCE OF VERBS.

Regular Verbs of the First Conjugation. [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, page 88.]

1. I love,

2. am-áre

1. thou acquirest,

2. acquist-áre

1. he respects,

2. rispett-áre

1. we salute,

2. salut-áre

1. you speak,

2. parl-áre

1. ye pass,

2. pass-áre

1. they walk.

2. spasseggi-áre.

1. I did call,

2. chiam-áre

1. thou didst prattle,

2. ciarl-áre

1. he did command,

2. comand-áre

1. we did begin,

2. cominci-áre

1. you did buy,

2. compr-áre

1. they did confess.

2. confess-áre.

1. I confirmed,

2. conferm-áre

1. thou didst deliver,

2. consegn-áre

1. he preserved,

2. preserv-áre

1. we considered,

2. consider-áre

1. you advised,

2. consigli-áre

1. they contended.

2. contrast-áre.

1. I have declined,

2. declin-áre

1. thou hast courted,

2. corteggi-áre

1. he has cured,

2. cur-áre

1. we have crowned,

2. coron-áre

1. you have dedicated,

2. [1]dedic-áre

1. they have supped.

2. cen-áre.

1. I had wished,

2. desider-áre

1. thou hadst declared,

2. dichiar-áre

1. he had dispensed,

2. dispens-áre

1. we had assembled,

2. radun-áre

1. you had undeceived,

2. disingann-áre

1. they had wasted.

2. scialacqu-áre.

1. I will expect,

2. aspett-áre

1. thou shalt arrive,

2. arriv-áre

1. he will assault,

2. assalt-áre

1. we will assure,

2. assicur-áre

1. you will wish,

2. augur-áre

1. they shall increase.

2. aument-áre.

1. Dance,

2. ball-áre

1. let him change,

2. cambi-áre

1. let us walk,

2. passeggi-áre

1. sing ye,

2. cant-áre

1. let them certify.

2. [2]certific-áre.

1. That I may fast,

2. digiun-áre

1. that thou mayest besiege,

2. assedi-áre

1. that he may ride,

2. [2]cavalc-áre

1. that we may punish,

2. [2]castig-áre

1. that you may pass,

2. pass-áre

1. that they may cause.

2. cagion-áre.

1. That I might caress,

2. accarezz-áre

1. that thou mightest burn,

2. abbruci-áre

1. that he might stoop,

2. [2]abbass-ársi

1. that we might accept,

2. accett-áre

1. that you might embrace,

2. abbracci-áre

1. that they might mend.

2. accomod-áre.

1. I should accompany,

2. accompagn-áre

1. thou shouldst accuse,

2. accus-áre

1. he should baptize,

2. battezz-áre

1. we should mistrust,

2. [3]diffid-ársi

1. you should venture,

2. [2]arrisic-áre

1. they should administer.

2. amministr-áre.

1. That I may have lamented,

2. lament-áre

1. that thou mayest have invented,

2. invent-áre

1. that he may have governed,

2. govern-áre

1. that we may have tamed,

2. addimestic-áre

1. that you may have asked,

2. domand-áre

1. that they may have experienced.

2. speriment-áre.

1. That I might have formed,

2. form-áre

1. that thou mightest have taken away,

2. lev-áre

1. that he might have sent,

2. mand-áre

1. that we might have prepared,

2. prepar-áre

1. that you might have deprived,

2. priv-áre

1. that they might have resembled.

2. rassomigli-áre.

1. I should have prolonged,

2. [2]prolung-áre

1. thou shouldst have tried,

2. prov-áre

1. he should have remedied,

2. rimedi-áre

1. we should have refused,

2. rifiut-áre

1. you should have carried back again,

2. riport-áre

1. they should have prayed.

2. [2]preg-áre.

1. I shall or will have warmed,

2. riscald-áre

1. thou shalt have transferred,

2. trasport-áre

1. he shall have judged,

2. [4]giudic-áre

1. we shall have fortified,

2. [4]fortific-áre

1. you shall have inflamed,

2. infiamm-áre

1. they shall have failed.

2. [4]manc-áre.

[1] Verbs ending in care and gare, introduce h before e and i: wherefore, you must here write certifichino, not certificino. See Veneroni’s Grammar, page 92.

[2] See Gram. p. 92.

[3] Abbassarsi is for abbassare-si, see Gram. p. 148.

[4] See page 92.

Regular Verbs of the Second Conjugation. [See GRAMMAR, p. 95.]

1. I believe,

2. créd-ere

1. thou receivest,

2. ricév-ere

1. he sees,

2. ved-ére

1. we repeat,

2. ripét-ere

1. you beat,

2. bátt-ere

1. they drink.

2. bév-ere.

1. I did yield up,

2. céd-ere

1. thou didst owe,

2. dov-ére

1. he did cleave,

2. fénd-ere

1. we did groan,

2. gém-ere

1. you did feed,

2. pásc-ere

1. they did hang up.

2. appénd-ere.

1. I enjoyed,

2. god-ére

1. thou pressedst,

2. prém-ere

1. he reaped,

2. miét-ere

1. we shone,

2. rilúc-ere

1. you repeated,

2. ripét-ere

1. they sat down.

2. sed-ére.

1. I have sold,

2. vénd-ere

1. thou hast crept along,

2. sérp-ere

1. he has shrieked,

2. stríd-ere

1. we have feared,

2. tem-ére

1. you have beaten,

2. bátt-ere

1. they have received.

2. ricév-ere.

The following Verbs of the Second Conjugation are irregular. [See GRAM. p. 111.]

1. I had fallen,

2. [1]cad-ére

1. thou hadst pleased,

2. piac-ére

1. he had held,

2. ten-ére

1. we had grieved,

2. [1][2]dol-érsi

1. you had appeared,

2. par-ére

1. they had pleased.

2. piac-ére.

1. I shall or will persuade,

2. persuad-ére

1. thou shalt lie down,

2. giac-ére

1. he shall be able,

2. pot-ére

1. we shall remain,

2. riman-ére

1. you shall know,

2. sap-ére

1. they shall be accustomed.

2. [1][3]sol-ére.

1. Be silent,

2. tac-ére

1. let him see,

2. ved-ére

1. let us hold,

2. ten-ére

1. be ye pleased,

2. compiac-érsi

1. let them fall again.

2. ricad-ére.

1. That I may have,

2. avére

1. that thou mayest owe,

2. dov-ére

1. that he may fall,

2. cad-ére

1. that we may lie down,

2. giac-ére

1. that you may be able,

2. pot-ére

1. that they may grieve.

2. dol-érsi.

1. That I might appear,

2. par-ére

1. that thou mightest lie down,

2. giac-ére

1. that he might please,

2. piac-ére

1. that we might persuade,

2. persuad-ére

1. that you might be able,

2. pot-ére

1. that they might know.

2. sap-ére.

1. I should be silent,

2. tac-ére

1. thou shouldst be accustomed,

2. [4]sol-ére

1. he should be worth,

2. val-ére

1. we should hold,

2. ten-ére

1. you should see,

2. ved-ére

1. they should be willing.

2. vol-ére.

For a full conjugation of all the verbs in ere, see VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 95.

[1] Combined with essere and not avere, in the compound tenses.

[2] See page 148.

[3] See page 122.

[4] With essere.

Regular Verbs of the Third Conjugation. [See GRAMMAR, p. 102.]

1. I hear,

2. sent-íre

1. thou followest,

2. segu-íre

1. he opens,

2. apr-íre

1. we boil,

2. boll-íre

1. you consent,

2. consent-íre

1. they convert.

2. convert-íre.

1. I did cover,

2. [1]copr-íre

1. thou didst sow,

2. cuc-íre

1. he did sleep,

2. dorm-íre

1. we did fly,

2. fugg-íre

1. you did lie,

2. ment-íre

1. they did die.

2. [1]mor-íre.

1. I departed,

2. part-íre

1. thou didst suffer,

2. [1]soffr-íre

1. he repented,

2. pent-írsi

1. we ascended,

2. sal-íre

1. you served,

2. serv-íre

1. they went out.part-íre

2. sort-íre.

1. I have dressed,

2. vest-íre

1. thou hast heard,

2. ud-íre

1. he has consented,

2. consent-íre

1. we have slept,

2. dorm-íre

1. you have covered,

2. copr-íre

1. they have boiled.

2. boll-íre.

[1] Coprire, morire, and soffrire, though regular in every other respect, make in the participle passive, coperto, morto, and soferto.

The following Verbs in ire are irregular.[1] [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 144.]

1. I had appeared,

2. compar-íre

1. thou hadst uttered,

2. profer-íre

1. he had buried,

2. seppell-íre

1. we had dared,

2. ard-íre

1. you had abolished,

2. abol-íre

1. they had understood.

2. cap-íre.

1. I shall or will abhor,

2. abbor-íre

1. thou shalt enrich,

2. arricch-íre

1. he shall blush,

2. arross-íre

1. we shall banish,

2. band-íre

1. you shall whiten,

2. bianch-íre

1. they shall pity.

2. compat-íre.

1. Conceive thou,

2. concep-íre

1. let him digest,

2. diger-íre

1. let us finish,

2. fin-íre

1. approve ye,

2. grad-íre

1. let them bloom.

2. fior-íre.

1. That I may suffer,

2. pat-íre

1. that thou mayest grow mad,

2. impazz-íre

1. that he may languish,

2. langu-íre

1. that we may dispatch,

2. sped-íre

1. that you may unite,

2. un-íre

1. that they may obey.

2. obbed-íre.

1. That I might colour,

2. color-íre

1. that thou mightest flourish,

2. fior-íre

1. that he might sharpen,

2. inacerb-íre

1. that we might animate,

2. anim-áre

1. that you might harden,

2. indur-íre

1. that they might bellow.

2. mugg-íre.

1. I would strike,

2. colp-íre

1. thou wouldst banish,

2. band-íre

1. he would abhor,

2. abborr-íre

1. we would abolish,

2. abbol-íre

1. you would enrich,

2. arricch-íre

1. they would comprehend.

2. cap-íre.

For the formation of compound tenses, see VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 77, 82, and 88.

[1] They make isco in the present and corresponding tenses; as comparisco, proferisco, &c. instead of comparo, profero, &c.

Other Verbs of the Second Conjugation that are irregular only in some Tenses and Persons. [See GRAMMAR, p. 125, and the following.]

1. I belong,

2. apparten-ére

1. thou kindlest,

2. accénd-ere

1. he takes,

2. prénd-ere

1. we perceive,

2. accorg-érsi

1. you kill,

2. uccíd-ere

1. they burn.

2. árd-ere.

1. I did hide,

2. nascónd-ere

1. thou didst oppress,

2. opprím-ere

1. he did sprinkle,

2. aspérg-ere

1. we did divide,

2. divíd-ere

1. you did absolve,

2. assólv-ere

1. they did absorb.

2. assórb-ere.

1. I assumed,

2. [1]assúm-ere

1. thou offeredst,

2. porg-ere

1. he demanded,

2. richiéd-ere

1. we plucked up,

2. divell-ere

1. you shut,

2. chiud-ere

1. they engraved.

2. incid-ere.

1. I have granted,

2. conced-ere

1. thou hast run,

2. corr-ere

1. he has decided,

2. decid-ere

1. we have believed,

2. cred-ere

1. you have boiled,

2. cuoc-ere

1. they have decided.

2. decid-ere.

1. I had deluded,

2. delud-ere

1. thou hadst oppressed,

2. opprim-ere

1. he had defended,

2. difend-ere

1. we had expressed,

2. esprim-ere

1. you had sprinkled,

2. asperg-ere

1. they had known.

2. sap-ére.

1. I shall, or will grieve,

2. dol-érsi

1. thou shalt erect,

2. erg-ere

1. he shall exclude,

2. esclud-ere

1. we shall require,

2. esig-ere

1. you shall expel,

2. espell-ere

1. they shall extinguish.

2. estingu-ere.

1. Melt thou,

2. fond-ere

1. let him drive in,

2. figg-ere

1. let us feign,

2. fing-ere

1. break ye,

2. frang-ere

1. let them reflect.

2. riflett-ere.

1. That I may lie down,

2. giac-ére

1. that thou mayest fry,

2. frigg-ere

1. that he may join,

2. giung-ere

1. that she may imprint,

2. imprim-ere

1. that we may hang up,

2. append-ere

1. that you may see,

2. ved-ére

1. that they may include.

2. includ-ere.

1. That I might soak,

2. intrid-ere

1. that thou mightest intrude,

2. intrud-ere

1. that he might read,

2. legg-ere

1. that we might put,

2. mett-ere

1. that you might bite,

2. mord-ere

1. that they might plunge.

2. immerg-ere.

1. I would move,

2. muov-ere

1. thou wouldst milk,

2. mung-ere

1. he would conceal,

2. nascond-ere

1. we would neglect,

2. neglig-ere

1. you would foresee,

2. preved-ére

1. they would hurt (morally).

2. nuoc-ere.

1. That I may have offended,

2. offend-ere

1. that thou mayest have oppressed,

2. opprim-ere

1. that he may have struck,

2. percuot-ere

1. that we may have lost,

2. perd-ere

1. that you may have pleased,

2. piac-ére

1. that they may have wept.

2. piang-ere.

1. That I might have painted,

2. diping-ere

1. that thou mightest have presented,

2. porg-ere

1. that he might have curtailed,

2. precid-ere

1. that we might have taken,

2. prend-ere

1. that you might have presumed,

2. presum-ere

1. that they might have protected.

2. protegg-ere.

1. I should have sat down,

2. sed-ére

1. thou shouldest have returned,

2. rend-ere

1. he should have reduced,

2. ridur-re

1. we should have laughed,

2. rid-ere

1. you should have answered,

2. rispond-ere

1. they should have suspended.

2. sospend-ere.

1. When I shall have scattered,

2. sparg-ere

1. thou shalt have shaken,

2. scuot-ere

1. he shall have risen,

2. sorg-ere

1. we shall have killed,

2. uccid-ere

1. you shall have conquered,

2. vinc-ere

1. they shall have lived.

2. viv-ere.

[1] Let it be remarked that, in all the following verbs in ere, not accentuated, the accent is on the antepenultima; as pórgere, richiédere, &c.

On the RULES of the ITALIAN SYNTAX, with References to VENERONI’S Grammar.

On the ORDER of WORDS. [See GRAM. p. 196.]

1. I write

2. scrívere

1. three

2. tre

1. hours

2. [1]ora

1. every day.

2. ogni  [2]giôrno.

1. Thou art

2. éssere

1. too

2. [3]troppo

1. troublesome

2. molésto

1. to my

1. friends.

2. amíco.

1. He speaks

2. parláre

1. like

2. come

1. a Roman orator.

2. Románo  [4]oratóre.

1. We go

2. andáre

1. out of town

2. fuóri  [5]città

1. every Spring.

2. ogni primavéra.

1. You shew

2. mostráre

1. your

1. probity

2. probità

1. very plainly.

2. molto  [6]chiaraménte.

1. They think

2. pensáre

1. it is very fine weather

2. [8]fare [9]bello tempo

1. [7]to walk out.

2. spasseggiáre.

1. I was extremely glad

2. [10]rallegrársi estremaménte

1. to see him again.

2. rivedére.

1. Thou wert

2. essere

1. generously rewarded.

2. generosaménte ricompensáre.

1. He bought

2. compráre

1. many things

2. molto cosa

1. to send

2. mandáre

1. abroad.

2. fuóri del paese.

1. We encouraged

2. incoraggire

1. all arts and trades.

2. [11]tutto arte mestiére.

1. You baffled

2. sconcertáre

1. their

1. wicked designs.

2. scelleráto diségno.

1. They tempted

2. tentáre

1. our

1. faithful subjects.

2. fedéle suddito.

1. I have

2. avére

1. enriched

2. arricchíre

1. his

1. numerous family.

2. [12]numeróso famíglia.

1. Thou hast

1. many accounts

2. molto conto

1. to settle.

2. regoláre.

1. He has

1. renewed

2. rinnováre

1. his promises

2. proméssa

1. to us.

1. We have seen

2. vedére

1. the chief curiosities.

2. principále curiosità.

1. You have examined

2. esamináre

1. them

1. carefully.

2. attentaménte.

1. They have declared

2. dichiaráre

1. their

1. last will.

2. último volontà.

1. I had resolved

2. [13]risólversi

1. to get rid of

2. disfársi

1. them.

1. Thou hadst determined

2. determináre

1. to say it

2. dire

1. plainly.

2. schiettaménte.

1. He had fixed on

2. fissáre

1. that sort of

2. quello sorta

1. diversion.

2. divertiménto.

1. We had sworn

2. giuráre

1. to love

2. amársi

1. each other

1. eternally.

2. eternaménte.

1. You had forsaken

2. abbandonáre

1. his

1. acquaintance.

2. conoscénza.

1. They had implored

2. imploráre

1. the king’s

2. Re

1. clemency.

2. cleménza.

1. I shall

1. ever

2. sempre

1. commend

2. lodáre

1. prudent people.

2. prudente gente.

1. Thou shalt publish

2. spárgere

1. this news

2. nuóva

1. every where.

2. da per tutto.

1. He will return

2. ritornáre

1. from France

2. Fráncia

1. next week.

2. próssimo settimána.

1. We shall travel

2. viaggiáre

1. day and night

2. giórno e notte

1. till

2. finchè

1. we arrive.

2. [14]arriváre.

1. You will do

2. fare

1. yourself

1. immortal honor.

2. immortále onóre.

1. They will disgrace

2. disonoráre

1. their

1. noble family.

2. nóbile famíglia.

1. Bring

2. [15]portáre

1. me that

1. bottle

2. bottiglia

1. and

1. a glass.

2. bicchiére.

1. Let him gather

2. radunáre

1. all his things,

2. tutto roba

1. and then go.

2. poi andáre.

1. Let us walk

2. spasseggiáre

1. in the garden

2. [16]giardíno

1. before

2. avánti

1. dinner.

2. pranzo.

1. Go and meet

2. andáre incontráre

1. all our friends

2. tutto amíco

1. on the road.

2. sulla strada.

1. Let them answer

2. [17]rispóndere

1. all my

1. questions.

2. dománda.

[1] Nouns ending in a, make the plural in e, Ex. ora, plur. ore.

[2] Those in o, make the plural in i, giorno, giorni.

[3] It is a general rule, that all words of two syllables have the first long (except those whose last syllable takes a grave accent), therefore such words need not hereafter be accentuated.

[4] Subst. in e, make i in the plural, oratore, oratori.

[5] See Gram. p. 44, on words in tà indeclinable.

[6] See Gram. p. 158, on the formation of adverbs out of adjectives.

[7] To, must be translated by the word per.

[8] Che fa, as in French, qu’il fait.

[9] Bello loses its last syllable, and makes bel. See Gram. p. 56.

[10] See Gram. p. 147, on reciprocal verbs.

[11] See the declension of tutto, Gram. p. 73.

[12] See Gram. p. 53, on adjectives ending in o.

[13] Risólvere makes in the part. passive risolúto.

[14] Must be the future tense.

[15] See Gram. p. 205.

[16] See the rules on the preposition nello, nella, p. 42.

[17] Rispondere governs the dative case of the thing.

On the Articles lo, la, li, le, gli. [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 35, and 200.]

1. The study

2. [1]studio

1. of belles lettres

2. belle léttere

1. has always been recommended

2. [2]éssere sempre stato raccomandáre

1. to the youth

2. [3]gioventù

1. of both sexes.

2. ambedúe sesso.

1. Great events

2. grande evénto

1. and revolutions

2. rivoluzióne

1. followed

2. seguíre

1. the death of

2. morte

1. Cæsar.

2. Césare.

1. The fear

2. timóre

1. of torments

2. torménto

1. made him fly

2. fare fuggíre

1. his country.

2. pátria.

1. Poland was

2. Polónia éssere

1. for many years

2. per molto anno

1. the seat of domestic divisions.

2. seggio doméstico divisióne.

1. Portugal is

2. Portogállo

1. a despotic kingdom.

2. despótico regno.

1. Avarice is

2. Avarízia

1. despicable.

2. sprezzábile.

1. My lord

2. signór

1. the archbishop,

2. arcivéscovo

1. visited

2. visitáre

1. all the

1. clergy.

2. clero.

1. My lord

2. [4]signór

1. the president,

2. presidénte

1. decreed it

2. decretáre

1. in his behalf.

2. favóre.

1. Madam

2. signóra

1. the countess

2. contéssa

1. has ordered it.

2. comandáre.

1. The gentlemen

2. signóri

1. are not yet come

2. éssere ancóra veníre

1. to see us.

2. vedére.

1. Women

2. donna

1. are

1. very fair

2. molto bióndo

1. in the northern countries.

2. settentrionále paése.

[1] Lo before nouns beginning with an s, and followed by another consonant. See Gram. p. 36.

[2] Essere instead of avere. See p. 84.

[3] Words in ù are indeclinable. See p. 50.

[4] The article il must be put before signore: except before ecclesiastical titles, when we must say Monsignor.

The English particle to, before infinitives, is sometimes rendered in Italian by the Article il or lo. [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 200.]

1. It is forbidden

2. éssere proibíre

1. to do evil.

2. fare male.

1. It is not

1. always convenient

2. sempre convenévole

1. to speak

2. dire

1. the truth.

2. verità.

1. It is permitted

2. perméttere

1. to a sick person

2. ammaláto

1. to complain.

2. [1]lamentársi.

1. It is not

1. polite

2. civíle

1. to interrupt

2. interrómpere

1. any one who speaks.

2. uno che parláre.

1. It is

1. right

2. giústo

1. to correct

2. corréggere

1. boys

2. ragázzo

1. whilst

2. mentre

1. they are young.

2. éssere gióvane.

1. It is a

1. great satisfaction

2. grande soddisfazióne

1. to people of feeling

2. sensíbile gente

1. to hear that

2. sentíre

1. their friends

2. amico

1. are in perfect health.

2. éssere perfétto salúte.

1. It is a

1. great pleasure

2. gran piacére

1. to see brothers

2. vedére fratéllo

1. well united together;

2. bene unito insiéme

1. but

2. ma

1. it is a

1. great grief

2. grande dispiacére

1. to see them disagree.

2. vedére discórdia.

1. It is not

1. always proper

2. sempre convenévole

1. to correct children

2. corréggere ragázzo

1. for the faults they commit;

2. fallo comméttere

1. but it is

2. ma

1. very necessary

2. molto necessário

1. to make them sensible of them.

2. fare accórgersi

1. It is easy

2. fácile

1. to give advice,

2. dare consíglio

1. but difficult

2. ma diffícile

1. to execute.

2. eseguíre.

1. It is easy

1. to perceive

2. accórgersi

1. you neglect

2. trascuráre

1. your business.

2. affáre.

1. It was

1. ever commendable

2. sempre lodévole

1. to study

2. studiáre

1. languages.

2. lingua.

[1] See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 147, on reciprocal verbs.

On the SYNTAX of NOUNS. [See GRAMMAR, p, 201.]

1. A dutiful child

2. obbediénte figliuólo

1. is

1. a great comfort

2. grande consolazióne

1. to his parents.

2. suo genitóre.

1. A good wife

2. buóno moglie

1. is

1. an inestimable treasure.

2. inestimábile tesóro.

1. A diligent master

2. diligénte maéstro

1. instructs

2. instruíre

1. attentive scholars.

2. atténto scolaro.

1. A good action

2. buóno azióne

1. deserves

2. meritáre

1. great praise.

2. grande lóde.

1. A rash counsel

2. inconsideráto consíglio

1. is productive of

2. è l’origine

1. fatal consequences.

2. fatále conseguénza.

1. My father

2. padre [1]

1. and mother

2. madre [1]

1. are

2. éssere

1. very compassionate.

2. molto compassionévole.

1. Their brother

2. fratéllo

1. and sister

2. sorélla

1. are

1. industrious.

2. industrióso.

1. Your house

2. casa

1. and garden

2. giardíno

1. are

1. excessively beautiful.

2. eccessivamente bello.

1. My exercise

2. tema

1. and my lesson

2. lezióne

1. are

1. difficult.

2. diffícile.

1. Our man-servant

2. servitore

1. and our maid-servant

2. serva

1. are

1. good,

2. buóno

1. and therefore

2. perciò

1. they shall be rewarded.

2. saranno ricompénsati.

1. You,

1. your master,

2. padróne

1. and your mistress,

2. padróna

1. have been civil

2. éssere stato civíle

1. [2]to me, and

1. merit

2. meritáre

1. my greatest thanks.

2. [3]gránde ringraziaménto.

[1] An adjective with several substantives, must agree in gender with that which is the most worthy, the masculine being accounted more worthy than the feminine.

[2] Render it thus; towards me, verso di me.

[3] See Gram. p. 56, on superlatives.

On COMPARATIVES. [See GRAM. p. 53.]

1. France

2. Fráncia

1. is larger

2. grande

1. and more powerful than

2. poténte

1. Italy.

2. Itália.

1. Virgil wrote

2. Virgílio scrívere

1. more than

1. any other poet.

2. qualúnque altro poéta [1].

1. Horace was

2. Orázio éssere

1. much more satirical than

2. satírico

1. Juvenal.

2. Giuvenale.

1. Your countrymen are

2. vostro compatriótto

1. much richer than

2. [2]ricco

1. mine.

2. mio.

1. This water is

2. questo acqua

1. much clearer than

2. chiáro

1. crystal.

2. cristállo.

1. Your sister’s hands are

2. sorélla  [3]mano

1. whiter than

2. [4]biánco

1. alabaster.

2. alabástro.

1. The English are

2. Inglése

1. more studious than

2. studióso

1. their neighbours.

2. vicino.

1. Milton was

2. Milton éssere

1. much more learned than

2. dotto

1. Dante.

2. Dante.

1. The Russians behaved

2. Russo comportársi

1. more bravely than

2. valorosaménte

1. the Turks.

2. Turco.

1. Cicero was

2. Ciceróne

1. less happy than

2. felíce

1. Diogenes.

2. Diógene.

1. Lewis the Fourteenth was

2. Luígi décimo quarto

1. much less admired than

2. ammiraré

1. Henry the Fourth.

2. Enríco quarto.

1. London is

2. Londra

1. far better paved than

2. lastricáre

1. Paris.

2. Parígi.

1. Venice is

2. Venézia

1. much less populous than

2. popoláto

1. Naples.

2. Nápoli.

1. Lend me

2. prestáre

1. three thousand pounds

2. tre [5] mila lira

1. for a month.

2. per mese.

1. I have inherited

2. avére ereditáre

1. five hundred guineas

2. cinque cento ghinea

1. a year.

2. anno.

1. I have

1. seven brothers

2. sette fratéllo

1. and two sisters

2. due sorélla

1. alive.

2. vivo.

1. The tenth

2. diéci

1. of next month

2. próssimo mese

1. I will pay you.

2. pagáre.

1. Judas was

2. Giúda éssere

1. one of the

1. twelve apostles.

2. dódici apóstolo.

1. William the Third was

2. Gugliélmo [6] terzo éssere

1. a great conqueror.

2. grande conquistatóre.

1. Henry the Fourth of France

2. Enríco quarto di Francia

1. was

1. a matchless warrior.

2. incomparábile guerriêro.

1. Pope Sixtus the Fifth

2. Papa Sisto quinto

1. was

1. a great man.

2. grande uómo.

1. Your master has

2. padróne avere [7]

1. a fine country-house.

2. bello villa.

1. Your brother has

2. fratello

1. six fine dapple-bay horses.

2. sei bello bajo pomelláto cavállo.

1. Your uncle

2. zio

1. and aunt

2. zia

1. are

2. éssere

1. my dear friends.

2. caro amíco.

1. Our general was

2. generále

1. ever reputed

2. sempre riputáre

1. a gallant man.

2. valoróso uómo.

1. Solomon was

2. Salomóne

1. a wise king.

2. sávio re.

1. King George is

2. Giórgio

1. a religious monarch.

2. religióso monárca.

1. Nero was

2. Neróne

1. a wicked man.

2. cattívo uómo.

1. Crœsus

2. Creso

1. was reckoned

2. stimáre

1. a rich prince.

2. ricco príncipe.

1. The duke of Richmond has

2. duca Richmond

1. six fine grey horses.

2. sei bello [8] leárdo cavállo.

1. Spain is

2. Spagna

1. a hot country,

2. caldo paése

1. but Germany is

2. ma Germánia

1. a very cold one.

2. freddo paése.

1. Give me

2. dare

1. some cold water,

2. freddo acqua

1. and red wine.

2. rosso vino.

1. I like

2. amáre

1. cold weather

2. freddo tempo

1. better than

1. hot.

2. caldo.

1. The English ladies are

2. Inglése signóra

1. handsomer than

2. bella

1. the Italian.

2. Italiána.

1. I always thought

2. sempre crédere

1. he was

1. a troublesome man.

2. [9]incómodo uómo.

1. This poor man

2. questo póvero uómo

1. has

2. avére

1. crooked legs.

2. storto gamba.

1. Will you have

2. avére

1. a round hat

2. rotóndo cappéllo

1. or a cocked one?

2. od a tre pizzi?

1. There is

1. a sickly man,

2. ammalatíccio uómo

1. methinks.

2. mi pare.

1. You are

1. a thoughtful philosopher.

2. pensieróso filósofo.

1. The industrious

2. [10]industrióso

1. are praised,

2. lodáre

1. but

2. ma

1. the slothful

2. pigro

1. are despised.

2. sprezzáre.

1. The righteous

2. giústo

1. find peace

2. trováre pace

1. but

1. the wicked

2. scelleráto

1. feel torment.

2. sentíre torménto.

1. The covetous

2. aváro

1. despise the poor,

2. sprezzare póvero

1. but

2. ma

1. the generous

2. generóso

1. cherish them.

2. volére bene.

1. The merciful

2. misericordióso

1. shall find mercy,

2. trovare pietà

1. but

1. the cruel

2. crudéle

1. shall be punished.

2. castigáre.

1. The wise man

2. sávio

1. seeks wisdom,

2. cercáre sapiénza

1. but

1. the fool

2. stolto

1. despises understanding.

2. sprezzáre intendiménto.

1. Give me

2. dare

1. some bread,

2. [11]del pane

1. some wine,

2. vino

1. some butter,

2. butírro

1. some cheese,

2. cácio

1. some boiled beef,

2. manzo alésso

1. some mutton,

2. castráto

1. some veal,

2. vitéllo

1. some pork,

2. porco

1. some pie,

2. pastíccio

1. some fish,

2. pesce

1. some mustard,

2. mostárda

1. some salt.

2. sale.

1. Go and fetch me

2. andáre a cercáre

1. a bit of

2. pezzo

1. the white bread.

2. biánco pane.

1. Send to market

2. mandáre mercáto

1. to buy me

2. compráre

1. ten pounds of

2. libbra

1. fresh butter.[12]

2. fresco butírro.

1. Bring directly

2. portáre súbito

1. six pounds of

2. sei libbra

1. black cherries.

2. nero cerása.

1. Seven hundred of

2. sette cento

1. fresh walnuts,

2. noce

1. and five pounds of

2. cinque

1. hazle nuts.

2. nocciuóla.

1. Have you been

2. éssere stato [13]

1. at Paris?

1. No, but

2. No ma

1. I have been at

1. Rouen:

2. Roáno

1. it is

1. a fine city.

2. bello città

1. Did you see it?

2. vedére

1. Did you give

2. dare [14]

1. your brother

2. fratéllo

1. the book

2. libro

1. I lent you?

2. prestáre

1. No, I gave it

2. dare

1. to my sister, and

2. sorélla

1. she will return it to you

2. restituíre

1. when she has read it.

2. léggere.

1. Did you tell

2. dire

1. your father

2. padre

1. I was

2. éssere

1. in the country?

2. campágna?

1. No, sir, but

1. I told my mother,

2. dire madre

1. it is all one.

2. è l’istéssa cosa.

1. God demands

2. Iddío richiedere

1. the pureness of

2. purità [15]

1. our hearts.

2. cuóre.

1. We ought to die

2. dovére moríre

1. for the service of

2. servízio

1. our princes.

2. príncipe.

[1] See Gram. p. 45, on words ending in a of the masc.

[2] Words ending in cco, take an h in the plural, p. 49.

[3] Mano is of the fem. gender.

[4] Such words as end in co, and go, take also an h in the plural. See Gram. p. 49.

[5] Nouns of number ought to be put before the substantive.

[6] Nouns of order must be after the substantive, when we speak of ecclesiastical, or secular princes.

[7] Adjectives of quality must be put before substantives.

[8] Nouns of colours, elementary qualities, and of nations, must be put after the substantive.

[9] The adjectives of condition, figure, and quantity, must be put after substantives.

[10] Adjectives that have no substantives must be of the masculine gender, because man is always understood.

[11] When you ask for something without specifying the quantity of it, use the article partitive, del, della, &c. See Gram. p. 210.

[12] You must use the article indefinite di, when you specify the quantity of the thing.

[13] We put the indefinite article a before the names of cities.

[14] Before the names of men and women, we use al, alla, allo, a, &c.

[15] We use de’ before pronouns that are joined with substantives. See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 201.

CONSTRUCTION of ADJECTIVES.

The Adjectives expressing desire, knowledge, remembrance, ignorance, forgetting, care, fear, guilt, or any passion of the mind, require the following Noun to be in the Genitive case.

1. Those who

2. quello

1. are desirous of

2. éssere bramóso

1. honour,

2. onóre

1. are studious of learning

2. studióso sciénza

1. and of good manners.

2. buóno costúme.

1. He who is not

1. mindful of

2. badáre

1. his own business,

2. própio affáre

1. cannot be

2. non può

1. mindful of

2. badare

1. other people’s.

2. altro.

1. Thou and I are

1. guilty of

2. colpévole

1. the same error.

2. stesso errore.

1. I am ignorant

2. ignoráre

1. of the fact

2. fatto

1. you mention.

2. mentionáre.

Adjectives expressing plenty, or want, as poor, destitute, empty, full, void, require the Genitive case after them.

1. He whose

1. purse

2. borsa

1. is empty of money,

2. vuóto danáro

1. has a house

2. avére casa

1. empty of friends.

2. vuóto amíco.

1. The court

2. corte

1. which is

2. éssere

1. full of flatterers,

2. piéno adulatóre

1. is pernicious

2. pernizióso

1. to a prince,

2. príncipe

1. though he be

1. rich in substance

2. ricco sostánza

1. and loaded with honours.

2. colmáre onóre.

1. A journey of twenty miles

2. viággio venti míglia

1. wearies a horse

2. stancáre cavállo

1. that is very hungry;

2. fame

1. for while

2. perchè mentre

1. he is wanting food,

2. bramare di mangiare

1. he goes slowly.

2. andáre lentamente.

1. Laziness

2. pigrízia

1. has need of spurs.

2. bisógno speróne.

The Adjectives worthy, unworthy, adorned, encompassed, content, must have a Genitive after them.

1. Those are unworthy

2. éssere indégno

1. of the glory of Heaven,

2. glória Ciélo

1. who do not think

2. che crédere

1. virtue worthy of love,

2. virtù dégno amóre

1. nor are contented with

2. conténto

1. the pleasure it gives.

2. piacére che dare.

1. A son endowed with excellent qualities

2. figliuólo dotáto eccellénte qualità

1. rejoices his father,

2. rallegráre padre

1. whose good example he imitates,

2. buóno esempio imitáre

1. whose comands he observes;

2. comándo osserváre

1. he is never in fear,

2. mai paura

1. for he provokes not

2. perchè provocáre

1. his father’s anger;

2. padre cóllera

1. he is always mindful of his own duty,

2. sempre attento al dovére

1. and is like a staff

2. è come bastóne

1. to his father’s old age.

2. padre vecchiája.

1. He who is endowed with

2. quello dotáto

1. fine qualities,

2. bello qualità

1. and does not behave himself well,

2. comportársi bene

1. is unworthy of men’s society.[1]

2. éssere indégno uómo società.

1. Those who are

2. éssere

1. contented with

2. conténto

1. their own condition,

2. condizióne

1. are worthy of

2. degno

1. the name of good Christians;

2. nome buóno Cristiáno

1. but such are very rare.

2. ma raro.

1. If the city of Naples

2. se città Nápoli

1. were encompassed

2. circondáre

1. with walls,

2. muro

1. it would be

2. éssere [2]

1. stronger than it is.

2. forte

1. England is adorned with

2. Inghiltérra ornáre

1. the fairest ladies

2. [3]belle signóra

1. in the world.

2. di questo mondo.

1. Our country is

2. paése

1. surrounded with

2. chiúdere

1. the strongest bulwarks.

2. [3]forte baluárdo.

1. Few people are

2. poco gente

1. satisfied with

2. soddisfáre

1. the lot that

2. sorte

1. Providence has granted them.

2. Providénza concédere.

[1] See Gram. p. 44, on words ending in tà.

[2] See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 53, on comparatives.

[3] Ibid. p. 56, on superlatives.

Adjectives governing a Dative Case. Adjectives expressing submission, relation, pleasure, due, resistance, difficulty, likeness, have the following Noun in the Dative case.

1. Virtue is pleasant to

2. [1]virtù piacévole

1. the righteous,

2. giústo

1. and profitable to

2. profittévole

1. those who love it.

2. quello che amáre.

1. Adoration

2. L’adorazione

1. is due to God,

2. dovúto Dio

1. the King of all the world.

2. [2]Re tutto mondo.

1. Honour is due to kings,

2. onóre dovúto Re

1. because

2. perchè

1. God has commanded us

2. avére comandáre

1. to be obedient to them.

2. éssere obbediénte

1. It is

1. a lamentable thing

2. lamentévole cosa

1. to see

1. some men of great abilities

2. uómo gràn talénto

1. prone to wickedness.

2. dédito vízio.

1. A man

2. uómo

1. who suffers himself

2. lasciársi

1. to be led by

2. allettáre

1. the corrupted pleasures

2. corrótto piacére

1. of this world,

2. quésto mondo

1. is not like a Christian.

2. símile Cristiáno.

1. Children

2. figliuólo

1. are not always like

2. sempre símile

1. their parents,

2. genitóre

1. they are sometimes

2. talvólta

1. quite different from them.

2. affátto differénte

1. My father

2. padre

1. is like my uncle

2. somigliáre zio

1. as to his features,

2. in quanto fattézza

1. and the colour of his hair,

2. colóre  [3]capéllo

1. but he is not like him

2. ma éssere

1. in his manners.

2. costúme.

[1] Words in ù are indeclinable. See Gram. p. 50.

[2] Re is indeclinable.

[3] Of his hair, dei capelli in plur. and without the possessive pronoun.

On Superlative Degrees. [See GRAM. p. 56.]

1. The most noble

2. la più nóbile

1. of all virtues

2. tutto virtù

1. is charity.

2. carità.

1. The most ingenious people

2. [1]più ingegnóso persone

1. are not always

2. éssere sempre

1. the most learned.

2. dotto.

1. The most pernicious of all crimes

2. pernizióso delítto

1. is slander,

2. calúnnia

1. it ruins

2. rovinare

1. very often

2. [2]spesso

1. the reputation of

2. riputazióne

1. the most honest people;

2. onésto gente

1. it puts discord between

2. méttere discórdia fra

1. the most intimate friends;

2. intrínseco amíco

1. in short,

2. in somma

1. it is

1. the most abominable crime

2. abbominévole delítto

1. in the world.

2. mondo.

1. The best quality

2. [3]buóno qualità

1. a man can have,

2. uómo potére avére

1. is to be

1. civil

2. civíle

1. and obliging.

2. cortése.

1. The best friend

2. amíco

1. we can have is

1. money.

2. danáro.

1. The best soldiers

2. soldáto

1. in the world are

1. sometimes conquered.

2. talvólta vincere.

1. Buy me

2. compráre

1. the best grapes

2. uva

1. you see in town.

2. vedére città.

1. The greatest men

2. gránde uómo

1. in the kingdom

2. regno

1. confess it.

2. confessáre.

1. The richest people

2. ricco gente

1. are not

1. the happiest.

2. felíce.

1. The most virtuous women

2. virtuóso donna

1. have been guilty of

2. éssere stato colpévole

1. coquetry.

2. civettería.

1. We should pay a most particular attention to

2. [4]fare particoláre attenzióne

1. the moral conduct of

2. morale condotta

1. our children

2. figliuólo

1. of both sexes.

2. ambidúe sesso.

[1] The most is rendered by il più, la più, i più, &c. See Gram. p. 56.

[2] Very often makes spessissimo.

[3] The superlative-comparative degree of buono is il migliore. See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 54 and 56.

[4] Pay is often turned by fare.

OF PRONOUNS.

The Personal Pronouns io, tu, egli, essa, noi, voi, eglino, being the Nominative Case, ought to be put before the Verb; but if there is an Interrogation, they must be put after. [See GRAM. p. 67.]

1. I entreat you

2. supplicáre voi

1. to grant me

2. accordáre

1. that favour.

2. quello favóre.

1. What do you

1. desire

2. brama

1. of me,

1. madam?

2. madama?

1. What do you

1. say?

2. dire

1. I do not

1. understand

2. capíre

1. you.

1. Don’t you

1. speak

2. parláre

1. Italian

2. Italiáno

1. and French?

2. Francése?

1. I understand them

2. capíre

1. pretty well,

2. assái bene

1. but when

2. ma quando

1. you speak

2. parláre

1. so very fast,

2. così presto

1. I cannot understand you.

2. non posso capíre.

1. I ask you

2. domándare

1. if you will

2. volére

1. do me

2. fare

1. a favour.

2. favóre.

1. With all my heart,

2. tutto cuóre

1. if I can

2. potére

1. conveniently.

2. senz’inconveniente.

1. Have you

2. avére

1. an Italian Dictionary?

2. Italiáno Dizionário?

1. Yes, I have

1. Baretti’s Dictionary.

2. Barétti Dizionário.

1. Will you lend

2. prestáre [1]

1. it me for

1. two or three weeks?

2. due tre settimána?

1. It is

1. at your service,

2. vostro servízio

1. if you will send for it.

2. mandárlo a prendere.

1. Did you see

2. vedére

1. the castle St. Angelo

2. castéllo Sant’ Angelo

1. at Rome?

2. Roma?

1. Yes, it is

1. very fine,

2. bello

1. very rich;

2. ricco

1. in short,

2. in somma

1. I think it is

2. crédere

1. the finest castle in

2. [2]

1. Europe.

2. Európa.

1. Do you think

2. crédere

1. the city of Paris

2. città Parígi

1. is finer than

2. bello

1. London?

2. Londra?

1. No, it is not

1. so large,

2. gránde

1. nor so well built

2. bene fabbricata

1. as London.

1. I love you

2. amáre

1. with all my heart,

2. tutto cuóre

1. and if you come

2. veníre

1. tomorrow

2. dománi

1. to see me,

2. vedére

1. I’ll give you

2. dare

1. what I promised you.

2. prométtere.

1. I will not fail,

2. mancáre

1. but I am afraid

2. temére

1. to be too troublesome

2. di dar troppo incómodo

1. to you and

1. your family.

2. vóstra famiglia.

1. Did Mr. N.

2. Signór

1. give you

2. dare

1. the book

2. libro

1. you lent him?

2. prestáre?

1. Not yet;

2. non ancóra

1. but I believe

2. ma crédere

1. he will give it me

2. dare

1. soon.

2. presto.

1. When you get it back,

2. [3]riavére

1. will you bring it me?

2. portáre

1. I will do it

2. fare

1. willingly

2. volentiéri

1. to oblige you.

2. obbligáre.

1. When

2. quando

1. will you go to see him

2. andáre vedére

1. at his country seat?

2. sua villa?

1. I think

2. crédere

1. I shall pay him a visit

2. fare una visita

1. next month.

2. próssimo mese.

1. Bring me

2. portáre

1. your grammar

2. grammática

1. to-morrow.

2. dománi.

1. Here it is,

2. Eccola quà

1. sir,

1. I brought it

2. portáre

1. with me.

2. meco.

1. Shew me

2. mostráre

1. what you have written.

2. quel che avére scrívere

1. That is not

1. well,

2. bene

1. write it over again,

2. scrívere di nuóvo

1. and when you have done,

2. [4]quando avére fare

1. give it to

2. dare

1. your brother.

2. vostro fratéllo.

1. I think

2. crédere

1. you are

2. éssere

1. very idle.

2. pigro.

1. Forgive me,

2. perdonáre

1. I will be

2. éssere

1. more diligent

2. più diligénte

1. in future.

2. all’avveníre.

1. Reach me

2. recáre

1. that pen-knife,

2. quello temperíno

1. and a clean pen.

2. pulíto penna.

1. Write an exercise,

2. scrívere tema

1. and then

2. e poi

1. read it to me.

2. leggétemelo [5].

[1] See Gram. p. 203, on pronouns conjunctive.

[2] See Gram. p. 56, on superlatives.

[3] This supposes a future, which must be thus expressed: Quando lo riávréte, &c.

[4] Turn, and when you shall have done it.

[5] See Gram. p. 66.

On PRONOUNS DEMONSTRATIVE and POSSESSIVE. The Pronouns Demonstrative, questo, quello, or questi, and the Pronouns Possessive, mio, mia, tuo, tua, suo, sua, agree with the Substantive in gender, number, and case. [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 68, 70.]

1. This horse

2. questo cavállo

1. goes

2. andáre

1. better than

1. any of yours.

2. qualúnque vostro.

1. This man is

2. uómo

1. more honest than

2. onésto

1. you think.[1]

2. crédere.

1. This woman is

2. donna

1. not so happy as

2. felíce

1. she deserves.

2. meritáre.

1. This house

2. casa

1. stands

2. stare

1. in a most

1. pleasant situation.

2. améno situazióne.

1. Those gentlemen

2. quello signóre

1. seem

2. parére

1. to be very cold.

2. avére freddo.

1. Those ladies are

2. signóra

1. very modestly drest.

2. modestaménte vestíre.

1. My brother

2. [2]mio fratéllo

1. is gone into

2. andáre

1. the country

2. campágna

1. for a month.

2. mese.

1. My mother

2. madre

1. is gone over to

1. France

2. Fráncia

1. for her health.

2. salute.

1. My countrymen are

2. compatriótto

1. very great

2. grande

1. politicians.

2. político.

1. My sister

2. sorélla

1. loves

2. amáre

1. public diversions

2. púbblico divertiménto

1. to excess.

2. éccesso.

1. My action

2. azióne

1. is not so blameable as

2. biasimiévole

1. you say.

2. dire.

1. Your affection for me

2. affétto

1. is false

2. falso

1. and deceitful.

2. ingannévole.

1. Her history

2. stória

1. has made

2. avére fare

1. a great noise

2. grande romóre

1. in the world.

2. mondo.

1. Their clock

2. orológio

1. is always

2. sempre

1. out of order.

2. in disórdine.

1. Our house

2. casa

1. is finer than

2. bello

1. yours.

2. vostro.

1. Their affairs are

2. affáre

1. more perplexed

2. più imbarrazzáre

1. [3]than you imagine.

2. immagináre.

[1] You must here add a negation, after a comparison, as in French, and turn it thus; than you not think: Che non credéte.

[2] Pronouns possessive take the article il, la, &c. in the nominative. See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 68.

[3] Render it, as in the preceding page; than you not imagine.

The Pronoun Relative che is of all genders, and of all numbers. [See GRAM. p. 72.]

1. The woman who

2. donna che

1. has

2. avére

1. a fair face,

2. bello viso

1. is loved by

2. amáre

1. all.

2. tutto.

1. The girl who

2. ragázza

1. brought me

2. portáre

1. my pen-knife,

2. temperíno

1. is lovely.

2. amábile.

1. The man who

2. uómo

1. bought

2. compráre

1. my house

2. mio casa

1. is honest.

2. onésto.

1. My brother’s hat

2. fratéllo cappéllo

1. begins

2. cominciáre

1. to be worn.

2. usársi.

1. The man who

2. uómo

1. struck

2. percuótere

1. my father

2. padre

1. is a butcher.

2. macellájo.

1. The rewards which

2. ricompénsa

1. are promised

2. éssere prométtere

1. shall be given, if

2. dare

1. the work required,

2. lavóro richiésto

1. be done

2. fare

1. the day after to-morrow.

2. dopo dománi.

1. The horse which

2. cavállo

1. my father sold

2. padre véndere

1. was very good.

2. éssere buóno.

1. The comedy which

2. commédia

1. we acted

2. rappresentáre

1. was pleasant.

2. piacévole.

1. The wood

2. legna

1. we bargained for

2. patteggiáre

1. was too dry.

2. éssere secco.

1. The wine which

2. vino

1. you drank

2. bere

1. yesterday

2. jeri

1. was excellent.

2. eccellente.

1. The last lesson

2. ultimo lezióne

1. you gave me,

2. dare

1. was very difficult.

2. molto diffícile.

1. The company

2. compagnía

1. you keep

2. praticáre

1. is not honest.

2. onésto.

1. I have found

2. avére trováre

1. the book which

2. libro

1. I had lost.

2. pérdere.

Note that, he that, and she that, must be turned by quello che, and quella che. [See GRAM. p. 72.]

1. He who does not

1. fear God,

2. temére Dio

1. does not deserve

2. meritáre

1. to live.

2. vívere.

1. He who came

2. veníre

1. this morning,

2. mattína

1. has a great regard

2. avére gran stima

1. for you.

1. He who gave you

2. dare

1. that counsel,

2. consíglio

1. is not

1. your friend.

2. amíco.

1. He who lives honestly,

2. vívere onestaménte

1. is esteemed by

2. stimáre

1. all people.

2. tutti.

1. He who told you that,

2. dire

1. did not tell you

1. the truth.

2. verità.

1. He who sold you

2. véndere

1. these boots,

2. stivále

1. did not cheat you.

2. ingannáre.

1. She who is

1. the handsomest,

2. bello

1. is not

1. always

2. sempre

1. the most virtuous.

2. virtuóso.

1. He who speaks continually,

2. parláre continuamente

1. must be

2. deve éssere

1. very troublesome.

2. seccante.

1. She who told me

2. dire

1. the news,

2. nuóvo

1. is

1. your great friend.

2. grande amíca.

1. She who is

1. married to

2. maritáre

1. Mr. N.

2. signór N.

1. is

1. the most lively.

2. più viváce.

1. She who gave me

2. dare

1. your letter,

2. léttera

1. speaks Italian

2. parláre Italiáno

1. very well.

2. beníssimo.

1. He whom you look for,

2. cercáre

1. is gone away

2. partire

1. this morning.

2. mattína.

1. He whom you hate

2. odiáre

1. the most, is my

1. intimate friend.

2. intímo amico.

1. He whom you have recommended

2. avére raccomandáre

1. to me, is a great

1. rogue.

2. birbánte.

1. He whom you saw

2. vedére

1. yesterday,

2. jéri

1. is

2. éssere

1. my sister’s lover.

2. sorélla amánte.

1. He whom God loves,

2. Dio amáre

1. is very happy.

2. felíce.

1. She whom you see,

2. vedére

1. is

1. my eldest brother’s

2. primogénito fratéllo

1. mistress.

2. innamoráta.

1. She whom I have recommended

2. avére raccomandáre

1. to you, is

1. modest.

2. modésto.

1. She whom I loved most,

2. amáre il più

1. is married.

2. maritáre.

1. I saw to-day

2. vedére oggi

1. the gentleman

2. signóre

1. with whom

2. [1]

1. we dined

2. pranzáre

1. yesterday.

2. jéri.

1. Here is

2. Ecco

1. the lady

2. signóra

1. for whom

1. I have

2. avére

1. great respect.

2. grande rispétto.

1. Let us go and see

2. andáre  [2] vedere

1. the lady with whom

1. we played at cards

2. giuocáre carta

1. in the country

2. campágna

1. the other day.

2. altro giórno.

1. The gentleman

2. signóre

1. with whom

1. we were

2. éssere

1. the other day

2. altro giórno

1. is very ill.

2. ammaláto.

1. There is

1. the horse

2. cavállo

1. for which

1. I offered

2. esibire

1. twenty guineas.

2. venti ghinéa.

1. Shew me

2. mostráre

1. the watch

2. oriuólo

1. for which

1. you gave

2. dare

1. forty pounds.

2. quaránta lire.

1. There is

1. the sword

2. spada

1. for which

1. I offered

2. esibíre

1. six guineas.

2. sei ghinéa.

[1] We put quale after the prepositions, speaking of reasonable creatures. See Gram. p. 72.

[2] See Gram. p. 205, on verbs of motion.

When between two Verbs there is a Noun, or a Pronoun, we put generally che after the first Verb.

1. I thought

2. crédere

1. you could speak

2. parláre

1. Italian

2. Italiáno

1. better

2. méglio

1. than you do.[1]

1. I fancy

2. immaginársi

1. you are not yet

2. [2]avére ancóra

1. twenty years old.

2. venti anni.

1. I hope

2. speráre

1. you will not refuse me

2. ricusáre

1. the favour

2. favóre

1. to recommend me to

2. raccomandáre

1. your friends

2. vostro amíco

1. in town.

2. città.

1. My uncle

2. zio

1. told me yesterday

2. dire jéri

1. you were not well,

2. [3]stare bene

1. but I am very glad

2. ma rallegrársi

1. to find

2. trováre

1. you are

1. better to-day.

2. méglio oggi.

1. You promised

2. prométtere

1. to write to me

2. scrívere

1. last week,

2. passáto settimána

1. but I am very sorry

2. ma rincréscere

1. to observe

2. vedére

1. you have forgot me.

2. che vi siete scordato di me.

[1] Render, than you do not.

[2] We use the verb avére instead of éssere, speaking of age. Ex. How old are you? Quanti anni avete?

[3] The verb stare must be used instead of éssere, in speaking of health.

We always put che instead of but in English, with a negation before the Verb.

1. I desired but one favour from you,[1]

2. chiédere favóre

1. and you refused it me.

2. ricusáre.

1. If you would give me

2. dare

1. but one guinea

2. ghinéa

1. at once,

2. alla volta

1. you would oblige me

2. obbligáre

1. infinitely.

2. infinitaménte.

1. When one has

2. quando [2] avére

1. little money,

2. poco danáro

1. one ought to spend

2. dovére spéndere

1. accordingly.

2. in conseguénza.

1. I ask you

2. domandáre

1. but what

1. others give me.

2. altro dare.

1. You do nothing but

2. fare  [3]

1. laugh and play.

2. rídere giuocáre.

1. He does nothing but

1. eat and drink.

2. mangiáre bere.

1. When others laugh,

2. altro rídere

1. you do nothing but

2. fare

1. cry.

2. piángere.

[1] Non vi chiési che un favóre.

[2] When one has but, &c. must be rendered by quando non si ha che, &c.

[3] You do nothing but, &c. render it by, non fate altro che.

On the Particles Relative ci and vi. The Particles Relative ci and vi, are put instead of there, within and in that.

1. I went yesterday to

2. venire jéri

1. your house

2. casa

1. to see you,

2. vedére

1. but your man told me

2. ma servitore dire

1. you were not

2. éssere

1. within.

1. Indeed

2. in verità

1. I was there

1. almost all the afternoon;

2. quasi tutto dopo pranzo

1. at what time

2. che ora

1. did you come?

2. veníre?

1. I went there

1. at six o’clock.

2. sei

1. He was in the right

2. [1]avére

1. to tell you

2. dire

1. that I was not within,

2. éssere

1. for I was gone to visit

2. andáre visitáre

1. a few friends

2. alcúno amíco

1. in the square.

2. piázza.

1. My brother

2. fratéllo

1. and sister

2. sorélla

1. are gone into

2. andáre

1. the country.

2. campagna.

1. When

2. quando

1. did they go,

1. I wish to know?

2. vorréi sapére?

1. They went

2. andáre

1. yesterday morning.

2. jéri mattína.

1. Is it long since

2. [2]

1. you saw

2. vedére

1. our regiment?

2. reggiménto?

1. It is

1. two months,

2. due mese

1. if

2. se

1. I remember well.

2. ricordáre bene.

1. How long is it since

2. éssere

1. you left France?

2. lasciáre Fráncia?

1. It is

1. five and twenty years,

2. cinque venti anno

1. or thereabouts.

2. incírca.

[1] To be in the right, is, avere ragione.

[2] Long, molto tempo, or un pezzo.

How to express some of it, or some of them. [See GRAMMAR p. 215.]

1. You have

2. avére

1. three horses,

2. tre cavállo

1. lend me

2. prestátemene

1. one of them.

2. uno.

1. I have but two,

2. avére due

1. one for

1. myself,

2. me

1. and the other for

1. my man.

2. servitore.

1. I thought

2. crédere

1. you had

2. avére

1. three (of them).

2. tre.

1. To shew you

2. far vedére

1. that I have

2. avére

1. but two (of them),

2. due

1. come with me into

2. veníre meco

1. the stable,

2. stalla

1. and you will not see

2. vedére

1. any more (of them).

2. più.

1. I do not doubt it at all,

2. dubitáre [1]

1. I believe you.

2. crédere.

1. I see

2. vedére

1. very fine flowers

2. bello fióre

1. in your garden,

2. giardíno

1. give me

2. dare

1. some.

1. I have not many,

2. avére molto

1. but what there are,

2. ma quel  [2]

1. are at your service.

2. servízio.

1. I have but

1. fifteen or sixteen,

2. quindici sedici

1. as you see.

2. vedére.

1. You may take

2. potére pigliáre

1. a dozen,

2. dozzina

1. if you please.

2. piacére.

1. What will you

2. volére

1. have me do

2. fare

1. with them?

1. You may give

2. dare

1. some to

1. your daughters.

2. vostro figlia.

1. Do they talk

2. [3] parláre

1. of the war

2. guerra

1. in your town?

2. città?

1. They talk of it

1. all over

2. tutto

1. the island.

2. ísola.

1. And what

1. do they think of

2. crédere

1. our neighbours’ intentions?

2. vicíno intenzióne?

1. They know

2. sapére

1. very little

2. poco

1. about them

1. here.

2. quì.

[1] Non ne dubito punto.

[2] See Gram. p. 151, on the conjugation of there is, &c.

[3] See Gram. p. 215, on it is, they, &c.

EXERCISES on the TENSES of the VERBS.

The Present Tense is when the Action of which one speaks, is present.

1. Sir,

2. Signóre

1. I come

2. veníre

1. to have the honour

2. avére onóre

1. to see you.

2. vedére.

1. I am

2. éssere

1. infinitely obliged to you

2. infinitaménte obbligáre

1. for this favour.

2. questo favóre.

1. How does

2. [1]stare

1. the lady your mother

2. signóra madre

1. do?

1. She is very well,

2. stáre beníssimo

1. sir, and

1. presents

2. presentáre

1. her compliments

2. compliménto

1. to you.

1. I am

2. éssere

1. her most humble servant,

2. úmile servo

1. and am very glad

2. rallegrársi

1. to hear

2. sentíre

1. she is well.

2. stare bene.

1. Will you

2. volére

1. come

2. veníre

1. and walk with me

2. spasseggiáre

1. in the garden?

2. giardíno?

1. Pray

2. pregáre

1. excuse me,

2. scusáre

1. I cannot stay

2. potére restáre

1. any longer.

1. You are always

1. in great haste

2. grande fretta

1. when

1. you come

2. veníre

1. to see me.

2. vedére.

1. I beg your pardon,

2. mi perdoni

1. sir, I have been

1. here

2. quì

1. above an hour,

2. circa ora

1. and my sister

2. sorélla

1. is all alone

2. tutto solo

1. at home.

2. casa.

1. I am sorry you will not stay:

2. [2]dispiacére volére rimanére

1. I entreat you

2. supplicáre

1. to present

2. presentáre

1. my most humble respects

2. úmile rispétto

1. to the lady

2. signóra

1. your mother.

2. madre.

[1] When we inquire after any body’s health, we make use of the verb stare, instead of fare, or éssere.

[2] An impersonal verb; mi dispiáce che non vogliáte rimanére.

The Imperfect Tense is when the Action of which one speaks, is going on, or is interrupted.

1. Sir,

2. Signóre

1. we were speaking

2. parláre

1. of you,

1. when

2. quando

1. you came in.

2. entrare.

1. What

2. che

1. were you saying

2. dire

1. of me,

1. ladies?

2. signóra?

1. We were saying

2. dire

1. that when

2. quando

1. you were in France,

2. éssere Fráncia

1. among the ladies,

2. fra dame

1. you were

2. éssere

1. the most gallant,

2. galánte

1. the most courteous,

2. cortése

1. and the most complaisant

2. compiacente

1. gentleman

2. signóre

1. in the world.

2. mondo.

1. I did not think,

2. pensáre

1. ladies,

2. signora

1. I was so happy as

2. avere la fortuna

1. to be the subject of

2. éssere soggétto

1. your conversation;

2. conversazióne

1. and what

1. do you think

2. crédere

1. I am now?

1. We believe that

2. crédere

1. you are still

2. éssere ancóra

1. very civil,

2. civíle

1. and very complaisant;

2. compiacénte

1. but

2. ma

1. not so gallant

2. galánte

1. as you were then.

2. éssere.

1. Louis the XIVth was

2. Luígi  [1]

1. one of the greatest kings

2. grande Re

1. in the world;

2. mondo

1. he was

1. a lover of fine sciences,

2. amatóre bello léttera

1. he did not love flatterers,

2. amáre adulatóre

1. neither did he

1. always follow

2. sempre seguíre

1. his own inclinations;

2. inclinazióne

1. and if

2. e se

1. he could not

1. get the victory

2. guadagnáre vittória

1. over his enemies

2. nemíco

1. by the force of his arms,

2. forza arma

1. he would get it

2. ottenére

1. by the number of his louis d’ors;

2. número luígi d’oro

1. in a word,

2. in somma

1. he was

1. a great politician.

2. grande politíco.

[1] We also make use of the imperfect tense, when we speak in time past of the habitual qualities and actions of any person alive or dead.

The Perfect Definite is a Tense perfectly past, and often determined by an Adverb of time past.

1. Where

2. dove

1. did you go

2. andáre

1. yesterday,

2. jéri

1. that

1. you were not

2. éssere

1. at home,

1. when

2. quando

1. I went

2. veníre

1. to see you?

2. vedére?

1. I went to see

2. andáre vedére

1. Mr. N.

2. il signór

1. who is not well.

2. stare

1. Did you meet with

2. trováre

1. any company

2. compagnía

1. there?

1. Yes, sir, I met with

1. his uncle

2. zio

1. and three of

2. tre

1. his sisters.

2. sorélla.

1. What was

2. quale éssere

1. the subject of

2. soggetto

1. your conversation?

2. conversazíone?

1. We spoke of

2. parláre

1. many

2. molto

1. different things.

2. differénte cosa.

1. Did you speak

1. Italian

2. Italiáno

1. with them?

Yes, all our conversation was in Italian.

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: No Italian translation was provided for this line.

1. Did they say

2. dire

1. you speak it

1. well?

2. bene?

1. They said

1. nothing

2. niente

1. about it.

1. Did they not ask you

2. domandáre

1. of whom

2. chi

1. you learn?

2. imparáre?

Yes, I told them I was learning of you.

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: No Italian translation was provided for this line.

1. The emperor, Julius Cæsar,

2. imperatóre Giúlio Césare

1. after

2. dopo

1. he had conquered

2. conquistáre

1. Britain,

2. Brettágna

1. built a tower

2. [1]edificáre torre

1. at London,

2. Londra

1. but he continued not there;

2. restáre

1. he appointed

2. constituíre

1. rulers in his stead,

2. governatóre vece

1. and returned

2. ritornáre

1. from London

2. Londra

1. to Rome.

2. Roma.

1. Henry the VIIIth,

2. Enrico ottávo

1. king of England,

2. Re Inghilterra

1. regarded not

2. badáre

1. the bulls

2. bolla

1. and threatenings

2. mináccia

1. which came from Italy;

2. veníre Italia

1. he violently shook off

2. violenteménte scuótere

1. the papal power,

2. papále potére

1. though he retained

2. ritenére

1. the Roman religion.

2. Románo religióne.

[1] We also make use of the perfect definite, when we speak of the transactions of persons who are dead.

The Preterpluperfect is a Tense so perfectly past, that it cannot be interrupted.

1. I am very glad

2. rallegrársi

1. to see you,

2. vedére

1. for

1. your brother

2. fratello

1. told me

2. dire

1. you were gone to France.

1. ’Tis true

2. vero

1. I was resolved

2. risólvere

1. to go there,

2. andáre

1. if

2. [1]

1. my father had given me

2. padre avére dare

1. money enough

2. danáro

1. to make that journey.

2. fare viággio.

1. Had he given you

2. avére dáre

1. leave

2. licénza

1. to go there?

2. andáre?

1. Yes,

2. si

1. and he gave me

2. dare

1. fifty guineas

2. cinquánta ghinéa

1. to make my journey.

2. fare viággio.

1. If

2. [2]

1. he had given me

2. avére dare

1. thirty more,

2. trenta

1. I should have gone

2. essere andáre

1. to Paris

2. Parígi

1. to pass the summer.

2. passáre estáte.

1. If

1. you had come to see me,

2. veníre vedére

1. I would have lent

2. avére prestáre

1. you some.

1. I am

2. éssere

1. much obliged

2. molto obbligáto

1. to you for it.

1. When you had a mind

2. quando pensare

1. to go to France,

2. andáre Fráncia

1. were you resolved

2. risólvere

1. to set out

2. partíre

1. without

2. senza

1. taking leave of

2. licenziársi

1. your friends?

2. amíco?

1. No, sir,

2. no signóre

1. I had already taken leave of

2. essere digià licenziársi da

1. several.

2. molto.

1. Very well,

2. beníssimo

1. but

2. ma

1. you had forgotten me.

2. scordársi.

1. I am sorry

2. dispiacére

1. you have

1. so bad an opinion

2. cattívo opinióne

1. of me.

[1] Gram. p. 206, on if before that tense.

[2] See Gram. p. 206, on the particle if before the imperfect indicative.

On the Future, or time to come.

1. When

2. quando

1. will you go into

2. andáre

1. the country?

2. campágna?

1. I believe

2. crédere

1. I shall go there

2. andáre

1. to-morrow.

2. dománi.

1. Will you stay

2. restáre

1. long there?

2. un pezzo?

1. No, sir,

1. I shall stay but

1. two or three weeks.

2. due o tre settimána.

1. How

1. will you spend your time

2. passáre tempo

1. when you are there?

2. quando [1] éssere

1. I’ll go and see

2. andáre vedére

1. my friends,

2. amíco

1. and I will divert myself

2. divertíre

1. with those who

1. receive me

2. [2]ricévere

1. kindly.

2. corteseménte.

1. Will you not carry

2. portáre

1. some books

1. with you?

2. libro

1. No,

1. for I am sure

2. perchè sicúro

1. while I am there,

2. mentre [3]

1. I shall have

2. avére

1. no time

2. tempo

1. to read.

2. léggere.

1. You will forget

2. scordársi

1. all your Italian.

2. tutto Italiano.

1. I am certain

2. certo

1. I shall not,

2. di no

1. for I will not stay long there.

2. restáre molto

1. When once you are there,

2. una volta [4] éssere

1. your friends

2. amíco

1. will not permit you

2. permettere

1. to leave them

2. lasciáre

1. so soon.

2. così presto.

1. You shall see that

2. vedére

1. I’ll be here

2. éssere quì

1. next Sunday,

2. próssimo Doménica

1. and that

1. my friends

2. amíco

1. will not have so much power

2. avére tanto potére

1. over me as

1. you think.

2. pensáre.

1. What

1. will you bring me

2. portáre

1. from

1. the country?

2. campágna?

1. I’ll bring you

2. portáre

1. some partridges,

2. perníce

1. a hare,

2. lepre

1. and some pheasants.

2. fagiáno.

1. I shall be obliged

2. éssere obbligáto

1. to you for them.

[1] When you are there, render, when you shall be there.

[2] Ricevere, must be in the future, third person plural.

[3] Render, while I shall be there, mentre starò là.

[4] Render, when once you shall be there, quando una volta ci saréte.

On the Imperative, or Mood that commands.

1. Go from me

2. andáre

1. to my lady;

2. signóra

1. present my respects to

2. presentáre rispétto

1. her: give her this letter,

2. dare questo léttera

1. and bring me an answer;

2. portáre rispósta

1. should she not be

2. éssere

1. at home,

2. casa

1. stay till

2. restáre

1. she comes back.

2. ritornáre.

1. Speak Italian

2. parláre Italiáno

1. with me,

2. meco

1. pronounce well,

2. pronunziáre

1. begin again,

2. ricominciáre

1. read softly,

2. leggere adágio

1. repeat your lesson,

2. ripétere lezióne

1. go.

2. coraggio.

On the Construction of VERBS.

The Auxiliary Verb avére, requires an accusative Case.

1. You have a son

2. avére figlio

1. who has

1. the finest qualities

2. bello qualità

1. in the world;

2. mondo

1. he has

2. avére

1. a sweet countenance,

2. piacévole fisonomia

1. a great deal of civility,

2. molto civiltà

1. and very obliging manners;

2. cortése maniera

1. in short, he has

1. the love of every body,

2. affetto tutto

1. and you are happy

2. éssere fortunato

1. in having such a son.

1. A man is very happy

2. uómo molto felíce

1. who has

1. the fear of God

2. timóre Dio

1. and the love of his neighbours,

2. amóre prossimo

1. though

2. [1]benchè

1. he should not have

1. the riches of fortune.

2. richézza fortúna.

1. Those who

1. have wealth,

2. avére  [2]richézza

1. and have no

1. charity for the poor,

2. carità povero

1. shall not share

2. partecipáre

1. God’s mercy.

2. Dio misericordia.

1. A man

2. uómo

1. that has

1. wit,

2. spírito

1. and no behaviour,

2. condótta

1. is despicable.

2. sprezzábile.

1. I have

1. scholars

2. scoláro

1. who have

1. sense,

2. giudizio

1. and are diligent;

2. éssere diligénte

1. but I have

1. others who are

2. altro che

1. dull,

2. ottusi

1. and very idle.

2. pigro.

1. If you have

2. avére

1. good manners,

2. buóno maniera

1. civility

2. civiltà

1. and complaisance,

2. compiacénza

1. you will be

2. éssere

1. loved by every body.

2. amáto tutto.

[1] Benchè governs the subjunctive mood.

[2] See Gram. p. 211, on the articles del, dello, della, &c.

Sometimes the Verb avére is used instead of éssere, especially when we speak of cold, heat, hunger, thirst, or of the age of any one.

1. I was very cold

2. avére freddo

1. when

1. I came,

2. veníre

1. but

1. am very warm

2. avére caldo

1. now.

2. adesso.

1. You eat

2. mangiáre

1. as if

2. come se

1. you were not hungry.

2. avére fame.

1. I beg your pardon,

2. domandáre perdóno

1. I eat heartily;

2. mangiáre di buón gusto

1. for I was very hungry.

2. avére molto appetito.

1. Are you not thirsty

2. avére sete

1. yet?

2. ancóra?

1. Yes, sir,

2. si, signóre

1. I am very thirsty,

2. avére gran sete

1. but I won’t drink yet;

2. ma volére bere ancóra

1. for if I drink

2. se bevére

1. when I am hungry,

2. quando avére fame

1. it prevents me from

2. impedíre

1. eating.

2. mangiáre.

1. How old is

2. quanto anno avére

1. your uncle?

2. zio?

1. He is not yet

2. avére ancóra

1. seventy years old.

2. settánta anno.

1. You surprise me,

2. sorpréndere

1. I thought

2. crédere

1. he was eighty.

2. avére ottánta.

1. And you, sir,

2. e signóre

1. how old are you?

2. anno avére?

1. I am not twenty

2. avére venti

1. yet.

2. ancóra.

On the Verb Substantive éssere. The Verb Substantive éssere requires the following noun in the Nominative Case.

1. Our master

2. nostro maestro

1. is diligent;

2. éssere diligénte

1. but I have been hitherto

2. éssere stato sinóra

1. very idle;

2. pigro

1. I have done as

2. avére fatto come

1. the drones.

2. cacchióne.

1. I have lost

2. avére pérdere

1. my parents’ love,

2. genitóre affetto

1. who always provided

2. che mi hanno sempre forníre

1. all things necessary for me:

2. tutto necessário

1. I have been unworthy

2. éssere stato indégno

1. of their care;

2. cura

1. but I will deserve

2. ma volére meritáre

1. to be called

2. éssere chiamáre

1. the most diligent

2. diligénte

1. of all our scholars

2. tutto scoláro

1. for the time to come.

2. all’avveníre.

1. The lion

2. leóne

1. is accounted

2. passáre per

1. the most generous of animals,

2. generóso animale

1. because

2. perchè

1. he is more placable

2. placábile

1. than the others.

2. altro.

1. The sanguinary minds

2. sanguinário animo

1. of some men

2. uómo

1. are more barbarous

2. éssere barbaro

1. than wild beasts.

2. fíera

1. Man is a creature

2. Uómo creatúra

1. of upright body:

2. dritto corpo

1. when he is old,

2. quando vécchio

1. his body bends

2. corpo inchinársi

1. towards the earth;

2. verso terra

1. and his soul ascends

2. ánima ascéndere

1. to heaven,

2. ciélo

1. which is his habitation

1. for ever.

2. dimóra.

1. How are you

2. come stare

1. this morning?

2. mattína?

1. I am very well,

2. stare beníssimo

1. thank you.

2. grazie.

1. How do your

2. [1]stare

1. father

2. padre

1. and mother

2. madre

1. do?

1. I hope

2. speráre

1. my father is well.

2. padre stare bene

1. He was well

1. the last time

2. último volta

1. I saw him,

2. vedére

1. but my mother

2. ma madre

1. has not been well

2. éssere stato bene

1. these two or three days.

2. [2]due tre giórno

1. And how are you, sir?

2. stare signóre?

1. I should be well enough,

2. stare ene abbastanza

1. if I had money.

2. [3]se avére danáro.

1. I hope

2. speráre

1. your lady is well.

2. signóra stare bene.

1. She is perfectly well,

2. stare perfettaménte bene

1. at your service.

2. servízio.

1. I am very glad

2. rallegrársi

1. to hear

2. sentíre

1. she is so well.

2. stare così bene.

1. What weather is it

2. [4] tempo fare

1. to-day,

2. oggi

1. I wish to know?

2. [5]volére sapére?

1. It is

1. the finest

2. bello

1. weather in

1. the world.

2. mondo.

1. Is it hotter

2. fare caldo

1. in Spain

2. Spagna

1. than in Italy?

2. Itália?

1. It is hotter

2. fare

1. there

1. in summer,

2. estáte

1. but it is very cold

2. ma fare freddo

1. in winter.

2. inverno.

1. If

1. it is fine weather

2. fare bello tempo

1. to-morrow,

2. dománi

1. we will go

2. andáre

1. in the country.

2. campágna.

1. I believe

2. crédere

1. it will not be fine weather,

2. fare bello tempo

1. for

2. perchè

1. it is very

1. dark

2. oscúro

1. to-night.

2. questa séra.

[1] When we inquire after any one’s health, we make use of the verb stare, instead of fare.

[2] These two or three days, i. e. da due o tre giorni in quà.

[3] If I had money, Se avessi danari, and not avevo.

[4] When we speak of the weather, we use the third person singular of the verb fare, instead of the verb éssere.

[5] Use the optative mood, and say, vorrei.

Personal Verbs governing a Genitive Case.

The Verb aver pietà governs the Genitive.

1. I have no pity

2. avére pietà

1. on the misery

2. della miséria

1. of those, who

1. being young and strong,

2. éssere gióvine forte

1. love better

2. amáre

1. to beg

2. accattáre

1. from door to

2. porta

1. door,

1. than to work

2. in che lavoráre

1. for their bread;

2. per guadagnarsi pane

1. but I pity much

2. ma avére pietà

1. the blind,

2. ciéco

1. and old people,

2. i vecchi

1. who are incapable

2. éssere incapáce

1. of doing any thing for

2. fare alcuna cosa

1. their living.

2. vitto.

1. I pity my brother,

2. avére pietà fratéllo

1. I pity

1. his folly,

2. pazzia

1. for he has wasted

2. perchè dilapidáre

1. all the fortune

2. tutto patrimonio

1. my father left him.

2. padre lasciáre.

The verb burlarsi governs the Genitive.

1. Men are

2. uómo éssere

1. often inclined

2. spesso inclináto

1. to laugh at

2. burlársi

1. others’ misfortunes,

2. di altri disgrázia

1. instead of

2. in vece di

1. having pity on them.

2. avére pietà.

1. Those who

2. quello che

1. call themselves Christians,

2. chiamársi Cristiáno

1. and do not live

2. non vívere

1. according to their religion,

2. secóndo religióne

1. mock God

2. burlársi Iddío

1. and his doctrine.

2. dottrína.

1. Do not jeer at

2. burlársi

1. others’ poverty,

2. altro povertà

1. for you do not know

2. non sapére

1. how long

2. quanto tempo

1. fortune will be favourable

2. fortúna éssere favorévole

1. to you;

1. and if

2. e se

1. you should become poor,

2. diventáre póvero

1. every one

2. ognúno

1. would laugh at you.

2. rídersi di.

1. It is

2. éssere

1. a great mark of folly

2. grande segno pazzía

1. to laugh

2. ridére

1. at every thing.

2. di tutto.

The verb pentirsi governs the Genitive.

1. If you repent sincerely

2. se pentírsi sinceraménte

1. for the fault

2. colpa

1. you have committed,

2. avére commésso

1. God will forgive you;

2. Iddío perdonáre

1. for he does not

2. perchè

1. love

2. amáre

1. the death of a sinner,

2. morte peccátore

1. but he will have him

2. volére

1. to repent of his sins.

2. pentírsi peccáto.

1. It is not enough

2. non bastáre

1. to say,

2. dire

1. I repent of my ill conduct,

2. pentírsi cattívo condótta

1. and of my bad life,

2. mala vita

1. if you do not shew

2. se mostráre

1. the effects

2. effétto

1. of your repentance

2. pentiménto

1. by a new

2. nuóvo

1. and better life.

2. migliór vita.

The verb rallegrarsi governs the Genitive.

1. A good Christian

2. buóno Cristiáno

1. ought never

2. dovére mai

1. to rejoice at

2. rallegrársi

1. others’ misfortunes.

2. altro disgrázia.

1. I rejoice at

2. rallegrársi

1. the good success

2. buóno riuscíta

1. you had

2. avére

1. in your business.

2. affare.

1. Come and rejoice

2. veníre

1. with me

2. meco

1. at the good news

2. buóno nuóva

1. I received

2. ricévere

1. to-day.

2. oggi.

1. How will you have me

2. come volére

1. rejoice at

2. rallegrársi

1. a thing

2. cosa

1. I do not know?

2. non sapére?

1. Tell me

2. dire

1. first of all

2. avanti ogni cosa

1. what news

2. nuóva

1. I must rejoice at.

2. dovére rallegrársi.

The verb ricordársi governs the Genitive.

1. Do you remember

2. ricordársi

1. the promise

2. proméssa

1. you made me

2. fare

1. yesterday?

2. jéri?

1. I do not remember it

2. non ricordársi

1. at all.

2. affatto

1. Do you not remember

1. the sum of money

2. somma danáro

1. you said

2. dire

1. you would lend me?

2. prestáre?

1. I assure you

2. assicuráre

1. I had forgotten it,

2. avére scordáto

1. I remember it

2. ricordársi

1. very well

2. beníssimo

1. now.

2. adésso.

The verb languíre requires a Genitive case.

1. He who languishes

2. quello languíre

1. with thirst,

2. di sete

1. gives greater thanks

2. réndere grande grázia

1. to the man who

1. offers him water,

2. offeríre acqua

1. than if a prince

2. che se príncipe

1. gave him a crown.

2. dare coróna.

1. The man who

2. uómo

1. languishes

2. languíre

1. for love

2. amóre

1. ought to be pitied.

2. dovére compiánto.

The verbs obbedíre and disobbedíre require a Dative.

1. We ought not only

2. dovére non solo

1. to obey

2. obbedíre

1. our parents,

2. genitori

1. but also

2. ma anche

1. our superiors,

2. superióre

1. if we would obey

2. se volére obbedíre

1. God’s commands.

2. comandaménto.

1. One sees very seldom

2. si vedére raraménte

1. a child prosper

2. figliuólo prosperáre

1. in this world,

2. mondo

1. who does not obey

2. obbedíre

1. his father and mother.

2. padre madre.

1. When God commanded

2. quando Iddío comandáre

1. Abraham to sacrifice Isaac,

2. Abramo sacrificáre Isácco

1. his only son,

2. único figlio

1. he immediately obeyed

2. súbito obbedíre

1. the Lord’s voice;

2. Signóre voce

1. but the angel of the Lord

2. ma ángelo Signóre

1. did not permit him

2. perméttere

1. to slay the child,

2. uccídere fanciullo

1. and told him

2. dire

1. his obedience

2. obbediénza

1. had been agreeable

2. éssere stato grato

1. to God.

2. Dio.

The verb parláre will have a Dative Case of the Person.

1. God speaks

2. Iddío parláre

1. to sinners

2. peccatóre

1. sometimes

2. qualche volta

1. most gently,

2. benignamente

1. that he may draw them

2. affine di trárre

1. to obedience;

2. obbediénza

1. he speaks to them of

2. parláre

1. the blessed life

2. beáta vita

1. which he has prepared fo

2. avére preparáto

1. his servants;

2. servo

1. sometimes

2. qualche volta

1. he speaks to them of the

2. parláre

1. abyss

2. abísso

1. which shall be

2. éssere

1. the reward of sin;

2. mercéde peccáto

1. yet his promises

2. pure proméssa

1. and threatenings

2. mináccia

1. move not

2. muóvere

1. stubborn minds.

2. ostináto mente.

The verbs preténdere and aspiráre govern the Dative Case.

1. All those who

2. tutto quello

1. call themselves Christians

2. chiamársi Cristiáno

1. pretend to

2. preténdere

1. everlasting life;

2. etérno vita

1. but few

2. ma pochi

1. are they that would suffer

2. sono soffríre

1. the least thing

2. minimo cosa

1. to deserve it;

2. meritáre

1. but if it is a point

2. se si tratta

1. to aspire to

2. aspiráre

1. some employment,

2. qualche impiégo

1. or dignity,

2. dignità

1. there is none but would suffer

2. non vi è nissúno che non sopporti

1. a great deal of

2. molto

1. fatigue,

2. fatíca

1. labour,

2. lavóro

1. and pain

2. pena

1. to obtain it.

The verb giuocáre (when one speaks of all sorts of games) governs the Dative Case.

1. I do not love

2. amáre

1. to play

2. giuocáre

1. at games of chances,

2. giuóco azzardo

1. as at cards,

2. come carta

1. or at dice,

2. dadi

1. but I love to play

2. ma amáre giuocáre

1. sometimes

2. qualche volta

1. at bowls,

2. bocce

1. at billiards,

2. bigliárdo

1. at tennis,

2. pallacórda

1. or at nine-pins.

2. o birilli.

1. Do you never play

2. mai giuocáre

1. at cards,

2. carte

1. at chess,

2. scacchi

1. or draughts?

2. dama?

1. I play

2. giuocáre

1. sometimes

1. at piquet

2. picchétto

1. to please the company.

2. far piacére compagnía.

Verbs governing an Accusative Case of the Person, and a Genitive of the Thing.

The verbs accusáre, biasimáre, avvertíre, and assólvere, will have the Accusative of the Person, and the Genitive of the Thing.

1. One boy

2. ragázzo

1. accuses another

2. accusáre altro

1. of idleness;

2. pigrízia

1. the master hears

2. maéstro sentíre

1. their tales,

2. stória

1. but punishes

2. ma puníre

1. him only whom he thinks

2. solaménte quello crédere

1. guilty

2. colpévole

1. and deserving of punishment.

2. degno castígo.

1. Every one

2. tutti

1. blames you

2. biasimáre

1. for your

1. negligence

2. negligénza

1. and ignorance.

2. ignoránza.

1. I often admonished you

2. spesso avvertíre

1. of your duty;

2. vostro dovére

1. if you do not improve

2. se profittáre

1. as well as others,

2. come altro

1. it is not my fault.

2. non è colpa.

1. When a judge acquits

2. quando giúdice assólvere

1. a man of a crime

2. uno delítto

1. he is guilty of,

2. reo

1. if he commits again

2. se comméttere di nuovo

1. the same fault,

2. stesso fallo

1. he deserves

2. merita

1. a double punishment.

2. dóppio castígo.

The verb condannáre governs the Accusative of the Person, and the Genitive of the Thing; but when it signifies to condemn to death, the name of the punishment ought to be put in the Dative Case.

1. Every one

2. ogn’ uno

1. condemns you

2. condannáre

1. very much

2. molto

1. for the action

2. azióne

1. you committed

2. comméttere

1. the other day.

2. altro giórno.

1. During the persecution

2. nel tempo della persecuzióne

1. in France,

2. Fráncia

1. many brave gentlemen

2. molto bravo cavaliére

1. were condemned,

2. condannáre

1. some to the

1. gallows,

2. forca [1]

1. and some to the

1. galleys,

2. galéra

1. for the defence of

2. difésa

1. their religion.

2. religióne.

[1] Nouns ending in ca and ga, make che and ghe in the plural, as forca, forche; pága, paghe.

The verb ottenére will have an Accusative of the Thing, and an Ablative of the Person.

1. A scholar who

2. scoláro

1. obtains

2. ottenére

1. his master’s favour

2. maéstro favóre

1. is more happy than

2. più felíce

1. he who is idle,

2. pigro

1. who loses his honour,

2. pérdere onóre

1. wastes his time,

2. consumáre tempo

1. and continues a blockhead,

2. continuáre ad éssere sciocco

1. though

2. benchè

1. play be pleasant

2. giuóco éssere piacévole

1. to him

1. for a little while.

2. poco.

Verbs governing an Accusative Case of the Dative.

The verbs invitáre, esortáre, will have an Accusative of the Person, and a Dative of the Thing.

1. God invites

2. Iddio invitáre

1. sinners

2. peccatóre

1. to eternal happiness,

2. etérno felicità

1. he calls them to

2. chiamáre

1. repentance,

2. pentiménto

1. he speaks

2. parláre

1. most graciously

2. benignaménte

1. to them.

1. He has prepared for

2. preparáre

1. penitent sinners

2. peniténte peccatóre

1. all that belongs to

2. tutto appartenére

1. blessedness,

2. felicità

1. all that they can

2. tutto potére

1. desire.

2. bramáre.

1. Remember

2. ricordársi

1. your master’s words;

2. maéstro paróla

1. he exhorts you to

2. esortáre

1. industry,

2. indústria

1. which is

2. éssere

1. beneficial

2. vantaggióso

1. to yourselves;

1. your pains

2. lavóro

1. shall produce

2. prodúrre

1. a great advantage;

2. grande vantággio

1. he uses his best endeavours

2. fare ogni suo sforzo

1. for your benefit;

2. utile

1. be not your own enemies.

2. éssere di voi stessi nemíco.

Paragonáre requires an Accusative of the first Noun, (either of the Person or of the Thing) and the other in the Dative.

1. If we compare

2. se paragonáre

1. the longest life

2. lungo vita

1. to eternity,

2. eternità

1. it is very

1. short.

2. corto.

1. If we compare

2. comparáre

1. the happiest condition

2. felíce condizióne

1. of this world

2. mondo

1. to everlasting life,

2. etérno vita

1. it is miserable, and

2. miserábile

1. not worthy our desire.

2. indegno desidério

1. If we compare

2. paragonáre

1. the number of good men

2. número buóno

1. to the multitude of wicked,

2. moltitúdine malvágio

1. it is small.

2. píccolo.

Dare and restituíre will have an Accusative of the Thing, and a Dative of the Person.

1. I will soon give

2. presto dare

1. my mother

2. madre

1. the money

2. danáro

1. she entrusted me

2. confidáre

1. with.

1. God will give

2. Iddío dare

1. a reward

2. mercéde

1. to those men

1. who please him,

2. quello piacére

1. and to

1. those whom

2. quello che

1. he has set up

2. avére costituíto

1. governors of the world.

2. governatóre mondo.

1. I returned

2. restituíre

1. my master

2. maéstro

1. the book

2. libro

1. which I borrowed;

2. prender ad impréstito

1. he lent it to me,

2. prestáre

1. and it was my duty

2. éssere dovére

1. to read it,

2. léggere

1. and not to keep it;

2. tenére

1. though

2. benchè [1]

1. books delight me very much,

2. libro piacére moltíssimo

1. I ought to restore them

2. dovére restituíre

1. to those whom

2. quello cui

1. they belong to.

2. appartenére.

[1] Benchè governs the subjunctive mood. See Gram. p. 209.

These verbs dovére, prométtere, and pagáre, will have an Accusative of the Thing, and a Dative of the Person.

1. I owe him money,

2. dovére danáro

1. because I promised

2. perchè prométtere

1. to pay him

2. pagáre

1. another man’s debt;

2. altro débito

1. but at present

2. ma adésso

1. I have myself

2. avére io stesso

1. need of money,

2. bisógno danáro

1. that I may pay

2. pagáre

1. what I owe to

2. dovére

1. my creditors.

2. creditóre.

1. When

2. quando

1. will you pay me

2. volére pagáre

1. what you owe me?

2. dovére?

1. I promise you

2. prométtere

1. I will pay it to you

2. pagáre

1. next week.

2. próssimo settimána.

Insegnáre requires an Accusative of the Thing, and a Dative of the Person.

1. I have been

2. [1]éssere stato

1. twelve years

2. dódici anno

1. in this country,

2. paése

1. during which time

2. nel quale tempo

1. I have had the honour

2. avére avúto onóre

1. of teaching

2. insegnáre

1. several ladies and gentlemen

2. molta signóra signóre

1. the Italian language.

2. Italiáno

1. Masters

2. maéstro

1. ought to teach

2. dovére insegnáre

1. children

2. ragázzo

1. not only the things

2. non solaménte cosa

1. which concern science;

2. risguardáre sciénza

1. but they ought also

2. ma dovére anche

1. to teach them things

2. insegnáre cosa

1. which concern

2. risguardáre

1. their soul

2. ánima

1. and their salvation:

2. salvazióne

1. for

2. perchè

1. science

2. scienza

1. without religion is

1. an unprofitable thing.

2. inutile.

[1] I have been twelve years in this country; render, Sono dódici anni che sto in questo paése.

Of the construction of the Infinitive, with the preposition di.

When after the verbs astenérsi, consideráre, and avvertíre, there follows an Infinitive, it ought to be put with the Preposition di.

1. Rash men

2. temerário uómo

1. often propose

2. spesso propórsi

1. to do things which

2. fare cosa

1. are above their capacity.

2. éssere superióre capacità

1. A man that

2. uómo

1. abstains

2. astenérsi

1. from eating and

2. mangiáre

1. drinking to excess,

2. bere all’eccésso

1. from swearing,

2. bestemmiáre

1. and keeping bad company,

2. frequentáre compagnía

1. may be called

2. potere chiamáre

1. an honest man.

2. onésto uómo.

1. I thought of going

2. pensáre andáre

1. this morning

2. questa mattina

1. to see

2. vedére

1. Mr. —— but

2. il Signór —— ma

1. a friend of mine

2. amíco

1. advised me

2. consigliáre

1. not to go there.

2. andáre.

1. I had a mind to advise you

2. avére voglia consigliáre

1. not to keep company with

2. andáre compagnía

1. that man who

2. uómo

1. brought this trouble

2. causáre disturbo

1. upon you;

1. but I since resolved

2. ma poi risolvérsi

1. to say nothing

2. dire niente

1. about it,

1. for fear of

2. per timóre

1. disobliging you.

2. dispiacére.

The verbs supplicáre, consigliáre, incaricársi, and costríngere, will have an Infinitive with the Preposition di.

1. I have a mind

2. avére vóglia

1. to compel

2. costríngere

1. Mr. ——

2. il Signor ——

1. to pay me

2. pagáre

1. the money he owes me;

2. danáro dovére

1. nevertheless

2. nulladimeno

1. I should be very glad

2. avére a caro

1. not to put him to trouble,

2. non dare briga

1. because

2. perchè

1. he has always been

2. éssere sempre stato

1. my friend:

2. amíco

1. what do you advise me

2. consigliáre

1. to do

2. fare

1. in this case?

2. caso?

1. I beg of you

2. pregáre

1. to have

2. avére

1. a little patience;

2. paziénza

1. I take the charge

2. incaricársi

1. to get you

2. ricuperáre

1. your money.

2. danáro.

The verbs proibíre, desideráre, differíre, procuráre, impedíre, speráre, fíngere, affrettársi, require also an Infinitive with the Preposition di.

1. God forbids us

2. Iddío proibíre

1. to sin,

2. peccáre

1. nevertheless

2. nulladiméno

1. we never desist

2. mai desístere

1. from offending him,

2. offéndere

1. we always defer

2. sempre differíre

1. obeying his voice;

2. obbedíre voce

1. we seem to strive

2. parére procuráre

1. to disobey him

2. disobbedíre

1. in every thing.

2. ogni cosa

1. If we hope to share

2. speráre avére parte

1. in the merits of

2. mérito

1. our blessed Saviour’s sufferings,

2. beáto Salvatóre patimenti

1. let nothing hinder us

2. niénte impedíre

1. from beginning

2. principiáre

1. this day

2. oggi

1. to use all our endeavours

2. fare tutto sforzo

1. to deserve it;

2. meritáre

1. let us make haste

2. affrettársi

1. to begin

2. principiáre

1. the great work

2. grande ópera

1. of our salvation;

2. salvazióne

1. let us not feign

2. fíngere

1. to be converted,

2. éssere convertíto

1. but let us convert ourselves

2. convertíre

1. in good earnest,

2. da davvéro

1. for nobody can deceive

2. nessúno potére ingannáre

1. God.

The verbs meditáre, parláre, perméttere, prométtere, propórre, presúmere, preténdere, protestáre, rifiutáre, risólvere, auguráre, will also have an Infinitive with the Preposition di, after them.

1. Never meditate to do

2. mai meditáre fare

1. any wrong

2. torto

1. to your neighbour.

2. próssimo

1. When you speak of

2. quando parláre

1. undertaking

2. intrapréndere

1. some great

2. grande

1. thing,

2. cosa

1. permit me to tell you,

2. perméttere dire

1. that you ought

2. dovére

1. to consult

1. your friends

2. amíco

1. before you begin it.

2. prima cominciáre.

1. Never promise to do

2. mai prométtere fare

1. any thing,

2. cosa

1. unless you are sure

2. se non éssere sicúro

1. to do it.

2. fáre.

1. Never presume to have

2. presúmere avére

1. more understanding

2. intendiménto

1. than those who

2. che quello

1. have

1. the care of

2. cura

1. your conduct.

2. condótta.

1. Do not pretend ever to prosper

2. preténdere mai prosperáre

1. in this world,

2. mondo

1. if you have not

2. se avére

1. the fear of God.

2. timóre Dio.

1. If you protest

2. protestáre

1. to God with

1. an humble and

2. úmile

1. sincere heart

2. sincéro cuóre

1. to amend your life,

2. emendáre vita

1. he will receive you

2. ricévere

1. among his children.

2. fra figliuólo.

1. Never refuse

2. rifiutáre

1. to do a good office

2. réndere servízio

1. to your friends,

2. amíco

1. when it is in your

1. power.

2. potére.

1. Do you desire to pass

2. desideráre passáre

1. for an honest man?

2. galántuómo

1. Endeavour

2. procuráre

1. to do all you can

2. fare tutto potére

1. to oblige

2. obbligáre

1. every body.

2. chicchessia.

When there follows after the Verb avére either of these substantives permissióne, desidério, vóglia, cura, costúme, bisógno, motivo, ragióne, torto, dritto, occasióne, the following Verb must be put in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

1. I believe

2. crédere

1. you have a mind to play;

2. avére vóglia giuocáre

1. but I will not give you

2. ma volére dare

1. leave

2. permissióne

1. to go out

2. uscíre

1. till

2. [1]finchè

1. you have done your

2. avére fare

1. exercise.

2. esercízio

1. You are in the right, sir,

2. [2] ragióne signóre

1. to forbid me

2. proibirmi

1. to go out,

2. d’andar fuori

1. and I am in the wrong

2. [3] torto

1. to desire it—I have

2. desideráre

1. no cause

2. motivo

1. to be angry with you,

2. éssere cóllera

1. for it is not

2. éssere

1. your custom

2. costúme

1. to be idle.

2. pigro.

[1] Finchè governs the subjunctive mood.

[2] You are in the right, sir, Ella ha ragióne.

[3] I am in the wrong, sir, ho torto.

When a Verb is followed by l’opportunità, l’occasione, il tempo, il mezzo, la volontà, il cuóre, il potére, l’autorità, that Verb ought to be put in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

1. When I have

2. quando  [1]avére

1. an opportunity to see

2. occasione vedére

1. your father,

2. padre

1. I will tell him

2. dire

1. how much

2. quanto

1. you deserve

2. meritáre

1. to be praised for

2. éssere lodáto

1. your uncommon diligence.

2. straordinário diligénza.

1. Whilst we have

2. mentre  [2]avére

1. it in our power to acquire

2. potére acquistáre

1. knowledge,

2. cognizióne

1. let us improve

2. profittáre

1. such precious opportunity.

2. tale prezióso opportunità.

1. I wonder how

2. maravigliársi

1. men have the heart

2. uómo avére cuóre

1. to hate

2. odiársi

1. one another.

2. gli uni gli altri.

1. God has given

2. Iddio dáre

1. to kings

2. Re

1. power to command,

2. potére comandáre

1. and to judges

2. giúdice

1. authority to judge.

2. autorità giudicáre.

[1] I have, put it in the future, and say, avrò.

[2] We have it, is changed into it is for the Italian idiom.

When after the Verb substantive éssere there follows either of these nouns conténto, obbligáto, in pena, sul punto, in perícolo, the following Verb is to be put in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

1. I am very glad

2. éssere conténto

1. to hear that

2. sentíre

1. you overcame your

2. víncere

1. enemies,

2. nemíco

1. and I should have been sorry

2. [1]rincréscere

1. to have heard

2. sentire

1. the contrary.

2. contrário.

1. I return you

2. réndere

1. many thanks

2. molto grázia

1. for your friendship,

2. amicízia

1. for I was in danger of

2. perchè éssere in perícolo

1. losing my suit.

2. pérdere lite.

1. I was anxious

2. ansióso

1. to know

2. sapére

1. what had happened to you;

2. succédere

1. and if

2. se

1. you had not come,

2. éssere veníre

1. I was on the point of

2. éssere sul punto

1. going to see you.

2. venire vedére.

[1] I should have been sorry; mi sarébbe rincresciúto.

The Verbs avvezzársi, impiegáre, incoraggíre, eccitáre, invitáre, esibírsi, dilettársi, tenérsi pronto, lavoráre, will have after them an Infinitive with the Preposition a, or ad before a vowel.

1. We ought

2. dovere

1. to employ

2. impiegáre

1. the days of our life

2. giórno vita

1. in preparing ourselves

2. preparársi

1. for the other world.

2. altro mondo.

1. Masters who

2. maéstro

1. use mildness

2. usáre dolcézza

1. in teaching

2. insegnáre

1. their scholars,

2. scoláro

1. encourage them more

2. incoraggíre

1. to learn well

2. imparáre bene

1. than those who

1. use

2. usáre

1. too much severity.

2. troppo severità

1. An honest man

2. onésto uómo

1. takes always pleasure

2. dilettársi sempre

1. in obliging his friends.

2. favorire amíco.

1. The love of God

2. amóre Dío

1. invites us

2. invitáre

1. to love

2. amáre

1. one another.

1. Let us keep ourselves

2. tenérsi

1. in readiness

2. pronto

1. to appear before

2. comparíre innánzi

1. the living God.

2. vivénte Dío.

1. Let us labour

2. lavoráre

1. continually

2. continuaménte

1. to obtain

2. ottenére

1. eternal life.

2. etérna vita.

When vi è, or v’è, precedes the Adverb niénte, the next Verb must be in the Infinitive with the Preposition da, or a.

1. There is nothing to fear

2. non vi è niénte temére

1. in serving God.

2. [1]servíre Iddío.

1. There is nothing to say

2. non v’è niénte dire

1. to what you have done.

2. avére fatto.

1. There is nothing to do

2. niénte fare

1. in that at present.

2. adésso.

1. There is nothing so easy to learn

2. niénte così fácile imparáre

1. as the Italian language.

2. Italiáno lingua.

[1] In serving God, nel servíre Iddío.

When an Adverb of quantity follows v’è, it requires an Infinitive with the Preposition a, or da.

1. There is a great deal of

2. v’è gran  [1]

1. satisfaction

2. soddisfazióne

1. in teaching

2. insegnáre

1. diligent boys,

2. diligénte ragázzo

1. but there is a great deal of trouble

2. gran incomodo

1. in instructing

2. istruíre

1. idle scholars.

2. pigro scoláro.

1. There is a great deal

2. v’è molto

1. to say against

2. dire contro

1. the conduct of

2. condótta

1. wicked people;

2. malvágio gente

1. but there is nothing

2. non v’è niénte

1. to say against

2. dire contro

1. the conduct of

2. condótta

1. honest people.

2. onésto gente.

[1] See Gram. p. 210, a great deal of.

On the ENGLISH PARTICIPLE in ING.

When the English Participle in ing comes after a Verb of motion with the Preposition a before it, we use the corresponding substantive, instead of the Verb, though sometimes the latter.

1. He who goes a hunting

2. quello che andáre caccia

1. or visiting his friends,

2. [1] visitáre amíco

1. when business requires

2. quando affáre richiédere

1. his care and time,

2. cura tempo

1. shows

2. mostráre

1. by his conduct

2. condótta

1. that he prefers

2. [2]preferíre

1. his diversion before

2. divertiménto

1. his profit,

2. profítto

1. the company of his friends

2. compagnía amíco

1. before the advantage

2. vantággio

1. of his family.

2. famíglia.

1. The boy who

2. ragázzo

1. goes a playing

2. andáre giuocáre

1. with his school-fellows,

2. condiscepolo

1. when he ought to be

2. quando dovére éssere

1. diligently employed

2. diligéntemente intórno

1. at the task

2. a lavoro

1. his master gave him,

2. maéstro assegnare

1. evinces,

2. prováre

1. by his neglect,

2. negligénza

1. that he prefers play to

2. preferíre giuóco

1. his master’s love,

2. maéstro affétto

1. and his own profit.

2. profítto.

[1] Ibid. p. 201, on verbs of motion.

[2] Preferisce il divertimento al profitto, la compagnia degli amici al, &c.

The English Participle in ing, after from, must be put in Italian in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

1. The providence of God

2. provvidenza Dio

1. keeps us from perishing;

2. impedíre períre

1. the power of God

2. poténza Dio

1. hinders us from doing

2. impedíre fare

1. those things

2. cosa

1. which displease him;

2. dispiacére

1. the grace of God

2. grazia Dio

1. prevents us from sinning;

2. impedíre peccáre

1. the goodness of God

2. bontà

1. preserves us from suffering

2. preserváre soffríre

1. afflictions.

2. afflizióne.

The English Participle in ing after a Verb importing to cease, to leave, or to go over, must be rendered in Italian by the Infinitive mood with the Preposition di.

1. He who

2. quello che

1. leaves off doing

2. cessáre fare

1. praise-worthy actions,

2. lodévole azióne

1. and plunges into vice,

2. immergérsi vízio

1. was never truly good.

2. éssere mai veraménte buono.

1. A wise man

2. sávio uómo

1. never leaves off learning

2. mai tralasciáre imparáre

1. whilst he lives;

2. finchè vivere

1. for he who has great wisdom,

2. perchè è dotato di grande sapere

1. has still need of

2. ancora bisógno

1. more knowledge.

2. maggiore conoscènza.

When the Participle in ing follows the auxiliary Verb to be, this verb must be left out, and the Italian Verb that represents the Participle, must be put in the same tense, number, and person as the auxiliary is.

1. A diligent boy

2. diligénte ragázzo

1. is always learning,

2. sempre studiare

1. not only while

2. non solaménte mentre

1. the master is instructing,

2. maéstro istruíre

1. but also while

2. ma anche

1. other boys are playing.

2. altro ragázzo giuocáre.

1. Apelles was

2. Apélle

1. daily drawing

2. ogni giórno dipingere

1. some excellent pictures

2. eccellénte pittúra

1. with wonderful art;

2. maraviglióso arte

1. no day passed

2. nessúno giórno passáre

1. without a line.

2. senza linéa.

1. Those who

1. do not employ their time well

2. impiegáre bene tempo

1. in the beginning of their lives,

2. [1] princípio vita

1. will be perpetually lamenting

2. perpetuamente piangere

1. their folly;

2. pazzia

1. they will be incessantly condemning

2. ad ogni moménto condannársi

1. themselves, and

1. saying, Ah!

2. díre Ah!

1. at what a price

2. prezzo

1. would I not purchase

2. compráre

1. the time past!

2. tempo passato!

[1] In the beginning of their lives; i. e. nella loro gioventù.

Of the PARTICIPLE past.

When one of these Pronouns che, il, lo, la, &c. meets before the compound tenses, the Pronoun ought to agree with the Participle in gender and number.

1. I received

2. ricévere

1. the books which

2. libro

1. my brother sent me;

2. fratéllo mandáre

1. I read them all,

2. léggere tutto

1. they are very good,

2. éssere buóno

1. and well written.

2. bene scrítto.

1. The letter which

2. léttera

1. my father wrote to me

2. padre scrivere

1. is very severe;

2. éssere sevéro

1. I showed it to

2. mostráre

1. my mother, and

2. madre

1. she is very sorry for it.

2. [1]dispiacére.

[1] She is very sorry for it; glíene dispiáce moltíssimo.

When these Pronouns, mio, me, te, noi, voi, &c. are the case of the Verb, they must agree with the Participle in gender and in number.

1. My dear friends,

2. caro amíco

1. I have always loved you

2. avére sempre amáto

1. like my children,

2. come figlio

1. I have often admonished you

2. avére spesso ammoníre

1. for your own good;

2. proprio bene

1. I have several times exhorted you

2. spesse volte esortáre

1. to practise virtue;

2. praticáre virtù

1. if

2. se

1. you are not

1. truly virtuous,

2. veraménte virtuóso

1. it is not my fault.

2. éssere colpa.

1. I met your brother

2. incontráre fratéllo

1. this morning,

2. mattína

1. we embraced

2. abbracciársi

1. one another

1. like good friends,

2. da buóno amíco

1. and I rejoice that

2. rallegrársi

1. we are reconciled.

2. riconciliársi.

1. The books which

2. libro

1. I have seen you reading

2. avére vedére léggere

1. are not good.

2. buóno.

1. These are

2. ecco

1. all the copies

2. tutto cópia

1. which you have given me

2. avére dare

1. to write.

2. scrívere.

1. Your brothers

2. fratéllo

1. have done

2. fare

1. quite the contrary of

2. tutto contrário

1. what I had advised them

2. avére consigliáre

1. to do.

2. fare.

On ADVERBS.

[See GRAM. p. 209.]

Adverbs are generally put after the Verb, and in compound tenses between the Verb and the Participle.

1. It is

1. a lamentable thing

2. doloroso cosa

1. to see youths

2. vedére gióvane

1. with much wit,

2. di molto spirito

1. and a good disposition

2. buóno disposizióne

1. to learn,

2. imparáre

1. take but little pains

2. pigliáre poco pena

1. to answer

2. [1]rispóndere

1. the expectations of

2. aspettazióne

1. their parents.

2. genitori.

[1] Rispondere governs the dative case of the thing.

Adverbs of Interrogation must always be put before the Verb.

1. Where did you come from?

2. da dove veníre

1. Why

2. perchè

1. did you not stay for me?

2. aspettáre?

1. When will you have done

2. quando cessáre

1. laughing at

2. burláre

1. your friends?

2. amíco?

1. Why did you say,

2. perchè dire

1. I had promised you

2. promettere

1. to go in the country?

2. andáre campágna?

1. Where is your father?

2. dove padre

1. Is he in town?

2. éssere città?

1. Where did you buy

2. compráre

1. this fine horse?

2. bello cavállo?

1. I bought it at

2. compráre

1. the last country fair.

2. último campágna fiéra.

1. Where are

2. éssere

1. the ladies your sisters?

2. signóra sorélla?

1. I believe

2. crédere

1. they are gone out

2. éssere uscíto

1. to take an airing.

2. pigliar aria.

1. Whither are you going

2. andáre

1. so fast?

2. così

1. You are in great haste.

2. avére gran fretta.

1. I go

2. andáre

1. to Mr. Clement’s house,

2. dal signóre Cleménte [1]

1. for I heard

2. perchè sentíre

1. my brother

2. fratéllo

1. is there, and

1. I have some business

2. avére qualche cosa

1. with him.

2. da fare con lui.

1. You are mistaken,

2. ingannársi

1. he is not there;

2. éssere là

1. for I met him

2. incontráre

1. just now,

2. un momento fa

1. and he told me

2. dire

1. he was going to

2. andáre

1. his sister’s house.

2. sorélla.

1. I was going to

2. andáre

1. your house;

1. but since I met you,

2. ma giacchè incontráre

1. we will go to

2. andáre

1. my house,

1. where we shall dine.

2. dove pranzáre.

1. I beg you will excuse me,

2. pregáre scusáre

1. indeed I cannot;

2. in verità non potére

1. for I must go to

2. bisógno andáre

1. my lady Arabella’s,

2. signóra Arabélla

1. to pay a visit to

2. fare vísita

1. her children.

2. figlio.

1. They are not at home,

2. éssere casa

1. for

2. perchè

1. I saw them

2. vedere

1. going into the park.

2. andáre parco.

1. Let us go then

2. andáre dunque

1. and see if

2. vedére se

1. your brothers are

2. fratéllo

1. at home.

2. casa.

1. They are not,

2. éssere

1. I know they are

2. sapére éssere

1. gone a hunting.

2. andáto cáccia.

1. What is the matter

2. cosa ha

1. with you,

1. sir?

2. signóre

1. You seem to be

2. parére essere

1. grieved.

2. afflítto.

1. O no, sir,

1. I am not,

2. non sono afflítto

1. but I come from

2. veníre

1. Mr. Vincent’s,

2. Vincenzo

1. who is very ill.

2. ammaláto.

1. You surprise me,

2. sorprendere

1. for as I was coming

2. perchè veníre

1. from my house,

2. casa

1. I met his brother,

2. incontráre fratéllo

1. who did not mention it

2. parlare

1. to me.

1. Do you know

2. sapére

1. from whence he was coming,

2. di dove veníre

1. when you met him?

2. quando incontráre?

1. I believe

2. crédere

1. he was coming from

2. veníre

1. his own house.

2. casa.

1. Can you tell me

2. potére dire

1. where he is gone?

2. dove éssere andáto?

1. I was assured

2. éssere assicuráto

1. that he is set out for

2. éssere partito

1. his uncle’s

2. zio

1. country-house.

2. casa di campágna.

1. Which way did you pass,

2. per dove passáre

1. in your way to Italy,

2. quando andáre Itália?

1. I passed by

2. passáre

1. Rouen,

2. Roano

1. Paris,

2. Parígi

1. Orleans

2. Orleáno

1. and Lyons.

2. Lióne.

1. Which way did you come back

2. per dove tornáre

1. to England?

2. Inghilterra?

1. I returned by

2. ritornáre

1. Germany

2. Germánia

1. and Holland.

2. Olánda.

[1] At, or to, before house or home, must be rendered by da, dal, or in casa. See Gram. p. 209.

On PREPOSITIONS.

[See GRAM. p. 209.]

These Prepositions di diétro, vicíno, intórno, dirimpétto, infíno, will have a Dative after them.

1. Sir,

2. signóre

1. if I knew

2. [1]se sapére

1. where you live,

2. dove stare di casa

1. I would take the liberty

2. pigliáre libertà

1. to go and pay you a visit.

2. [2]veníre fare vísita.

1. Sir,

1. you would give yourself

2. dare

1. too much trouble;

2. troppo incómodo

1. however, if

2. però se

1. you do me that favour,

2. fare favóre

1. you shall be very welcome;

2. éssere il benvenúto

1. I live near the Temple,

2. stare vicíno Témpio

1. opposite

2. dirimpétto

1. Chancery-lane.

1. I believe

2. crédere che

1. my best way

2. la miglior strada

1. to go to your house is to

2. che possa fare per veníre da

1. pass by

2. voi sia di passáre

1. London-bridge.

2. Londra ponte

1. You are in the right, sir,

2. avére ragióne

1. since

2. giacchè

1. you live behind the Tower.

2. stare di diétro Torre.

1. A poor labourer

2. póvero lavoránte

1. that works from

2. travaglíare

1. morning till night

2. mattína infíno sera

1. (when he is well paid

2. quando éssere bene pagáto

1. for his labour)

2. lavóro

1. lives

2. vívere

1. more content and satisfied,

2. conténto sodisfátto

1. than those who

1. have great riches.

2. avére gran richézza.

1. He who shall be

2. éssere

1. constant even to death,

2. costánte infíno morte

1. shall have

2. avére

1. the crown of glory.

2. coróna glória.

[1] See Gram. p. 202, on se before a preterimperfect.

[2] Ibid. p. 203, when we use veníre instead of andare.

On CONJUNCTIONS which require the SUBJUNCTIVE after them.

[See GRAM. p. 204.]

The following Conjunctions prima che, acciocchè, finchè, per paura che, sin che, benchè, purchè, a meno che, Iddío voglia che, require the Subjunctive after them.

1. You will speak

2. parláre

1. Italian well,

2. Italiáno bene

1. provided

2. purchè

1. you take pains;

2. darsi pena

1. I tell you so,

2. direacciochè

1. that

2. acciochè

1. you may take courage,

2. pigliáre corággio

1. and learn well.

2. imparáre bene.

1. I remember I told you

2. ricordársi dire

1. several times

2. parécchie volte

1. that you will never write

2. mai scrívere

1. Italian correctly,

2. Italiáno correttaménte

1. unless

2. a meno che

1. you study the rules.

2. studiáre regola.

1. I will take so much pains,

2. darsi pena

1. that

1. I hope

2. sperare

1. I shall write it

2. scrívere

1. well

1. before

2. prima

1. next summer.

2. próssimo state.

1. You will soon perceive

2. présto accorgérsi

1. the effects of it,

2. effétto

1. provided

2. purchè

1. you follow my directions,

2. seguíre suggerimento

1. though

2. benchè

1. you think

2. sembrare

1. the Italian tongue

2. Italiáno lingua

1. is very difficult.

2. éssere diffícile.

1. Please God

2. piáccia Iddío

1. it may be as you say;

2. éssere come dire

1. for

2. perchè

1. it would be

2. éssere

1. a great satisfaction

2. grande soddisfazióne

1. to me.

1. I esteem

2. stimáre

1. a man

2. uno

1. very unhappy

2. molto infelíce

1. that has not the fear of God,

2. avére timóre Iddío

1. though

2. benchè

1. he should possess

2. possédere

1. all the treasures

2. tutto tesóro

1. in the world,

2. mondo

1. even though

2. benchè

1. he should have

2. avére

1. all the other fine qualities

2. altro bello qualità

1. that can make a man

2. potére réndere úno

1. perfect.

2. perfetto.

1. I always praised you

2. sempre lodáre

1. very much

2. molto

1. before

2. prima che

1. you became so idle;

2. diveníre pigro

1. and I told you

2. dire

1. several times

2. più volte

1. that you would lose

2. pérdere

1. the good opinion

2. buóno opinióne

1. every one had of you,

2. tutto avére

1. unless

2. a meno che

1. you should be

2. éssere

1. as diligent and careful

2. diligénte premuróso

1. as you were before.

2. éssere prima.

1. When I corrected you

2. quando corréggere

1. for your faults,

2. colpa

1. it was not

2. éssere

1. because

2. perchè

1. I did not love you;

2. amáre

1. on the contrary,

2. al contrário

1. it was to the end that

2. éssere acciocchè

1. you should employ your time well,

2. impiegáre témpo

1. and that you should be

2. éssere

1. more diligent

2. più diligénte

1. than you are

1. now.

2. adesso.

1. Though

2. benchè

1. you began

2. principiáre

1. to learn Italian

2. imparáre Italiáno

1. before me,

2. prima di me

1. I hope

2. speráre

1. I shall speak it soon

2. parláre presto

1. as well as you.

2. bene quanto voi.

1. I do not believe so,

2. crédere

1. unless

2. a meno che

1. you have learned

2. avére

1. all the rules of the grammar.

2. tutto régola grammática.

1. Though

2. benchè

1. I did not learn them,

2. imparáre

1. yet

2. pure

1. I will take so much pains,

2. pigliáre tanto pena

1. that what I told you

2. dire

1. will prove true.

2. éssere vero.

1. It will be some time

2. vi vorrà del tempo

1. before

2. prima che

1. you have read them.

2. léggere.

1. Would to God

2. volésse Iddío

1. I had known you

2. conóscere

1. sooner,

1. I should speak

2. parláre

1. Italian well now:

2. Italiáno bene ora

1. and although

2. benchè

1. I had learned

2. imparáre

1. when I was young,

2. éssere gióvine

1. yet I knew

2. sapére

1. but very little of it,

2. pochíssimo

1. when I began with you.

2. quando principiáre.

1. Perhaps

2. forse

1. it was not

2. éssere

1. your master’s fault;

2. maéstro colpa

1. for before

2. prima che

1. I composed my grammar,

2. compórre grammática

1. I found but few

2. trováre poco

1. that would learn grammatically.

2. imparáre grammaticalménte.

1. It is true

2. vero

1. I had a very good master,

2. avére buóno maéstro

1. and if I had

2. se avére

1. believed him,

2. crédere

1. I should have learned

2. avére imparáto

1. by rules,

2. per principj

1. but I found them

2. ma trováre

1. too tedious;

2. troppo nojóso

1. and would to Heaven

2. volésse Cielo

1. I had followed

2. avére seguito

1. his advice,

2. consíglio

1. for

2. perchè

1. I have a great desire

2. avére gran voglia

1. to speak Italian.

2. parláre Italiáno.

Some Verbs signifying will, desire, leave, or fear, will have the Conjunction che after them, and the following Verb in the Subjunctive.

1. I will leave you

2. lasciáre

1. to do that.

2. fare.

1. I wish

2. desideráre

1. you may be

2. éssere

1. as honest as

2. onésto

1. your father.

2. padre.

1. I ordered

2. ordináre

1. dinner

2. pranzo

1. to be ready

2. éssere pronto

1. immediately.

2. subito.

1. That must be done

2. bisógna fare

1. quickly.

2. presto.

1. God permitted

2. Iddío perméttere

1. it should happen.

2. succédere.

1. I am afraid

2. avére paura

1. you were mistaken.

2. ingannársi.

We express the two Anglicisms this day se’nnight, this day fortnight, by d’oggi a otto, d’oggi a quindici.

1. I believe

2. crédere

1. I shall go

2. andáre

1. into the country

2. campágna

1. this day se’nnight,

2. d’oggi a otto

1. but I hope

2. speráre

1. I shall come back

2. ritornáre

1. this day fortnight.

2. d’oggi a quíndici.

1. I am sure that

2. éssere sicúro

1. when once you are there,

2. quando una volta éssere

1. you will not return

2. tornáre

1. so soon

2. così présto

1. to town.

2. città.

1. I give you my word that

2. dare paróla

1. this day fortnight

2. d’oggi a quíndici

1. I will come to see you.

2. veníre vedére.

1. When

2. quando

1. will your brother go

2. fratéllo andáre

1. to Germany?

2. Germánia?

1. He expects to go

2. contare andáre

1. this day se’nnight,

2. d’oggi a otto

1. if it is fine weather.

2. se fare bel tempo.

The word people, when taken generally for the people of a whole country, is expressed in Italian by the word gente.

1. The French

2. Francése

1. had the name of being

2. avére riputazióne éssere

1. the most civil people

2. civíle gente

1. in the world.

2. mondo.

1. I should not like

2. amáre

1. to live among

2. vívere fra

1. the Spaniards,

2. Spagnuólo

1. for they are

2. perchè éssere

1. very jealous people;

2. gelóso gente

1. but I should never be tired

2. ma éssere mai stanco

1. of living among

2. vívere fra

1. the English,

2. Inglése

1. for I believe

2. perchè crédere

1. they are

2. éssere

1. the most civil

2. civíle

1. the most courteous,

2. cortése

1. and the most obliging

2. obbligánte

1. people in the world.

2. gente mondo.

When the word people signifies subjects, it is expressed in Italian by the word pópolo.

1. A good prince

2. buóno príncipe

1. should prefer

2. preferíre

1. the happiness of his people

2. felicità pópolo

1. to his own.

1. Happy are the people

2. felíce pópolo

1. who have a

2. avére

1. good prince

2. buón

1. to govern them.

2. governáre.

On the PARTICLE si, it is, they, one, &c. [See GRAM. p. 211.] The Particle si is always put before a Verb, and the Verb must be impersonal.

1. I was told that

2. dire

1. you speak Italian

2. parláre Italiáno

1. very well.

2. benissimo.

1. They do me

2. fare

1. more honour than

2. onóre

1. I deserve;

2. meritáre

1. I wish it were true.

2. volére vero.

1. They say

2. dire

1. you are going to be married.

2. stare per maritársi.

1. They say so,

2. dire così

1. indeed;

2. in verità

1. but

2. ma

1. they are

1. much mistaken.

2. molto ingannársi.

1. I was assured that

2. assicuráre

1. the lady’s father and your’s

2. [1]signóra padre

1. had concluded

2. conchiúdere

1. the articles of marriage.

2. articólo matrimónio.

1. If they say so,

2. se dire così

1. it is

1. without

2. senza

1. any foundation.

2. alcúno fondaménto.

1. I am very glad

2. rallegrársi

1. to see you,

2. vedére

1. for I was told

2. perchè dire

1. you were gone to

1. France.

2. Fráncia.

1. Pray who told you

2. di grazia dire

1. such a falsehood?

2. tale falsità

1. No matter;

2. non impórta

1. and we were also told,

2. éssere detto

1. you were to go to

2. andáre

1. Italy.

2. Itália.

[1] The lady’s father and your’s, vostro padre e quello della signora.

The Verb to use in English, signifies in Italian servírsi, assuefársi, accostumársi; when it signifies servírsi, it is commonly followed by a Noun, but otherwise it is followed by a Verb.

1. He who forgets

2. dimenticare

1. those things which

2. cosa

1. he desires to remember,

2. desideráre ricordársi

1. must use helps

2. dovére servírsi ajúto

1. to cultivate his memory,

2. coltiváre memória

1. or use

2. o

1. the greatest diligence

2. grande diligénza

1. and attention

2. attenzióne

1. when he is reading,

2. quando léggere

1. that he may retain

2. ritenére

1. profitable instructions;

2. profittévole istruzióne

1. for when they have once

2. perchè quando éssere una volta

1. slipt out

2. uscíto

1. of the memory,

2. memória

1. there is need of

2. bisognáre

1. fresh reading

2. nuóva lettúra

1. to recall them.

2. richiamáre.

1. All men

2. tutto uómo

1. desire riches,

2. desideráre ricchézze

1. but all do not use

2. ma tutto non ne usano

1. riches rightly;

2. bene

1. when they are come to

2. quando avére acquistato

1. honours and wealth,

2. onóre opulénza

1. they are still greedy

2. ancóra avído

1. to heap up more.

2. accumuláre

1. He who

1. desires

2. desideráre

1. nothing,

2. niente

1. wants nothing:

2. avér bisógno

1. it is a wise man’s part

2. sávio uómo

1. to restrain his desires.

2. dovére moderáre desidério.

The Impersonal Verb impórta, requires a Dative Case.

1. It much concerns

2. molto impórta

1. young people

2. gioventù

1. to avoid bad company,

2. schiváre cattívo compagnía

1. as they would

2. come

1. beware of the plague;

2. guardársi peste

1. it is more hurtful

2. nuocévole

1. to the mind,

2. spirito

1. than the most contagious disease

2. contagióso malattía

1. to the body.

2. corpo.

1. It concerns me,

2. impórta

1. and all men

2. tutto

1. to look to ourselves;

2. badáre

1. the world is full of

2. mondo piéno

1. knaves and knavery.

2. furbo furbéria

1. It is hard to be known,

2. diffícile sapére

1. and he is hard to be found,

2. trováre

1. who is fit to be trusted.

2. fidársi.

1. The greatest caution

2. grande cautéla

1. is to be used

2. adopráre

1. in the presence of children;

2. presénza ragázzo

1. masters must

2. maéstro dovére

1. behave themselves

2. comportársi

1. very warily,

2. prudentémente

1. lest scholars learn evil of them;

2. per timóre che scoláro imparáre del male

1. and it greatly concerns

2. molto impórta

1. boys

2. gióvane

1. to imitate

2. imitáre

1. their master’s virtues.

2. maéstro virtù.

When the word to speak, is joined with truth, it is expressed in Italian by dire.

1. You promised me

2. prométtere

1. several times

2. spesse volta

1. you would be diligent,

2. éssere diligénte

1. and that you would never

2. mai

1. keep bad company;

2. praticáre cattívo compagnia

1. I perceive that

2. accorgérsi

1. you do not speak always the truth, for

2. dire sempre verità

1. I met you to-day

2. incontráre oggi

1. with a man

2. con uómo

1. whose company

2. compagnía

1. I forbade you.

2. proibíre

1. A man who

2. uno

1. does not delight in

2. amáre

1. speaking always the truth,

2. dire sempre verità

1. is unworthy of

2. indégno

1. enjoying the society of

2. godére società

1. honest people.

2. onésto gente.

When in English a period begins by these words, I wish, I would, we express them thus in Italian, vorréi potér, with the following Verb in the Infinitive Mood.

1. I wish I could

2. potére

1. serve you,

2. servire

1. I would do it

2. fare

1. with all my heart.

2. tutto cuóre.

1. I wish I could

1. see

2. vedére

1. your sister,

2. sorélla

1. I would give her

2. dare

1. something

2. qualche cosa

1. that was sent to me

2. éssere mandáto

1. for her.

1. I wish I could

1. speak Italian

2. parláre Italiáno

1. as well as you do,

1. it would be

2. éssere

1. a great satisfaction

2. grande soddisfazióne

1. to me.

1. I wish I could

1. do

2. fare

1. what you desire of me,

2. desideráre

1. I would not refuse it you.

2. ricusáre.

1. I wish I could

1. be reconciled with

2. éssere riconciliáto

1. your brother,

2. fratéllo

1. for

2. perchè

1. he is

1. an honest man.

2. galantuómo.

1. I wish I could

1. go into the country

2. andáre campágna

1. with you,

1. I would not return soon

2. ritornáre presto

1. to town,

2. città

1. for I would visit

2. andar a visitáre

1. all my friends

2. tutto amíco

1. who are there.

1. I wish I could

1. follow

2. seguíre

1. your example,

2. esémpio

1. I would live

1. better than I do.

2. meglio.

Ought and must are to be rendered in Italian by the Present of the Indicative of the Verb dovere, and are not Impersonal.

1. At church

2. chiésa

1. people

2. gente

1. ought to sit still,

2. dovére stare quieto

1. and not to talk.

2. parláre.

1. At saying lessons,

2. ripétere lezióne

1. none ought to speak

2. dovére parláre

1. but he who is

2. destináto

1. appointed by

1. the master,

2. maéstro

1. whose leave

2. permésso

1. ought to be asked,

2. dovére domandáre

1. before

2. prima

1. the scholars betake themselves

2. scoláre darsi

1. to play.

2. giuóco.

1. The boy

2. ragázzo

1. who is chastised

2. castigáto

1. on account of

2. a cagióne

1. his slothfulness,

2. infingardággine

1. has no cause to accues

2. avére motivo accusáre

1. his master

2. maéstro

1. of severity;

2. severità

1. he ought to blame himself,

2. dovére biasimársi

1. and resolve

2. risólvere

1. to shake off idleness

2. scuotersi dalla sua pigrízia

1. for the future.

2. all’avveníre.

1. The soldier

2. soldáto

1. must fight valiantly,

2. dovére battérsi valorosaménte

1. that has a mind

2. avére ánima

1. enflamed with a desire

2. accéso desidério

1. to conquer the enemy;

2. víncere nemíco

1. his arm

2. braccio

1. must procure him

2. dovére procuráre

1. the honour which

2. onóre

1. his heart wishes for;

2. cuóre desideráre

1. but sometimes

2. ma qualche volta

1. secret stratagems

2. segréto stratagémma

1. and subtle policy

2. astúto política

1. defeat

2. sconfíggere

1. the most valiant warriors.

2. valoróso guerriéro.

1. Children

2. figlio

1. must be obedient

2. dovére obbedíre

1. to their parents;

2. genitóre

1. those that grieve them,

2. affliggere

1. purchase to themselves

2. attirarsi

1. a curse;

2. maledizióne

1. they provoke God

2. Iddío

1. to deny them

2. ricusáre

1. that length of life

2. lunghézza vita

1. which he has promised

2. avére promésso

1. to the dutiful.

2. obbediénte.

To be like, when followed by a Noun, is to be rendered in Italian by rassomigliáre, and will have a Dative Case.

1. Children

2. figliuólo

1. are not always like

2. rassomigliáre sempre

1. their parents;

2. genitori

1. they are sometimes

2. éssere qualche volta

1. quite different

2. differénte

1. from them.

1. My brother

2. fratéllo

1. is not like my father,

2. rassomigliáre padre

1. who is of a mild disposition,

2. benigno índole

1. and rich in

2. ricco

1. the endowments

2. dote

1. that adorn the mind,

2. ornáre ánimo

1. though poor in estate.

2. benchè póvero stato.

1. Every man

2. ognúno

1. loves those

2. amáre

1. who like him,

2. amáre

1. and hates those

2. odiáre

1. who are hurtful to him:

2. nuocévole

1. nature teaches us

2. natúra insegnáre

1. to love our friends,

2. amáre amíco

1. but religion teaches us

2. ma religióne insegnáre

1. to love our enemies.

2. amáre nemíco.

To be so kind, must be rendered in Italian by avére la bontà, and the following Verb is put in the Infinitive Mood, with the Preposition di.

1. I intreat you

2. supplicáre

1. to be so kind as

2. avére la bontà

1. to tell me

2. dire

1. how you call that

2. come chiamáre

1. in Italian.

2. Italiáno.

1. If you will

2. se ella volére

1. be so kind as

2. avér la bontà

1. to grant me

2. accordáre

1. that favour,

2. favóre

1. there is nothing but I will do

2. niénte fare

1. to acknowledge it.

2. per mostrartene la mia riconoscenza.

1. If your brother

2. fratéllo

1. will be so kind as

1. to lend me a horse

2. prestáre cavállo

1. for two or three days,

2. due tre giórno

1. he would oblige me

2. obbligáre

1. infinitely.

2. infinitaménte.

1. I was this morning

2. éssere mattína

1. with your friend

2. con amíco

1. Mr. ——

1. and he was so kind as

2. avére

1. to offer me

2. esibíre

1. his purse.

2. borsa.

1. I hope

2. speráre

1. you will be so kind as

2. avére

1. to recommend me to

2. raccomandáre

1. your friends.

2. amíco.

1. Be so kind as

2. avére

1. to tell me when

2. dire quando

1. your sister will return

2. sorélla ritornáre

1. from the country,

2. campágna

1. for I make no doubt but

2. dubitáre

1. she will bring me

2. portáre

1. news from my uncle.

2. nuóva zio.

The English phrase, there is nothing but, ought to be rendered in Italian by non v’è niénte che non, and it requires the following Verb to be in the Subjunctive Mood.

1. There is nothing but

2. non v’è niénte

1. I would do to deserve

2. fare meritáre

1. the honour of

2. onóre

1. your friendship.

2. amicízia.

1. There is nothing but

2. non v’è niénte

1. what I would undertake

2. che non intrapréndere

1. to oblige my friends.

2. obbligáre amíco.

1. There is nothing but

2. non v’è niénte

1. what I would suffer

2. soffríre

1. willingly,

2. volontiéri

1. if I were

2. éssere

1. so unfortunate as

2. sfortunáto

1. to have disobliged you.

2. avére dispiacére.

1. There is nothing but

2. non v’è niénte

1. what an honest man

2. galantuomo

1. ought to do,

2. dovére

1. to deserve

2. meritáre

1. every body’s esteem.

2. tutto stima.

1. There is nothing but

2. niénte

1. what a good prince

2. buóno príncipe

1. ought to do,

2. dovére fare

1. to make

2. réndere

1. his subjects happy.

2. suddito felíce.

This phrase, to be as good as one’s word, must be rendered in Italian by mantenére la sua paróla.

1. You often promised me

2. spesso prométtere

1. to do me service, but I

2. réndere servízio

1. will never believe you;

2. ma mai crédere

1. it is a very dishonest thing

2. éssere disonésto

1. not to be as good as one’s word;

2. mantenere la sua paróla

1. for nobody

2. perchè nissúno

1. will credit you

2. prestare fede

1. afterwards.

2. dopo.

1. You have often promised me

2. avére sovente prométtere

1. to amend your manners,

2. ammendáre costúme

1. but you are seldom

2. ma raramente

1. as good as your word.

2. mantenére la sua paróla

1. I confess that

2. confessáre

1. I have not been as good as my word,

2. avére mantenúto la mia paróla

1. but I promise that,

2. ma prométtere

1. for the future,

2. all’avveníre

1. I will behave better

2. comportársi méglio

1. than I have hitherto done.

2. fare fin adésso.

So much as, ought to be rendered in Italian by tanto, or quanto.

1. Your brother

2. fratéllo

1. seems to have had

2. parére avére

1. a better education

2. educazióne

1. than you,

1. though I am sure

2. benchè sicúro

1. your father

2. padre

1. did not spend

2. spéndere

1. so much

2. tanto

1. money upon him

1. as he did upon you.

1. If we would love God

2. amáre Iddío

1. as much as

2. quanto

1. He loves us,

2. amáre

1. we should not offend him

2. offéndere

1. so often.

2. così spesso.

1. If we would love

2. amáre

1. our neigbour

2. prossímo

1. as much as

2. quanto

1. we love ourselves,

1. there would not be

2. éssere

1. so much

2. tanto

1. enmity in the world.

2. nemicízia mondo.

As long as, must be rendered in Italian by finchè, or mentre che.

1. As or so long as

2. mentre che

1. you are not obedient

2. éssere obbediénte

1. to your parents,

2. genitori

1. God will not bless you.

2. Iddío benedíre.

1. As long as

2. finchè

1. you are idle,

2. éssere pigro

1. you will never learn any thing,

2. mai imparáre niénte

1. and you will be ignorant

2. éssere ignoránte

1. while you live.

2. finchè vívere.

1. As long as

1. you are rich,

2. éssere ricco

1. you will not want

2. mancáre

1. friends.

2. amíco.

1. As long as

1. it is in your power

2. éssere potére

1. to oblige your friends,

2. obbligáre amíco

1. do not refuse

2. ricusáre

1. to do them service.

2. réndere servízio.

I had rather, is expressed in Italian by ameréi méglio, or ameréi piuttósto.

1. I had rather

2. amáre meglio

1. lose some small thing,

2. pérdere piccólo cosa

1. than go to law with

2. andáre legge

1. a litigious man.

2. litigióso uómo.

1. I had rather

2. amáre piuttósto

1. die

2. moríre

1. than disoblige you.

2. dispiacére.

1. I had rather

2. amáre méglio

1. live all my life-time with you,

2. vívere vita tempo

1. than stay one day

2. stare giórno

1. with your brother.

2. fratéllo.

1. I had rather

1. endure a slight injury

2. soffríre piccóla ingiúria

1. from a friend,

2. amíco

1. than to fight with him,

2. battérsi

1. though

2. benchè

1. I would sooner

1. die

2. moríre

1. than pass for a coward.

2. passáre codardo.

When we inquire for some person’s name, we make use of the Verb chiamársi.

1. Pray, friend,

2. di grazia amíco

1. what is your name?

2. come chiamársi?

1. My name is

1. John Baptist.

2. Giambattísta.

1. What is

2. come

1. your brother’s

1. name?

2. fratéllo?

1. His name is

1. George Frederic Augustus.

2. Giórgio Fedérico Augústo.

1. What was

2. come

1. the late king of France’s

2. defúnto re Fráncia?

1. name?

1. He was called

2. chiamársi

1. Lewis the Sixteenth.

2. Luígi décimo sesto.

1. What was

2. come

1. the queen of France’s

2. regína Fráncia?

1. name?

1. Her name was

2. chiamársi

1. Mary Antoinette.

2. Maria Antónina.

1. What was

2. come

1. the late regent’s

2. defúnto reggénte?

1. name?

1. He was called

2. chiamársi

1. the duke of Orleans.

2. duca Orleans.

To entertain, must be rendered by trattáre.

1. If you will come with me

2. veníre

1. into the country,

2. campágna

1. I will entertain you

2. trattáre

1. very well.

2. beníssimo.

1. You see

2. vedére

1. I do not entertain you

2. trattáre

1. like a stranger,

2. da forestiére

1. but I treat you

2. ma trattáre

1. like a friend.

2. da amíco.

1. I am sure,

2. éssere sicúro

1. if we were

1. lords,

2. gran signóre

1. you could not entertain us

2. trattáre

1. better.

2. méglio.

Dipénde da voi, signifies in English, it lies in your power, it has all its tenses; and is Impersonal.

1. It lies in your power

2. depéndere

1. to be a good scholar,

2. éssere sapiénte

1. for

2. perchè

1. you have as much wit as

2. avére tanto spírito che

1. any of your

2. qualúnque

1. school-fellows.

2. condiscépolo.

1. It is in our power

2. dipéndere

1. to be

2. éssere

1. for ever happy.

2. sempre félice.

1. It is in his power

2. dipéndere

1. to do me

2. réndere

1. that service.

2. servízio.

1. It is in your power

2. dipéndere

1. to go abroad;

2. andár a viaggiáre

1. for your father

2. padre

1. told me

2. dire

1. several times

2. molte volte

1. he would be very glad

2. avére caro

1. to see you

1. go on your travels.

2. andáre a viaggiáre.

1. It lies in their power

2. dipéndere da

1. to recommend me

2. raccomandáre

1. to their friends.

2. amíco.

Andáre ad incóntrar uno, signifies to go and meet somebody.

1. Sir,

2. Signóre

1. I come to beg

2. veníre domandáre

1. a favour of you,

2. favóre

1. which I hope

2. speráre

1. you will not refuse me.

2. ricusáre

1. I heard

2. intendere

1. your uncle will come

2. zio veníre

1. to-morrow to town;

2. dománi città

1. you will oblige me

2. obbligáre

1. infinitely,

2. moltíssimo

1. if you will lend me your horse

2. prestáre cavállo

1. to go and meet him,

2. andáre ad incóntrar

1. and I assure you

2. assicuráre

1. that I will take great care

2. avére grande cura

1. of it.

1. Sir, I am very sorry

2. rincrescere

1. I cannot oblige you,

2. non potere servire

1. for I must

2. perchè bisógna

1. go myself to meet

2. andáre ad incóntrar

1. my wife,

2. moglie

1. who is coming from

2. veníre

1. the country;

2. campágna

1. but any other time

2. ma altro volta

1. it will be

2. éssere

1. at your service.

2. servízio.

We often make use of the Impersonal Verb rincréscere, when we speak of the misfortunes of others, which signifies in English, to be sorry, to be concerned; and then the following word must be in the Genitive Case.

1. I am sorry for

2. rincréscere

1. the misfortune

2. disgrázia

1. that has befallen

2. accadére

1. you.

1. We ought

2. dovére

1. to be concerned at

2. rincréscere

1. our friend’s

2. amíco

1. misfortunes.

2. sciagúre.

1. I was very much concerned

2. moltíssimo rincréscere

1. at your loss.

2. pérdita.

Mi pare mill’ anni is an Italian expression which signifies to long; we make use of it only in the present of the Indicative, and the following verb must be in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

1. I long

1. to see your father

2. vedére padre

1. to tell him

2. dire

1. how much you deserve

2. quanto meritáre

1. to be praised for

2. éssere lodáto

1. your diligence.

2. diligenza.

1. I long

1. to go into the country,

2. andáre campagna

1. to settle a dispute

2. aggiustáre dispúta

1. that arose

2. náscere

1. amongst my farmers.

2. fra fattóre.

1. I long

1. to pay what I owe you,

2. pagáre dovére

1. for I do not love

2. perchè amáre

1. to be in any body’s debt.

2. dovére a nessúno.

1. I long

1. to know

2. sapére

1. the Italian language

2. Italiáno lingua

1. perfectly well.

2. perfettaménte bene.

We often make use of avér gran voglia, for to long, and it requires the following Verb to be in the Infinitive mood.

1. I long

1. to go and see

2. andáre vedére

1. Mr. George,

2. Giórgio

1. to ask him

2. domandáre

1. for the money he owes me,

2. danáro dovére

1. but I will put it off

2. ma differíre

1. till next week,

2. fíno próssimo settimána

1. that you may go with me.

2. potére venire.

1. I long

1. to go to Italy,

2. andáre Italia

1. for I do not love

2. piacére

1. to live in England.

2. vívere Inghiltérra.

1. I long

1. to tell you something,

2. dire qualche cosa

1. though I do not know

2. benchè sapére

1. how to tell it you,

2. dire

1. for fear of

2. per paúra

1. disobliging you.

2. dispiacere.

1. I long

1. to learn Italian,

2. imparáre Italiáno

1. and for all that

2. con tutto ciò

1. I do not know

2. sapére

1. what hinders me

2. impedíre

1. from beginning.

2. principiáre.

Degnársi is often used for to be so kind as, and requires the following verb in the Infinitive Mood.

1. Be so kind as

2. degnáre

1. to hear me a moment,

2. sentíre moménto

1. and you will see that

2. vedére

1. what they told you of me

2. dire

1. is a false report.

2. éssere falso rappórto.

1. Be so kind as

2. degnáre

1. to grant me that favour,

2. accordáre favóre

1. and I will not trouble you

2. incomodáre

1. any more.

Posso appéna, I can hardly, requires the following verb to be in the Infinitive Mood.

1. I can hardly

2. posso appéna

1. believe

2. crédere

1. what you tell me

2. dire

1. of Mr. Gregory,

2. signóre Gregório

1. for I always took him for

2. perchè sempre crédere

1. a very sober honest man.

2. sobrio onésto uómo.

1. I could hardly

2. potere appéna

1. believe my eyes

2. crédere ócchio

1. when I saw you,

2. quando vedére

1. for I thought

2. perchè pensáre

1. you were in America.

2. éssere América.

1. I have got such a cold,

2. éssere talmente infreddáto

1. and my head is

2. testa

1. so heavy, that

2. pesánte

1. I can hardly

2. potere appéna

1. read a word.

2. leggere paróla.

Scarce, or hardly must likewise be expressed by appéna.

1. Scarce

2. appéna

1. were you gone out

2. éssere uscíto

1. last night,

2. jéri sera

1. when your friend,

2. che amíco

1. sir William Henry,

2. cavaliére Guglielmo Enrico

1. came to see me,

2. veníre vedere

1. and was very sorry

2. dispiacere

1. you did not stay

2. restáre

1. a little longer.

2. poco più.

1. There are

2. éssere

1. men in the world

2. uómo mondo

1. who are so much

2. éssere tanto

1. used to do mischief,

2. avvézzo fare male

1. that they are

2. éssere

1. hardly

2. appéna

1. out of trouble,

2. uscíto impáccio

1. but they immediately fall

2. che súbito cadére

1. into another.

2. altro.

1. Scarce

2. appéna

1. have you done

2. avére fatto

1. a good action,

2. buóno azióne

1. but you seem to repent it;

2. parére pentírsi

1. for were it not so,

2. perchè éssere così

1. you would not so soon again fall into

2. così presto ricadére

1. your former ill courses.

2. primiéra cattiva vita.

To have much ado, must be rendered in Italian by stentáre, and requires the following verb in the Infinitive with the Preposition a.

1. I had much ado

2. stentáre

1. yesterday

2. jéri

1. to persuade

2. persuadére

1. your brother

2. fratéllo

1. to stay with me;

2. restáre

1. he would go and sup with

2. andáre cenáre

1. Mr. Horace,

2. Signór Orázio

1. who came to town

2. veníre città

1. last night.

2. jeri sera.

1. I had much ado

2. stentáre

1. to make peace with

2. fare pace

1. your mother,

2. madre

1. she was fully resolved

2. éssere affátto risolúto

1. not to forgive you,

2. perdonáre

1. therefore

2. perciò

1. take care

2. badáre

1. for the future

2. all’avveníre

1. not to offend her

2. offéndere

1. any more.

1. I had much ado

2. stentáre

1. to engage your uncle

2. impegnáre zio

1. to pass his word

2. passáre paróla

1. for a hundred pounds

2. cento lira

1. I owe Mr. Clement.

2. dovére Cleménte.

To be quiet must be rendered in Italian by, star fermo, saldo, or chetársi.

1. You will not be quiet

2. stare fermo

1. till you have done

2. finchè avér fatto

1. some mischief.

2. male.

1. Be quiet,

2. chetársi

1. or else

2. altriménte

1. I will make you

2. fare

1. repent it.

2. pentíre.

1. You would not be quiet

2. stare saldo

1. when I bid you,

2. quando ordinare

1. you see now

2. vedere adésso

1. what you suffer

2. soffríre

1. for it.

Abbassár gli occhj, signifies to look down.

1. When you speak to

2. quando parláre

1. a person of great quality,

2. persóna alto qualità

1. you ought not

2. dovere

1. to stare at him,

2. fissáre

1. but you ought

2. ma dovére

1. sometimes

2. qualche volta

1. to look down

2. abbassare gli occhj

1. to show him

2. mostráre

1. the respect you have

2. rispétto avére

1. for him.

Upon INTERROGATIONS.

[See GRAM. p. 70.]

1. From whence

1. had America its name?

2. avére América nome

1. From Amerigo Vesputio,

2. Amerigo Vespúzio

1. a Florentine,

2. Fiorentíno

1. in 1497;

1. though Columbus was

2. [1]benchè Colómbo éssere

1. the first discoverer

2. primo scopritóre

1. of it in 1492.

1. How large

2. grande

1. is that country?

2. paése

1. How is

1. that empire

2. impéro

1. divided?

2. divíso

1. What are

1. the productions

2. prodótto

1. of it?

1. What is there

1. worthy of notice

2. degno notízia

1. in that country?

2. paése

1. Are there any

1. European colonies

2. Européa colónia

1. in that part of the world?

2. parte mondo?

1. Who subdued

2. soggiogáre

1. the greatest part of

2. grande parte

1. the world

2. mondo

1. in twelve years time?

2. dódici anno

1. Alexander,

2. Alessándro

1. king of Macedonia.

2. Re Macedónia.

1. To whom do

1. the Canary Islands

2. Canárie Ísola

1. belong,

2. appartenére

1. how many are there of them,

2. quante  [2]éssere

1. and how do they lie?

2. éssere situáto?

[1] See Gram. p. 205, upon the conjunction though.

[2] See Gram. p. 147, upon the conjugation of the verb impersonal there is.

Upon the Irregular Construction of Personal and Possessive PRONOUNS.

[See GRAM. p. 61, and 66.]

1. Most men

2. la maggior parte uómo

1. worship love,

2. adoráre amóre

1. to it

1. they sacrifice

2. sagrificáre

1. their finest days,

2. bello giórno

1. and from it

1. they expect

2. aspettáre

1. their greatest happiness.

2. grande felicità.

1. Glory makes

2. glória fare

1. the whole ambition

2. tutto ambizióne

1. of heroes;

2. eróe

1. they thirst after nothing,

2. respirare altro

1. they seek nothing else;

2. cercáre altro

1. they apply to it alone,

2. indirizzársi solo

1. it is to it alone

2. solo

1. they make vows.

2. fare voto.

1. Self-love is

2. amáre próprio

1. our primum mobile;

2. primo móbile

1. it is that which

1. rules our passions,

2. regoláre passióne

1. and to it

1. are men indebted

2. éssere uómo debitóre

1. for most of the services

2. maggior parte servízio

1. which

1. they reciprocally render

2. reciprocaménte réndere

1. one another.

1. Is that

2. éssere

1. the tree

2. albéro

1. you were speaking of?

2. parláre

1. Yes, that is it.

1. It looks

2. parére

1. very fine,

2. bello

1. but

2. ma

1. its fruit

2. frutto

1. is good for nothing.

2. non vale níente.

1. This,

1. on the contrary,

2. contrário

1. has no appearance;

2. avére apparénza

1. it is

1. a peach-tree,

2. pérsico

1. and the peaches

2. pésca

1. are delicious.

2. éssere delizióso.

1. When general G.

2. quando generále G.

1. saw himself pursued

2. vedére seguitáto

1. so close, he,

2. così da vicíno

1. reaching the river,

2. arriváre fiúme

1. threw himself in it

2. gettársi

1. (on horseback),

2. a cavállo

1. with a design

2. intenzióne

1. to cross it over,

2. tráversáre

1. rapid as it was;

2. [1] rápido éssere

1. when he came to

2. quando veníre

1. the stream,

2. corrénte

1. for all he did

2. tutto fare

1. to resist it,

2. resístere

1. he could not

2. potére

1. get the better of it;

2. superare

1. he then resolved

2. allóra risólvere

1. to go down with it,

2. seguíre

1. and let himself

2. lasciarsi

1. be carried away;

2. portáre via

1. but his horse

2. ma cavállo

1. was too tired

2. éssere troppo stanco

1. to be able to swim long;

2. potére nuotáre molto

1. and as he endeavoured

2. come sforzársi

1. to quit the stream,

2. lasciáre corrénte

1. the animal,

2. bestia

1. which had now

2. avére

1. lost all its strength,

2. pérdere tutto forza

1. sunk under him;

2. sommergérsi

1. he expected it,

2. aspettársi

1. therefore

2. perciò

1. resigned himself

2. rassegnársi

1. to his fate;

2. destíno

1. he still swam

2. ancóra nuotáre

1. (for a while)

2. (per un pezzo)

1. with the stream,

2. corrénte

1. but not being able

2. ma potére

1. to get out of it,

2. sortire

1. he was drowned.

2. éssere annegato.

1. The water

2. acqua

1. which you have recommended him

2. avére raccomandáto

1. to drink

2. bere

1. is not fit for him;

2. essere próprio

1. I know all its qualities,

2. conóscere tutto qualità

1. and will never recommend it

2. mai raccomandáre

1. in such a case.

2. tale caso

1. Of these two rivers,

2. questo due fiúme

1. one has its spring in

2. avére sorgénte

1. the Alps,

1. and the other in

2. altro

1. the Pyrenees.

2. Pirenéi.

1. I have bought

2. avére compráre

1. a new sword,

2. nuóvo spada

1. the hilt of it

2. guárdia

1. is silver,

2. éssere d’argénto

1. but I do not like

2. ma amáre

1. its shell;

2. cóccia

1. I will not part with

2. disfársi della

1. the old one;

2. vécchio

1. it has done me much service;

2. avére reso molto servízio

1. I have twice

2. avére due volta

1. owed my life to it;

2. dovuto vita

1. only

2. solo

1. I will get it cleaned, and

2. fare ripulire

1. get a new hilt to it,

2. méttere nuóvo guárdia

1. and it will still

2. ancóra

1. be of service to me

2. servíre

1. by night.

2. nottetempo.

1. Keep from

2. allontanársi

1. the wall,

2. muro

1. do not lean

2. appogiársi

1. upon it.

1. If you sit

2. sedére

1. in that arm-chair

2. sédia d’appoggio

1. take care

2. badáre

1. you do not hurt yourself,

2. farsi male

1. for

2. perchè

1. the back and elbows

2. spalliera bracciuólo

1. are broken.

2. éssere rotto.

1. His house is fine,

2. casa bello

1. I like its situation,

2. amáre situazióne

1. but the rooms

2. ma stánza

1. are not well contrived:

2. éssere bene regoláto

1. he has spent a great deal of money

2. avére fátto gran spesa

1. upon it;

1. he has altered the roof,

2. avére fatto cambiar tetto

1. and made

2. fatto

1. a stately stair-case;

2. supérbo scala

1. it costs him much,

2. costáre molto

1. but (upon the whole)

2. ma per altro

1. he owes his health to it;

2. dovere salúte

1. he lives there

2. vívere

1. the whole year.

2. tutto anno

1. The gardens

2. giardíno

1. are very fine;

2. éssere bello

1. he has added

2. aver aggiúnto

1. groves

2. boschétto

1. and water spouts

2. getto d’acqua

1. to them;

1. there are fine meadows

2. éssere bello prato

1. all around:

2. all’intorno

1. he designs to make

2. contáre fare

1. still greater alterations.

2. maggióre cambiaménto.

[1] See Gram. p. 205, upon the conjunction though.

On the verb to play, with the Particles at, and on.

1. Do you

1. never play

2. mai giuocáre

1. at cards?

2. carta

1. I play

1. sometimes

2. qualche volta

1. at piquet,

2. picchetto

1. and at quadrille,

2. quartíglio

1. to oblige the company.

2. obbligáre compagnía.

1. Let us play for

2. giuocáre

1. a crown.

2. scudo

1. I never play so high;

2. fare mai grosso giuóco

1. I do not like

2. non piacére

1. to play for

1. so much money:

2. tanto danáro

1. I do not love

2. amáre

1. to play at

1. games of chance,

2. giuóco di sorte

1. as at dice,

2. come dado

1. or even at cards;

2. anche carta

1. but I like to play

2. piacére

1. sometimes

2. qualche volta

1. at bowls,

2. bocce

1. at billiards,

2. bigliárdo

1. at tennis,

2. pallacórda

1. or nine pins.

2. birillo

1. We play

1. at chess

2. scácchi

1. every night,

2. ogni sera

1. my cousin and I.

2. cugíno

1. Can you play on

2. sapére suonáre

1. any instrument?

2. qualche struménto?

1. I can play a little

2. potére suonáre poco

1. on the flute.

2. flauto

1. I thought

2. crédere

1. you could also play

2. anche suonáre

1. on the fiddle.

2. violíno

1. No: but I know

2. ma sapere

1. that you play very well

2. suonáre

1. on the bass-viol:

2. viola d’amore

1. if you please

2. piacére

1. to come to our house,

2. veníre da noi

1. we will make a little concert:

2. fare píccolo concerto

1. my sister will play

2. sorélla suonáre

1. on the piano-forte,

2. piano-forte

1. you on your bass,

2. basso

1. and I will sing.

2. cantare.

We use the Verb avére, instead of éssere, in speaking of being hungry, dry, cold, hot, or old.

1. You eat as if

2. mangiáre

1. you were not hungry.

2. avére fame

1. Excuse me,

2. scusáre

1. I eat

1. well enough,

2. assai bene

1. but I am not very hungry;

2. avére grande fame

1. I am more dry than hungry.

2. avére sete fame

1. I have been thirsty

2. avere avúto sete

1. all day.

2. tutto giórno.

1. I am very cold,

2. avére freddo

1. and very hungry.

2. fame

1. Are you cold?

2. avére freddo

1. On the contrary

2. al contrário

1. I am very warm,

2. avére gran caldo

1. but I am tired.

2. ma stanco.

1. My hands

2. mano

1. are so cold that

2. avére freddo

1. I cannot write.

2. potére scrivére.

1. [1]I believe

2. crédere

1. your head is always cold,

2. testa sempre freddo

1. for

2. perchè

1. you seldom pull off

2. raraménte leváre

1. your hat.

2. cappéllo.

1. How old is

2. quanto anno avere

1. your sister?

2. sorélla

1. She is not fifteen yet.

2. avére quíndici anno

1. I thought

2. crédere

1. she was twenty;

2. avére venti anno

1. and you, sir,

2. ed ella

1. how old are you?

2. avére?

1. I was very cold

2. avére freddo

1. this morning

2. mattína

1. when I came:

2. quando veníre

1. but I am very warm now.

2. ma caldo adésso

1. You do not look so.

2. parére

1. You eat as if

2. mangiáre

1. you were not hungry.

2. avére fame

1. I am more cold

2. freddo

1. than hungry.

2. fame

1. I have been thirsty

2. ho avuto sete

1. all the day.

2. giórno.

[1] I believe, &c. Credo che voi abbiate sempre freddo alla testa.

The Impersonal Verb must, is sometimes rendered by dovere, and sometimes by bisognáre.

1. To make war

2. fare guerra

1. plenty of money

2. molto danáro

1. must be had.

2. bisógna avére.

1. Men must love virtue

2. si dovére amáre virtù

1. to be happy.

2. felíce

1. One must be mad

2. bisognáre pazzo

1. to think that

2. crédere

1. men can be happy

2. uómo potére

1. without

2. senza [1]

1. loving virtue.

2. amáre virtù.

1. Men should learn first

2. dovére imparáre prima

1. the duties

2. dovére

1. belonging to

2. appartenénte

1. human nature.

2. umáno natúra.

1. A woman must have

2. donna bisógna avére

1. a good deal of

1. circumspection

2. circospezióne

1. not to speak

2. parláre

1. of herself.

1. One must not hope

2. bisognáre speráre

1. to see men cured

2. uómo guarírsi

1. of the ill-habit

2. cattivo abitúdine

1. they have

2. avére

1. of speaking always

2. parláre sempre

1. of themselves,

1. their adventures,

2. avventúra

1. and wealth;

2. opulénza

1. for nothing is

2. niénte

1. more tiresome.

2. nojoso

1. One should impose upon one’s-self

2. dovére farsi

1. a law

2. legge

1. never to speak of one’s-self

2. mái parláre

1. neither one way, nor another.

2. [2]

1. We must not

2. dovére

1. easily believe

2. facilménte crédere

1. those who flatter us:

2. adulare

1. neither must we reject entirely

2. rigettáre

1. the compliments

2. compliménto

1. that are paid to us,

2. fare

1. when we think

2. quando crédere

1. we deserve them;

2. meritáre

1. that mistaken modesty

2. malintesa modéstia

1. is hardly less displeasing,

2. poco meno spiacévole

1. than a foolish vanity.

2. sciócco vanità

1. Much art

2. arte

1. and nicety

2. delicatézza

1. are requisite

2. necessário

1. to season praises well:

2. condire lode

1. but there is also

2. ma anche

1. a way

2. modo

1. of receiving them,

2. ricévere

1. when they are merited,

2. quando meritare

1. that does not displease

2. offendere

1. modesty.

2. modéstia

1. Praises are like

2. lode come

1. a sort of tribute

2. spécie tribúto

1. paid to true merit:

2. réndere vero mérito

1. we must

2. dovére

1. neither reject them

2. nè rigettáre

1. through affectation,

2. per affettazióne

1. nor hanker after them

2. nè ambíre

1. too eagerly.

2. con troppa premúra.

[1] Senza governs the infinitive mood.

[2] Neither one way, nor another, i. e. nè in bene, nè in male.

On the negative Particles and Adverbs.

1. No one knows

2. nissúno sapére

1. the sufferings

2. sofferénza

1. of lovers,

2. amánte

1. unless

2. se non

1. he himself has loved.

1. I have

1. always loved her

2. sempre amáto

1. very much.

2. molto.

1. To court

2. far la corte

1. with respect

2. rispétto

1. and attention,

2. attenzióne

1. is the best means

2. mezzo

1. of being loved again.

2. riamáto

1. I have found

2. avére trovare

1. nobody

2. nessúno

1. of your opinion.

2. opinione.

1. I by no means

2. in nessún modo

1. believe

2. credere

1. what he says;

2. dire

1. nor I neither.

2. nemméno io.

1. She always comes

2. sempre veníre

1. unseasonably,

2. fuór di tempo

1. as well as

2. come anche

1. her sister.

2. sorélla.

1. He has not yet received

2. avére ancóra ricevúto

1. an answer.

2. rispósta.

1. Is there any thing

2. niente

1. more wonderful,

2. ammirábile

1. than the virtue of

2. virtù

1. the loadstone?

2. calamíta?

1. Did he

1. ever

2. mai

1. mention it?

2. mentováre?

1. We have done

2. avére fatto

1. nothing

2. niénte

1. that ought

2. dovére

1. to make you angry.

2. andar in colera.

1. I am going there,

2. andáre

1. lest he should come.

2. per timor veníre.

1. I tell you, that,

2. dire

1. if henceforth

2. se da quì innánzi

1. I perceive

2. accorgérsi

1. that you attempt

2. tentáre

1. to play any trick

2. fare tiro

1. to hinder me

2. a impedíre

1. from marrying my son,

2. maritáre figlio

1. I will complain to

2. lagnarsi

1. the magistrate,

2. magistrato

1. and get you punished

2. fare punire

1. severely.—I promise you

2. severamente prométtere

1. I will never do it.

2. mai fare.

1. She is

1. indifferent

2. indifferénte

1. to me;

1. and I neither

1. love,

2. amáre

1. nor hate her.

2. odiáre.

1. Now that

2. ora

1. they are under my care,

2. éssere sotto cura

1. they behave

2. comportársi

1. very prudently.

2. prudentémente.

1. She has

2. avére

1. neither relations,

2. nè parénte

1. nor friends.

2. nè amíco.

1. I will never forgive you,

2. mai perdonáre

1. unless

2. se non

1. you promise

2. prométtere

1. to see her:

2. vedere

1. she is so ill that

2. stare male

1. she can take nothing,

2. potére pigliáre

1. neither can she

2. nè potére

1. have any rest.

2. avére ripóso.

1. I will not take

2. pigliáre

1. any physic

2. medicína

1. before

2. prima

1. the winter

2. invérno

1. is quite out.

2. affátto passáto.

1. Why

2. perchè

1. does he not boldly tell her

2. liberaménte dire

1. his reasons?

2. ragióne?

1. He knows not

2. sapére

1. where

2. dove

1. to meet her

2. incontráre

1. now.

2. adésso.

1. I ask nothing but

2. domandáre che

1. what is just;

2. giústo

1. I cannot pay others,

2. non potére pagáre altro

1. if I am not paid

2. pagáre

1. what is due to me.

2. éssere dovúto.

On the CONJUNCTIONS.

1. Although

2. benchè

1. I have no money,

2. avére danáro

1. I cannot resolve

2. non potére risólvere

1. to borrow any

2. prenderne ad imprestito

1. of my friends.

2. da amico

1. Obey,

2. obbedíre

1. or else

2. altrimente

1. you shall be whipped.

2. [1]staffiláte.

1. When

2. quando

1. I punish you for

2. puníre

1. your faults,

2. fallo

1. you think I hate you;

2. crédere odiáre

1. whereas it is only

2. in vece che

1. because I love you,

2. perchè amáre

1. I take that trouble.

2. préndere incómodo.

1. Your brother

2. fratello

1. came to see me

2. veníre vedére

1. yesterday

2. jéri

1. as soon as

2. súbito che

1. you were gone.

2. partíre

1. If he come again,

2. ritornáre

1. be so good as

2. avére bontà

1. to tell him

2. dire

1. that I have waited for him

2. avére aspettáto

1. till now.

2. fin’ora.

1. Though

2. benchè

1. I used my utmost endeavours,

2. fare tutto i miei sforzi

1. and neglected nothing

2. trascuráre niénte

1. to please him,

2. piacere

1. yet

2. nientediméno

1. he was constantly scolding me.

2. continuaménte sgridáre.

1. That Adriana,

2. Adriána

1. whether

2. che

1. she is

1. Pamphilus’s wife,

2. Pamfílo moglie

1. or whether

2. o che

1. she is but

1. his mistress,

2. amorósa

1. she is

1. always with him.

2. sempre con lui.

1. Either

2. sia

1. through reason,

2. per ragióne

1. or caprice,

2. capríccio

1. she has married him.

2. sposáre.

1. Wars

2. guerra

1. are not so bloody

2. sanguinóso

1. since

2. dopo

1. the invention of

2. invenzióne

1. gunpowder.

2. pólvere da schioppo.

1. Unless

2. a meno che

1. a book be

2. libro

1. instructive

2. istruttívo

1. or entertaining,

2. piacévole

1. I do not wish to read it.

1. Whether

2. che

1. she is

1. writing,

2. scrívere

1. or reading,

2. léggere

1. she will have

2. volére avére

1. her parrot

2. pappágallo

1. with her.

1. Since

2. dacchè

1. you have forbidden him,

2. avére proibíto

1. he does it no more.

1. If he should call at my house,

2. passáre da me

1. while I am out,

2. mentre éssere fuóri

1. my people

2. gente

1. would tell him

2. dire

1. where

2. dove

1. I am.

1. Whether

2. sia

1. he wins,

2. guadagnáre

1. or loses,

2. pérdere

1. he is

1. always the same.

2. sempre l’istesso.

1. I will not go there,

2. andáre

1. unless

2. a meno

1. you go

1. along with me.

2. meco.

1. You must not play

2. dovére giuocáre

1. before

2. prima

1. you can say your lesson.

2. sapére lezióne.

1. Why

2. perchè

1. do you not learn it

2. imparáre

1. then, instead of

2. dunque in vece

1. losing your time?

2. pérdere tempo

1. He is

1. so far from being

2. in vece éssere

1. forward,

2. avanzáto

1. that he knows

2. sapére

1. nothing at all.

2. niénte

1. Far from

2. affátto lungi

1. following my advice,

2. seguíre consíglio

1. he does not mind

2. badáre

1. what I say

2. dire

1. to him.

1. I will rather consent

2. piuttósto consentíre

1. to lose all,

2. pérdere

1. than give up my right.

2. rinunziáre.

1. Though

2. se

1. you were a king,

2. éssere Re

1. I would not marry you.

2. sposáre.

1. Would to God

2. volére

1. I still were

2. éssere sotto

1. under his tuition,

2. condótta

1. and my father

2. padre

1. had never removed me

2. avére mai ritiráto

1. from his school.

2. scuóla.

1. It avails nothing to

2. servíre niénte

1. a girl

2. ragázza

1. to be young,

2. gióvine

1. without being handsome,

2. senza bello

1. nor to be

2. nè éssere

1. handsome

1. without being wise.

2. senza saggio.

1. After

2. dopo

1. you have done

2. fare

1. your exercise,

2. tema

1. you must read it over

2. dovére ripassare

1. two or three times,

2. due tre volta

1. to correct the faults

2. corréggere erróre

1. you may have made in it.

2. potére fare.

1. Remember what I told you

2. ricordársi dire

1. several times,

2. parrécchie volte

1. that you will never be able

2. mai potére

1. to speak,

2. parláre

1. or write Italian,

2. scrívere Italiáno

1. unless

2. a meno

1. you are master of the rules.

2. possédere régola.

1. I will take so much pains

2. darsi tanto pena

1. that I hope

2. speráre

1. I shall speak it

1. before it is long;

2. fra poco

1. though

2. benchè

1. I am convinced

2. convínto

1. it is very difficult

2. diffícile

1. to learn

2. imparáre

1. the Italian tongue

2. Italiáno lingua

1. perfectly well.

2. perfettaménte.

1. You will not find it

2. trováre

1. so hard,

2. diffícile

1. if you learn

1. the rules well.

2. régola bene.

1. The narrowness of

2. picolezza

1. the mind,

2. ánimo

1. ignorance

2. ignoránza

1. and presumption

2. presunzióne

1. produce

1. stubbornness;

2. ostinazióne

1. because

2. perchè

1. obstinate people

2. ostináto

1. will believe

2. crédere

1. nothing

1. but what they understand,

2. che quel compréndere

1. and they understand

1. but very few things.

2. ben poco cosa.

[1] Render, avréte le staffiláte.

On most PREPOSITIONS.

1. I rather choose

2. amáre meglio

1. to live

2. vívere

1. in the country

2. campágna

1. than in town,

2. città

1. especially at Florence:

2. sopra tutto Firénze

1. therefore

2. perciò

1. I intend to set out

2. fare conto partire

1. to-morrow

2. dománi

1. for my country-house,

2. casa di campagna

1. and then

2. e poi

1. I will send

2. mandáre

1. my eldest son

2. maggiore figlio

1. to Sicily

2. Sicília

1. for the summer.

2. state.

1. Where

2. dove

1. will you go

2. andáre

1. to-night?

2. staséra

1. To the play.

2. commédia.

1. When

2. quando

1. shall I dance, sir?

2. balláre

1. You shall dance

1. in your turn,

2. quando vi toccáre

1. and not before.

2. prima.

1. Where do you live, sir?

2. star di casa

1. I live in

1. St. James’s street,

2. San Giácomo strada

1. near a fruiterer’s,

2. vicíno fruttajuólo

1. opposite a taylor’s.

2. dirimpétto sartóre

1. The best way

2. via

1. to go to my house,

2. venir da me

1. is to pass through

2. passáre attravérso

1. the Park,

2. Parco

1. since

2. giacchè

1. you live in Westminster.

2. stare in Westminster

1. I intend

2. far conto

1. to travel first

2. viaggiáre

1. all over England,

2. tutto Inghilterra

1. and France,

2. Fráncia

1. and then to Germany,

2. poi Germánia

1. and Italy;

2. Itália

1. from Italy to

1. Spain,

2. Spagna

1. where I shall embark

2. dove imbarcársi

1. to return

2. ritornáre

1. to England.

2. Inghilterra.

1. I shall go to

2. andáre

1. Scotland

2. Scózia

1. in six months,

2. fra sei mesi

1. or thereabouts.

2. incírca.

1. I will call upon

2. passáre

1. your partners

2. socio

1. within twelve days;

2. fra dódici giórno

1. and I will wait upon them

2. accompagnáre

1. as far as

2. infíno

1. their seat,

2. villa

1. which is magnificent;

2. manífico

1. were you ever there?

2. éssere mai

1. Yes.

2. si

1. The walls

2. paréte

1. are inlaid with marble;

2. lamináre marmo

1. the stair-case

2. scala

1. is painted in oil;

2. dipínto a ólio

1. all the furniture

2. tutto tapezzeria

1. is worked with the needle;

2. fatto ad ago

1. in short,

2. in somma

1. nothing richer

2. ricco

1. can be seen.

2. potére vedére.

1. I should be very glad

2. avére ben caro

1. to spend a few days

2. passáre alcuno giórno

1. at that

1. wonderful seat.

2. maraviglióso villa

1. How far is it?

2. lontáno?

1. It is a great way:

2. molto lontáno di qui

1. it is about

2. incírca

1. a hundred and twenty

1. miles off.

2. miglio.

1. The most uneasy situation

2. spiacevole situazióne

1. is between fear and hope.

2. lo stare fra timóre speránza

1. Heroes formerly

2. eróe anticaménte

1. sacrificed themselves

2. sacrificársi

1. for their country

2. patria

1. and their mistress;

2. bella

1. now-a-days

2. oggidì

1. nothing is done

2. niénte farsi

1. but for fortune

2. fortúna

1. and pleasure.

2. piacére.

1. A woman can please

2. donna potére piacére

1. without beauty,

2. senza bellezza

1. but she can hardly

2. difficilmente

1. do it without

1. sense

2. sénso

1. and amiability.

2. amabilità.

1. There is no less

2. meno

1. eloquence

2. eloquenza

1. in the tone of the voice,

2. tuóno voce

1. the eyes,

2. ócchio

1. and the countenance,

2. aspétto

1. than in

1. the choice of words.

2. scelta paróla.

1. Europe,

2. Európa

1. in relation to

2. rispetto

1. the other parts of the world,

2. altro parte mondo

1. lies northward;

2. éssere situáto settentrióne

1. it is bounded

2. confináto

1. on the east

2. oriente

1. by Asia,

2. Ásia

1. and the Black Sea,

2. Nero Mare

1. which communicates with

2. comunicáre

1. the Mediterranean

2. Mediterranéo

1. by the Straits of Constantinople;

2. Stretto Costantinópoli

1. on the south

2. mezzogiórno

1. by Africa,

2. Áffrica

1. from which it is separated by

2. quale separáre

1. the Mediterranean Sea;

2. mare

1. on the west by

2. occidénte

1. the Atlantic ocean;

2. Atlantíco oceáno

1. and on the north by

2. settentrióne

1. the Frozen Sea:

2. Mar Glaciále

1. its extent

2. estensione

1. taken

2. prendere

1. from Cape St. Vincent

2. Capo San Vincénzio

1. to the frontiers of Asia,

2. frontiera Ásia

1. is about

2. incírca

1. 3,600 English miles: and

2. Inglése miglio

1. from Cape North

2. Capo Norte

1. to Greece

2. Grécia

1. is about 2,200 miles.

1. France has

2. Fráncia

1. Spain

2. Spagna

1. towards the south,

2. verso mezzogiórno

1. from which it is

1. divided by

2. divíso

1. the Pyrenean mountains,

2. Pirenéo

1. which are of

1. a surprising height,

2. stupéndo altézza

1. and extend

2. stendérsi

1. from the ocean

2. oceano

1. to the Mediterranean;

2. Mediterraneo

1. a tract of

2. tratto

1. about

2. incirca

1. 220 miles.

2. miglia.

Lately Published,

A KEY TO BOTTARELLI’S EXERCISES, with a few Extracts in Prose and Verse, with English Translations, for the use of Beginners, by P. R. ROTA; a new edition, revised and corrected. 12mo. 2s. 6d. bound.

THE COMPLETE ITALIAN MASTER; containing the best and easiest Rules for attaining that Language, by SIGNOR VENERONI; with a short Introduction to Italian Versification—Extracts from the Italian Poets; and the Italian words properly accented to facilitate the Pronunciation to Learners. A new edition, carefully corrected, and very considerably improved, 12mo. 6s. bound.

THE NEW ITALIAN, ENGLISH, and FRENCH POCKET DICTIONARY, carefully compiled from the Dictionaries of LA CRUSCA, Dr. S. JOHNSON, the FRENCH ACADEMY, and others of the best authority; having the Parts of Speech properly distinguished, and each Word accented according to its true Pronunciation. A new Edition, very greatly augmented, and much improved, by a union of the respective Works of F. BOTTARELLI and G. POLIDORI, in three volumes, square duodecimo, price 1l. 1s. boards.

N. B. As this work is much used, as well by Travellers, as Students, a short abstract of the relative value of Italian, French and English Money has been prefixed.

AN ABRIDGEMENT OF THE ROMAN HISTORY.

CHAP. I.

Of the ORIGIN of the ROMANS.

(Year of the World, 2800—Before Christ, 1184.)

All [1]nations [2]seem [3]willing to [4]derive [5]merit from the [6]splendor of their [7]origin, and [8]where [9]history [10]is silent, they [11]generally [12]supply the [13]defect with [14]fable. The [15]Romans were [16]particularly [17]desirous of being [18]thought [19]descended from the [20]Gods, [21]as if they would [22]hide the [23]meanness of their [24]real [25]ancestry. [26]Æneas, the [27]son of [28]Venus and [29]Anchises, having [30]escaped from the [31]destruction of [32]Troy, [33]after [34]many [35]adventures and [36]dangers [37]arrived in [38]Italy, [39]where he was [40]kindly [41]received by [42]Latinus, [43]king of the [44]Latins, who [45]gave him his [46]daughter [47]Lavinia in [48]marriage. Italy was [49]then [50]as it is [51]now, [52]divided into a [53]number of [54]small [55]states, [56]independent of [57]each other, and, [58]consequently, [59]subject to [60]frequent [61]contentions [62]among themselves. [63]Turnus, [64]king of the [65]Rutuli, was the [66]first who [67]opposed Æneas, he having [68]long [69]made pretensions to Lavinia himself. A [70]war [71]ensued, in which the [72]Trojan [73]hero was [74]victorious, and [75]Turnus [76]slain. In [77]consequence of this, Æneas [78]built a [79]city, which was [80]called [81]Lavinium, in [82]honour of his [83]wife; and [84]some time after [85]engaging in another [86]war [87]against [88]Mezentius, one of the [89]petty kings of the [90]country, he was [91]conquered in his [92]turn, and [93]died in [94]battle, after a [95]reign of four [96]years.

[97]Ascanius, his [98]son, [99]succeeded to the [100]kingdom, and to him, Silvius, a [101]second son, [102]whom he had by Lavinia. It would be [103]tedious to [104]recite a [105]dry [106]catalogue of the kings that [107]followed, and of whom we [108]know [109]little more than their [110]names; it will be [111]sufficient to [112]say, that the [113]succession [114]continued for [115]near [116]four [117]hundred [118]years in the [119]family, and that [120]Numitor was the [121]last king of Alba.

FOOTNOTES

[1] nazióne

[2] parére

[3] desideróso

[4] trarre

[5] mérito

[6] splendóre

[7] origine

[8] dove

[9] istória

[10] tacére

[11] generalménte

[12] sovveníre al

[13] difétto

[14] favóla

[15] Románo

[16] particolarménte

[17] ambíre

[18] credúto

[19] discéso

[20] dio pl. dei

[21] come se

[22] nascóndere

[23] bassézza

[24] vero

[25] antenáti

[26] Enéa

[27] figlio

[28] Vénere

[29] Anchíse

[30] scampáre

[31] distruzióne

[32] Troja

[33] dopo

[34] molto

[35] avventúra

[36] perícolo

[37] arriváre

[38] Itália

[39] dove

[40] corteseménte

[41] ricevúto

[42] Latíno

[43] re

[44] Latíno

[45] dare

[46] figliuóla

[47] Lavínia

[48] matrimónio

[49] allóra

[50] come

[51] ora

[52] diviso

[53] número

[54] píccolo

[55] stato

[56] independénte

[57] l’uno dall’altro

[58] conseguentemente

[59] soggétto

[60] frequénte

[61] contésa

[62] fra

[63] Turno

[64] re

[65] Rútuli

[66] primo

[67] oppórsi

[68] molto tempo

[69] esséndo che pretendeva egli pure a

[70] guerra

[71] náscere

[72] Trojáno

[73] eróe

[74] vittorióso

[75] Turno

[76] uccíso

[77] conseguénza

[78] edíficáre

[79] città

[80] chiamáto

[81] Lavínio

[82] onóre

[83] moglie

[84] qualche tempo dopo

[85] attaccáre

[86] guerra

[87] contro

[88] Mésenzio

[89] régolo

[90] paése

[91] vinto

[92] volta

[93] moríre

[94] battáglia

[95] regno

[96] anno

[97] Ascanio

[98] figlio

[99] succédere

[100] regno

[101] secondo genito

[102] nátogli da

[103] nojóso

[104] recitáre

[105] insípido

[106] catálogo

[107] seguíre

[108] sapére

[109] poco

[110] nome

[111] bastáre

[112] dire

[113] successióne

[114] continuáre

[115] vicíno

[116] quattro

[117] cento

[118] anno

[119] famíglia

[120] Numitóre

[121] último

CHAP. II.

(Of the World, 3301—Before Christ, 753.)

The [1]twelfth [2]king of the [3]Latins after [4]Æneas, was [5]Amulius, who [6]circumvented his [7]brother [8]Numitor, to whom the [9]right of [10]succession [11]appertained, upon the [12]account of his [13]age. Numitor had an [14]only [15]daughter [16]called Sylvia, and [17]Romulus and [18]Remus, [19]twin brothers, and founders of Rome, were, as it is said in fable and history, the [20]sons of [21]Mars and Sylvia. The children being [22]exposed by the [23]king’s [24]order, were [25]privately [26]educated by one [27]Faustulus, a [28]shepherd. When they were [29]grown up, they [30]slew Amulius, [31]restored their [32]grandfather, to his [33]kingdom, and [34]built [35]Rome 753 years before [36]Christ was [37]born.

Romulus, having [38]put his [39]rival brother to [40]death, [41]was [42]proclaimed king by his [43]followers; and having [44]settled the [45]state [46]affairs, and [47]being in want of females, he [48]seized upon all the [49]young women that [50]came to [51]see the [52]public [53]games at Rome; upon which a [54]terrible and long [55]war with the [56]Sabines [57]ensued.

The [58]Cæninenses, [59]Antemnates, and [60]Crustumini were [61]conquered; and [62]at last the [63]Sabines, under the [64]conduct of [65]Tatius, [66]bearing hard upon the Romans, by the [67]interposition of the [68]Sabine women who had been [69]detained at Rome, it was [70]agreed upon [71]betwixt both [72]parties, [73]that they should [74]jointly [75]inhabit Rome, and Romulus and Tatius should [76]reign [77]together. Tatius being [78]slain six [79]years after, Romulus reigned [80]alone, and [81]completed the [82]term of 38 years, having conquered the [83]neighbouring cities. At last, [84]a great [85]tempest [86]arising as he [87]held an [88]assembly at the [89]lake of Caprea, [90]he was no where to be found, being [91]torn in pieces by the [92]senators (as it was [93]generally [94]thought) to whom he was [95]now [96]grown [97]odious on [98]account of his [99]cruelty. He [100]first [101]divided the city into [102]thirty [103]curiæ, and [104]three [105]tribes. The [106]poor he [107]put [108]under the [109]protection of the [110]great, whom he [111]named [112]patricii. He [113]triumphed [114]three times [115]over his [116]vanquished [117]enemies; [118]first, over the Cæninenses, and Antemnates, in which [119]war having [120]killed their [121]king [122]Acron [123]with his own hand, he [124]consecrated his first [125]spoils to [126]Jupiter Feretrius; [127]secondly, over the [128]Camerini; [129]thirdly, over the [130]Fidenates, and [131]Veientes.

[132]After an [133]interregnum of a [134]year’s continuance, [135]Numa Pompilius, a Sabine, [136]born at [137]Cures, was [138]chosen king by the Romans, 714 years before [139]Christ was [140]born; [141]who [142]applying himself to the [143]preservation of the public [144]quiet, [145]instituted all the [146]religious [147]rites of the Romans. He [148]made an [149]addition of two [150]months to the year, which [151]till that time had [152]consisted of [153]ten, and [154]reigned forty-three years.

[155]The third king of the Romans was [156]Tullus Hostilius, a [157]man of a [158]restless temper, and [159]fit for nothing but war. He [160]conquered the Albans, and [161]destroyed their city, after he had first [162]removed the [163]inhabitants, and all their [164]substance to Rome; and [165]torn to pieces, [166]tied [167]betwixt two [168]chariots, [169]Metius Fusetius, [170]dictator of the [171]Albans, [172]convicted of [173]treachery. He [174]triumphed [175]three times over the Albans, the [176]Fidenates, and the Sabines. He [177]reigned [178]thirty-two years, and [179]perished with his [180]wife, and [181]whole family, by [182]a thunderbolt [183]from heaven.

The [184]fourth king that reigned at Rome was [185]Ancus Martius, [186]grandson to Numa Pompilius, by whom the [187]Latins were [188]subdued, and most of them [189]taken into the city, and [190]settled in the [191]Aventine mount; [192]the Janiculum was [193]fortified by him, a [194]bridge made over the [195]Tiber, and Ostia [196]built. He reigned 24 years.

The [197]fifth king of Rome was [198]Tarquinius Priscus, the [199]son of [200]Demaratus, a [201]Corinthian. He [202]came to Rome from [203]Tarquinii, a [204]town of Etruria, [205]from whence he was [206]called [207]Lucius Tarquinius. After he [208]came to the [209]government, he [210]augmented the [211]senate, [212]subdued the [213]twelve [214]nations of Etruria, and [215]borrowed from them the [216]ensigns of [217]supreme [218]power, the [219]fasces; the [220]trabea; the [221]curule chair; the [222]prætexta; and other [223]things of that [224]kind. He was slain by the sons of [225]Ancus, after he had reigned 38 years.

His [226]son-in-law Servius Tullius, the [227]sixth in [228]order, [229]began his [230]reign in the year 577 before Christ. He was for his [231]rare [232]endowments [233]preferred before those of the royal [234]blood. He first [235]instituted the [236]census, and [237]ordered it to be [238]kept [239]every five years; [240]divided the [241]people into [242]classes, and [243]centuries, and [244]enlarged the city: and after he had [245]governed the [246]kingdom with great [247]applause 44 years, he was [248]murdered through the [249]horrid [250]wickedness of his own [251]daughter, and Tarquin his [252]son-in-law.

The [253]seventh and [254]last king that reigned at Rome was Tarquin, [255]surnamed [256]the Proud, whom [257]most of the [258]old Roman [259]authors [260]affirm to be the son of [261]Priscus; [262]but [263]Dionysius [264]will have him to be his grandson. He [265]governed the [266]kingdom he had [267]procured by his [268]wickedness [269]no better than he got it, being [270]cruel to the [271]senators, and his [272]other [273]subjects. He [274]conquered the [275]Volsci, the Sabines, and Gabii; and having [276]built the [277]Capitol with the [278]spoils of the cities he had [279]taken, he was [280]at last [281]turned out of the city, and of his kingdom, for a [282]violence [283]committed by his [284]son upon [285]Lucretia.

FOOTNOTES

[1] duodécimo

[2] re

[3] Latíno

[4] Enéa

[5] Amúlio

[6] ingannáre

[7] fratéllo

[8] Numitóre

[9] drítto

[10] successióne

[11] appartenére

[12] cagióne

[13] età

[14] único

[15] figlia

[16] chiamáre

[17] Rómolo

[18] Remo

[19] geméllo

[20] figlio

[21] Marte

[22] espórre

[23] re

[24] órdine

[25] segretaménte

[26] educáre

[27] Faústulo

[28] pastóre

[29] créscere

[30] uccídere

[31] restituíre

[32] avo

[33] regno

[34] edificáre

[35] Roma

[36] Cristo

[37] náscere

[38] méttere

[39] émolo

[40] morte

[41] éssere

[42] proclamáre

[43] seguáce

[44] regoláre

[45] stato

[46] affáre

[47] avéndo bisógno

[48] pigliáre per forza

[49] gióvane

[50] veníre

[51] vedére

[52] púbblico

[53] giuóco

[54] terríbile

[55] guerra

[56] Sabíni

[57] seguíre

[58] Ceninénsi

[59] Antemnáti

[60] Crustumíni

[61] conquistáre

[62] alla fine

[63] Sabíni

[64] comándo

[65] Tázio

[66] malmenando i Románi fieramente

[67] interposizióne

[68] donne Sabíne

[69] ritenére

[70] conveníre

[71] fra

[72] partíto

[73] che

[74] unitaménte

[75] abitáre

[76] regnáre

[77] insiéme

[78] uccídere

[79] anno

[80] solo

[81] compíre

[82] términe

[83] vicíno

[84] grande

[85] borrásca

[86] soppravenire

[87] tenére

[88] assembléa

[89] lago

[90] non si potétte trováre in nissun luógo

[91] messo a brani

[92] senatóre

[93] generalménte

[94] crédere

[95] ormai

[96] diveníre

[97] odióso

[98] cagióne

[99] crudeltà

[100] da princípio

[101] divídere

[102] trenta

[103] cúrie

[104] tre

[105] tribù

[106] i póveri

[107] méttere

[108] sotto

[109] protezióne

[110] grande

[111] chiamáre

[112] patrízio

[113] trionfáre

[114] tre volte

[115] dei

[116] vinto

[117] nemíco

[118] prima

[119] guerra

[120] uccídere

[121] re

[122] Acróne

[123] di propria mano

[124] consacráre

[125] spóglia

[126] Gióve Ferétrio

[127] secóndo

[128] Cameríni

[129] terzo

[130] Fidenáti

[131] Vejénti

[132] dopo

[133] interrégno

[134] anno

[135] Numa Pompílio

[136] nato

[137] Cure

[138] scelto

[139] Cristo

[140] nascesse

[141] il quale

[142] applicársi

[143] preservazióne

[144] pace

[145] istituíre

[146] religióso

[147] rito

[148] fare

[149] addizióne

[150] mese

[151] fin allóra

[152] consístere

[153] diéci

[154] regnáre

[155] il terzo

[156] Túllio Ostílio

[157] uómo

[158] inquiéto natúra

[159] proprio

[160] conquistáre

[161] distrúggere

[162] trasportáre

[163] abitánte

[164] sostánza

[165] fatto in pezzi

[166] attaccáre

[167] fra

[168] carro

[169] Mezio Fusézio

[170] dittatóre

[171] Albani

[172] convínto

[173] tradiménto

[174] trionfáre

[175] tre volte

[176] Fidénáti

[177] regnáre

[178] trentadue anni

[179] períre

[180] moglie

[181] tutta la sua famíglia

[182] per un fúlmine

[183] caduto dal cielo

[184] quarto

[185] Anco Márzio

[186] nipote

[187] Latíni

[188] soggiogáto

[189] posto

[190] stabilírsi

[191] monte Aventíno

[192] il Gianícolo

[193] fortificáto

[194] ponte

[195] Tevére

[196] edificáto

[197] quinto

[198] Tarquínio Prisco

[199] figlio

[200] Demaráto

[201] Corintéo

[202] veníre

[203] Tarquínio

[204] cíttà

[205] dal quale

[206] chiamáto

[207] Lúcio Tarquínio

[208] perveníre

[209] govérno

[210] aumentáre

[211] senáto

[212] soggiogáre

[213] dódici

[214] nazióne

[215] imprestáre

[216] insegnáre

[217] suprémo

[218] autorità

[219] fasce

[220] trabéa

[221] sédia curúle

[222] pretésta

[223] cosa

[224] sorta

[225] Anco

[226] genero Sérvio Túllio

[227] sesto

[228] órdine

[229] principiáre

[230] regno

[231] raro

[232] qualità

[233] preferíto

[234] sangue reale

[235] istituíre

[236] censo

[237] comando che fosse

[238] rifatto

[239] una volta ogni cinque anni

[240] divídere

[241] pópolo

[242] classe

[243] centúria

[244] estendere

[245] governáre

[246] regno

[247] appláuso

[248] assassináto

[249] orríbile

[250] scelleratézza

[251] figlia

[252] genero

[253] séttimo

[254] último

[255] cognomináto

[256] il supérbo

[257] la maggior parte

[258] antíco

[259] autóre

[260] affermáre

[261] Prísco

[262] ma

[263] Dionísio

[264] vuól che sia suo nipotíno

[265] governáre

[266] regno

[267] procuráre

[268] malvagità

[269] in un modo non migliore di quello con cui l’aveva ottenuto

[270] crudele

[271] senatóre

[272] altro

[273] suddito

[274] debelláre

[275] Volsci

[276] edificáre

[277] Campidóglio

[278] spóglie

[279] préndere

[280] alla fine

[281] scacciáre

[282] violenza

[283] commésso

[284] fíglio

[285] Lucrézia

CHAP. III

(Of the World, 3545—Of Rome, 245.)

[1]King Tarquin, with his [2]family, being [3]banished, [4]L. Junius Brutus, and [5]L. Tarquinius Collatinus were [6]made [7]consuls. [8]The former was so [9]severe, that he [10]scourged and [11]beheaded his own sons for [12]favouring [13]the banished kings, being a [14]greater [15]friend to the [16]public [17]liberty than to his own family. A [18]field of the Tarquins, which [19]lay [20]between the city and [21]the Tiber, was [22]consecrated to [23]Mars, and [24]from thence [25]called [26]Campus Martius. [27]Brutus [28]died in the [29]war [30]against the Tarquins, who [31]prevailed upon some of the [32]neighbouring [33]nations to [34]assist them; [35]amongst the [36]rest, Porsena, king of Etruria, [37]made war upon the Romans, in [38]favour of the Tarquins: in which war the [39]bravery of [40]Horatius Coccles was very [41]remarkable, who [42]maintained the [43]fight [44]against the [45]victorious [46]enemy [47]till the [48]bridge on the Tiber was [49]cut down, [50]when he [51]swam and crossed the [52]river. Nor [53]must we [54]pass over in silence the [55]noble [56]attempt of [57]Mutius Scævola, who [58]secretly [59]entered the [60]enemy’s [61]camp with a [62]resolution to [63]kill the king; [64]but having by [65]mistake [66]slain one of his nobles, he [67]thrust his [68]hand into the [69]fire that was upon the [70]altar; which so [71]terrified the king, that he [72]made [73]peace with the Romans, and [74]returned [75]home. [76]After this, the [77]Latins made [78]war upon the Romans, [79]under the [80]conduct of [81]Octavius Mamilius, Tarquin’s [82]son-in-law; [83]against whom [84]Posthumius being made [85]dictator, [86]vanquished them in a [87]memorable [88]battle at the [89]lake Regillus.

[90]Afterwards a war was [91]proclaimed [92]against the [93]Volsci, who had [94]raised some [95]troops, to [96]send to the [97]assistance of the [98]Latins in the [99]former war. The [100]fortune of [101]Caius Marcius Coriolanus was [102]remarkable in that war, who being [103]condemned in his [104]absence, [105]retired amongst the Volsci, and [106]advised them to [107]renew the war; for the [108]management of which, being [109]chosen [110]general with [111]Tullius Accius, after he had [112]routed the Romans in [113]several [114]engagements, and [115]advanced up [116]to the very walls of the city, he was [117]moved by the [118]prayers of his [119]mother, and he [120]raised the [121]siege. After the [122]death of [123]Coriolanus, the Volsci [124]continued the war, and [125]were [126]together with the [127]Æqui, [128]and Hernici, [129]soundly [130]beaten by [131]Spurius Cassius, who had been [132]thrice [133]consul. [134]He being elevated by his [135]success, [136]aspired to the [137]throne, [138]but was [139]prevented in his [140]design, and [141]thrown headlong from the [142]Tarpeian rock.

In the year 261 from the [143]building of the city, the [144]common people being very [145]much in [146]debt, and [147]provoked by the [148]cruelty of their [149]creditors, [150]retired [151]beyond the [152]Anien into the [153]sacred mount, but were [154]reconciled by the [155]pacific [156]persuasions of [157]Menenius Agrippa; having [158]first [159]obtained from the [160]fathers, that [161]officers should be [162]appointed to [163]screen them from the [164]violence of the [165]patricii, who were [166] called [167]tribunes of the [168]people.

After this, the Romans had a war with the [169]Veientes, which the [170]family of the [171]Fabii [172]undertook to [173]carry on by themselves; and having [174]pitched their camp by the [175]river [176]Cremera, were [177]trepanned by the [178]enemy, and [179]cut off in one [180]day, to the [181]number of 306.

The war with the [182]Volsci [183]continued. They were [184]often [185]vanquished, [186]especially by T. [187]Quintius Cincinnatus, who took [188]Antium, the [189]metropolis of their [190]nation. Cincinnatus being [191]afterwards [192]taken from the [193]plough, and [194]made [195]dictator [196]against the [197]Æqui, he [198]delivered the [199]consul [200]Minucius, who was [201]besieged by them, and [202]obliged the [203]enemy to [204]pass under the [205]yoke.

In the year 303, [206]after the [207]foundation of the city, and 451 years [208]before [209]Christ, the [210]form of the [211]government was [212]changed. [213]For [214]instead of [215]consuls, the [216]decemviri were [217]set up, with [218]supreme [219]power to [220]make [221]laws for the Roman [222]people, [223]from those which their ambassadors had the year before [224]brought from [225]Greece. But [226]abusing their [227]power, they were [228]obliged to [229]lay down their [230]authority; and the [231]consuls and [232]tribunes were [233]restored.

In the 315th year of the city, Sp. Melius, in the [234]time of a [235]famine, [236]endeavouring to [237]make his way to a [238]throne, by [239]sharing [240]corn [241]amongst the [242]people, was [243]slain by [244]order of [245]Quintius Cincinnatus the [246]dictator, by [247]C. Servilius Ahala [248]master of the horse. In the [249]following year the [250]Fidenates [251]revolted to [252]Lars Tolumnius, king of the [253]Veientes, and [254]put the Roman ambassadors to [255]death, who had their [256]statues [257]erected in the [258]forum. The [259]Veientes [260]in the next year were [261]subdued by [262]Mamercus Æmilius, [263]dictator. [264]Tolumnius was [265]slain by [266]Cornelius Cossus, who was the [267]second from [268]Romulus that [269]dedicated the [270]spoils [271]called [272]Opima to Jupiter [273]Feretrius.

[274]Censors were [275]set up at Rome in the 311th year of the city, who [276]held their [277]office [278]at first for [279]five [280]years, [281]but were [282]afterwards, in the year 320, [283]reduced by [284]Mamercus Æmilius, [285]dictator, to a year and a [286]half. In the year 323, the [287]dictator [288]A. Posthumius was very [289]successful [290]against the [291]Æqui and the [292]Volsci; but [293]stained the [294]victory with the [295]blood of his own [296]son, whom he [297]beheaded for having [298]fought [299]contrary to his [300]orders.

In the year of the city 358, the [301]town of [302]Veii was [303]taken by [304]Camillus, dictator, [305]after a [306]siege of [307]ten years. He [308]likewise [309]reduced the [310]Falisci, [311]not so much by his [312]arms, as the [313]opinion they had of his [314]justice.

But after these [315]great [316]successes, the Romans were [317]nearly [318]ruined by the [319]Galli Senones, who having [320]laid [321]siege to [322]Clusium in Etruria, the Romans [323]sent three of the [324]Fabian family ambassadors to them. These, [325]contrary to the [326]law of [327]nations, [328]marched out into the [329]field with the [330]Clusini against the [331]Gauls, which proceeding so [332]incensed the latter, that [333]leaving [334]Clusium, they marched to Rome. The Romans were [335]routed, and [336]put to [337]flight in the very [338]first [339]attack at Allia. After which the city was [340]taken and [341]burnt; the [342]Capitol, [343]whither the [344]flower of the Roman [345]youth [346]retreated, was [347]besieged, and had it not been for Manlius, who was afterwards surnamed [348]Capitolinus, would have been [349]taken by the [350]barbarians in the [351]night time; but he, being [352]awakened by the [353]cackling of [354]geese, and [355]others [356]with him, [357]pushed the [358]Gauls [359]as they [360]came up, [361]headlong down the precipice. [362]In the mean time [363]Camillus, who was [364]then in [365]exile at Ardea, being [366]recalled and [367]made [368]dictator, [369]raised an [370]army, [371]came to Rome, [372]drove them out, and at [373]about [374]eight [375]miles [376]distance from the city [377]utterly [378]destroyed their [379]whole [380]army.

FOOTNOTES

[1] Il re Tarquínio

[2] famíglia

[3] bandíto

[4] L. Giúnio Bruto

[5] L. Tarquínio Collatíno

[6] fatto

[7] consóle

[8] il primo

[9] sevéro

[10] flagelláre

[11] decapitáre

[12] favoríre

[13] i re bandíti

[14] grande

[15] amíco

[16] púbblico

[17] libertà

[18] campo

[19] situato

[20] fra

[21] Tévere

[22] consacráto

[23] Marte

[24] indi

[25] chiamáto

[26] Campo Marzio

[27] Bruto

[28] moríre

[29] guerra

[30] contro

[31] riuscirono a persuadére

[32] vicíno

[33] nazióne

[34] assístere

[35] fra

[36] gli altri

[37] fare

[38] favóre

[39] bravúra

[40] Orázio Coclide

[41] rimarchevole

[42] mantenére

[43] conflítto

[44] contro

[45] vittorióso

[46] nemico

[47] infinchè

[48] ponte

[49] tagliáto

[50] allóra

[51] nuotáre e traversáre

[52] fiúme

[53] dovére

[54] passáre in silenzio

[55] nóbile

[56] intraprèsa

[57] Muzio Scévola

[58] segretaménte

[59] entráre

[60] nemíco

[61] campo

[62] risoluzióne

[63] uccídere

[64] ma

[65] isbáglio

[66] ammazzáre

[67] méttere

[68] mano

[69] fuóco

[70] altáre

[71] spaventáre

[72] fare

[73] pace

[74] ritornáre

[75] casa

[76] dopo

[77] Latíno

[78] guerra

[79] sotto

[80] condótta

[81] Ottávio Mamílio

[82] genero

[83] contro

[84] Postúmio

[85] dittatóre

[86] víncere

[87] memorábile

[88] battáglia

[89] Lago Regíllo

[90] dopo

[91] proclamáre

[92] contro

[93] Volsci

[94] leváre

[95] truppe

[96] mandáre

[97] soccórso

[98] Latíno

[99] precedente

[100] fortúna

[101] Caio Marzio Corioláno

[102] segnaláto

[103] condannáto

[104] assénza

[105] ritirársi

[106] consigliáre

[107] ricominciáre

[108] condótta

[109] scelto

[110] generále

[111] Tullio Accio

[112] sconfítto

[113] parécchie

[114] battáglia

[115] avanzáre

[116] infíno alle mura

[117] commósso

[118] preghiéra

[119] madre

[120] leváre

[121] assédio

[122] morte

[123] Corioláno

[124] continuáre

[125] confederatisi

[126] con gli

[127] Equi

[128] Erníci

[129] furono insieme potentemente

[130] battúto

[131] Spúrio Cássio

[132] tre volte

[133] consóle

[134] questi esaltáto

[135] succésso

[136] aspiráre

[137] trono

[138] ma

[139] impedíto

[140] diségno

[141] precipitáto

[142] rupe Tarpéa

[143] fondazióne

[144] plebe

[145] molto

[146] indebitáto

[147] irritáto

[148] crudeltà

[149] creditóre

[150] ritirársi

[151] di là

[152] Aniéno

[153] sacro monte

[154] riconciliáto

[155] pacifico

[156] persuasióne

[157] Menénio Agríppa

[158] prima

[159] ottenúto

[160] padre

[161] ufficiále

[162] costituíto

[163] protéggere

[164] violénza

[165] patrízj

[166] chiamáto

[167] tribúni

[168] popolo

[169] Vejénti

[170] famíglia

[171] Fabj

[172] intrapréndere

[173] maneggiáre

[174] accampáre

[175] fiúme

[176] Cremera

[177] acchiappáre

[178] nemíco

[179] uccíso

[180] giórno

[181] número

[182] Volsci

[183] continuáre

[184] spesso

[185] vinto

[186] specialménte

[187] Quínzio Cincinnáto

[188] Anzio

[189] metrópoli

[190] nazióne

[191] dopo

[192] preso

[193] áratro

[194] fatto

[195] dittatóre

[196] contro

[197] Equi

[198] liberáre

[199] consóle

[200] Minúcio

[201] assediáto

[202] forzáre

[203] nemico

[204] passáre sotto il

[205] giógo

[206] dopo

[207] fondazióne

[208] prima

[209] Cristo

[210] forma

[211] govérno

[212] cambiáto

[213] perchè

[214] invéce di

[215] consóle

[216] decemvíri

[217] creáto

[218] suprémo

[219] autorità

[220] fare

[221] legge

[222] pópolo

[223] sul modello di quello

[224] portáto

[225] Grécia

[226] abusáre

[227] potére

[228] obbligáto

[229] dimettere

[230] autorità

[231] cónsole

[232] tribúno

[233] ristabilíto

[234] tempo

[235] carestía

[236] procuráre

[237] arriváre

[238] trono

[239] distribuíre

[240] grano

[241] fra

[242] popolo

[243] ammazzáto

[244] órdine

[245] Quínzio Cincinnáto

[246] dittatóre

[247] C. Servílio Ahala

[248] maestro della cavalleria

[249] seguénte

[250] Fidenáti

[251] rivoltársi

[252] Larte Tolúnnio

[253] Vejénti

[254] méttere

[255] morte

[256] státua

[257] errétto

[258] fóro

[259] Vejénti

[260] l’anno dopo

[261] soggiogáto

[262] Mamérco Emílio

[263] dittatóre

[264] Tolúnnio

[265] ammazzáto

[266] Cornélio Cosso

[267] secóndo

[268] Romolo

[269] dedicáre

[270] spóglia

[271] chiamáto

[272] Opíme

[273] Gióve Feretrio

[274] censóre

[275] stabilíre

[276] tenére

[277] uffício

[278] al princípio

[279] cinque

[280] anno

[281] ma

[282] dopo

[283] ridótto

[284] Mamérco Emílio

[285] dittatóre

[286] mezzo

[287] dittatóre

[288] A. Postúmio

[289] fortunáto

[290] contro

[291] Equi

[292] Volsci

[293] macchiáre

[294] vittória

[295] sangue

[296] figlio

[297] decapitáre

[298] combáttere

[299] contro

[300] órdine

[301] città

[302] Vej

[303] preso

[304] Camíllo

[305] dopo

[306] assédio

[307] diéci

[308] pariménte

[309] ridúrre

[310] Falísci

[311] non tanto

[312] arme

[313] opinióne

[314] giustízia

[315] grande

[316] riuscita

[317] quasi

[318] rovináto

[319] Galli Sénoni

[320] méttere

[321] assédio

[322] Clusio

[323] mandáre

[324] famíglia de’ Fabj

[325] contro

[326] dirítto

[327] gente

[328] marciáre

[329] campo

[330] Clusíni

[331] Galli

[332] irritáre

[333] lasciáre

[334] Clusio

[335] sconfítto

[336] messo

[337] fuga

[338] primo

[339] attácco

[340] preso

[341] abbruciáto

[342] Campidóglio

[343] dove

[344] fiore

[345] gioventù

[346] ritirársi

[347] assediáto

[348] Capitolíno

[349] preso

[350] bárbaro

[351] notte tempo

[352] svegliáto

[353] il gracchiáre

[354] oca

[355] altro

[356] con

[357] buttáre

[358] Galli

[359] a misura che

[360] presentarsi

[361] a capo in giù nel precipízio

[362] nell’istésso tempo

[363] Camíllo

[364] allóra

[365] esílio

[366] richiamáto

[367] fatto

[368] dittatóre

[369] leváre

[370] armáta

[371] veníre

[372] scacciáre

[373] incírca

[374] otto

[375] míglia

[376] distánza

[377] completamente

[378] distrúggere

[379] tutto

[380] armáta

CHAP. IV.

(Of the World, 3670—Of Rome, 370.)

The city being [1]destroyed by the Gauls, the Romans had [2]thoughts of [3]leaving it, and [4]removing to [5]Veii; but were [6]dissuaded from that [7]design by [8]Camillus; [9]whilst [10]Marcus Manlius (who [11]obtained the [12]surname of [13]Capitolinus for his [14]noble [15]defence of the [16]Capitol) [17]endeavoured by [18]ambition and [19]popular [20]favour [21]to possess himself of the [22]supreme [23]power, he was [24]thrown from the [25]Tarpeian rock, which he had [26]defended, in the year 370.

In the year 377, there was a [27]strong [28]contest [29]between the [30]nobility and the [31]people. [32]C. Licinius Stolo and [33]L. Sextius, [34]tribunes of [35]the people, [36]proposed a [37]law for [38]choosing [39]one of the consuls out [40]of the people. They [41]carried their point at last, in the year 387, and in the [42]following year [43]L. Sextius was elected consul.

[44]After this, the Romans had [45]war with the [46]Tiburtes, the [47]Tarquinenses, and [48]Falisci; and again with the [49]Gauls, who being [50]drawn up [51]in order of [52]battle, one of them [53]sent a [54]challenge to the Romans, and was [55]slain by [56]one M. Valerius, a [57]tribune of the [58]soldiers, by the [59]assistance of a [60]crow, who [61]from thence had the [62]surname of [63]Corvinus.

[64]But of all their [65]wars, none was more [66]troublesome and [67]lasting than that [68]against the [69]Samnites; which the Romans [70]undertook the year of the city 411, at the [71]request of the [72]Campani. It [73]lasted [74]seventy years; [75]though they were [76]several times [77]beaten, as in the year 413, in which the [78]Latins [79]rose up in arms [80]against the Romans, but were the year after [81]conquered by the [82]consuls Torquatus and Decius; the [83]former of whom [84]beheaded his own [85]son for [86]fighting [87]without his [88]order; the [89]other [90]devoted himself to [91]destruction for the [92]army; after which the [93]enemies [94]submitted, but [95]soon after [96]rebelling again, they were [97]at last [98]entirely [99]reduced in the year 416.

[100]About this time the [101]Gauls [102]made a [103]peace with the Romans, which they [104]kept [105]thirty years. But in 450, the [106]Cisalpine, [107]together with the [108]Transalpine [109]Gauls, and the [110]Tuscans, [111]laid waste the [112]Roman [113]territories. The Cisalpine [114]returning [115]home [116]loaded with [117]spoils, [118]fell out together about them. [119]Four years after that, having [120]joined the [121]Samnites and [122]Tuscans, they fell [123]upon the Roman [124]army [125]commanded by [126]L. Scipio, the [127]proprætor, in which [128]battle, [129]P. Decius [130]the consul [131]devoted himself.

[132]Ten years after this, the [133]Galli Senones being [134]invited by the [135]Lucani, [136]Brutii, Samnites, and Tuscans, [137]besieged [138]Aretium, and having [139]vanquished [140]L. Cæcilius the [141]prætor, [142]killed 13,000 Romans; which [143]overthrow the consul Dolobella [144]revenged upon them [145]soon after; for having [146]routed the [147]Gauls, and [148]taken their city of Sena, [149]he sent a [150]colony there. The [151]Boii being [152]moved at the [153]hard [154]fate of the [155]Senones, [156]entered into an [157]alliance with the [158]Tuscans, and [159]engaged the Romans at the [160]lake of [161]Vadimon; in which [162]battle [163]almost [164]all the Tuscans were [165]slain, and very [166]few of the Boii [167]escaped. This [168]happened in the year of the city 471; but in the [169]following year the Boii were [170]entirely [171]reduced, which was [172]about three years [173]before [174]Pyrrhus, [175]came into [176]Italy.

The [177]Palæpolitani [178]likewise, [179]where [180]now [181]Naples is, [182]venturing to make war upon the Romans, were [183]subdued the third year [184]after, [185]that is to say, in the year of the city 428, by [186]Publius the proconsul.

The [187]twelve [188]nations of the Tuscans, [189]rising for the [190]utter ruin [191]of the Roman name in the year of the city 442, were [192]routed in a great [193]battle by Fabius the [194]consul, in the [195]year 444, in which were [196]slain, or [197]taken of the [198]enemy, to the [199]number of 60,000.

In the year 472, the [200]Tarentines, [201]brought the [202]Romans against them [203]by plundering their [204]fleet, and [205]assailing their [206]ambassadors, who [207]came to [208]complain of the [209]injury. They, [210]together with the [211]Samnites, and [212]Salentines, were [213]defeated by L. [214]Æmilius Barbula. [215]Terrified at this [216]ill fortune, they [217]sent for [218]Pyrrhus to their [219]assistance; who, in the year of the city 474, having [220]brought over an [221]army into [222]Italy, [223]waged against the Romans [224]a war which [225]lasted six years. In the [226]first [227]encounter the Romans, [228]headed by [229]Lævinus, being [230]conquered, not so much by the [231]strength of the [232]enemy, as by the [233]strange [234]shape of the [235]elephants, [236]yielded up the [237]day: Pyrrhus [238]dismissed all the [239]prisoners [240]without [241]ransom. [242]Soon after, having [243]made some [244]fruitless [245]overtures of [246]peace by his [247]ambassador [248]Cyneas ([249]for [250]Appius Claudius [251]obstructed it), he [252]engaged the Romans [253]twice: the [254]victory [255]both times being [256]dubious. He was [257]then [258]invited by the [259]Syracusans [260]into Sicily against [261]the Carthaginians; [262]where [263]matters [264]not succeeding [265]according to his [266]desires, he [267]returned into [268]Italy in the year 479; and being [269]defeated, [270]forced out of his [271]camp, and [272]beaten from [273]Tarentum, he returned into [274]Epirus.

FOOTNOTES

[1] distrúggere

[2] idea

[3] abbandonáre

[4] traslocarsi

[5] Vej

[6] dissuáso

[7] diségno

[8] Camíllo

[9] mentre

[10] Marco Mánlio

[11] ottenere

[12] cognóme

[13] Capitolíno

[14] nóbile

[15] difésa

[16] campidóglio

[17] cercáre

[18] ambizione

[19] popoláre

[20] favóre

[21] impadronírsi

[22] suprémo

[23] potére

[24] precipitáto

[25] rocca Tarpéa

[26] diféndere

[27] grande

[28] contésa

[29] fra

[30] nobiltà

[31] popolo

[32] C. Licínio Stolone

[33] L. Séstio

[34] tribúno

[35] popolo

[36] propórre

[37] legge

[38] scegliere

[39] cónsole

[40] d’infra’l popolo

[41] riuscíre

[42] seguénte

[43] L. Séstio fu eletto cónsole

[44] dopo

[45] guerra

[46] Tibúrti

[47] Tarquiniési

[48] Falísci

[49] Gálli

[50] méttersi

[51] órdine

[52] battáglia

[53] mandáre

[54] disfída

[55] uccídere

[56] certo M. Valério

[57] tribúno

[58] soldato

[59] assisténza

[60] corvo

[61] da ció

[62] cognóme

[63] Corvíno

[64] ma

[65] guerra

[66] gravóso

[67] lunga

[68] contro

[69] Sanníti

[70] intrapréndere

[71] richiésta

[72] Campáni

[73] duráre

[74] settánta

[75] benchè

[76] spesse volte

[77] battúto

[78] Latíno

[79] préndere l’armi

[80] contro

[81] vincere

[82] cónsoli Torquáto e Decio

[83] primo

[84] decapitáre

[85] figliuólo

[86] aver combáttuto

[87] senza

[88] órdine

[89] altro

[90] consacrársi

[91] morte

[92] armáta

[93] nemíco

[94] sottomettérsi

[95] poco dopo

[96] ribelláre

[97] alla fine

[98] affátto

[99] ridótto

[100] incírca

[101] Galli

[102] fare

[103] pace

[104] mantenere

[105] trenta

[106] Cisalpíno

[107] assieme con

[108] Transalpíno

[109] Galli

[110] Toscáni

[111] dare il guasto a

[112] Románo

[113] território

[114] ritornáre

[115] casa

[116] carico

[117] spóglia

[118] contendere

[119] quattro

[120] unírsi

[121] Sanníti

[122] Toscáni

[123] assalíre

[124] armáta

[125] comandáre

[126] L. Scipióne

[127] propretóre

[128] battáglia

[129] P. Decio

[130] cónsole

[131] sacrificò se stesso

[132] diéci

[133] Galli Senoni

[134] invitáto

[135] Lucáni

[136] Bruzi

[137] assediáre

[138] Arezzo

[139] víncere

[140] L. Cecílio

[141] pretore

[142] ammazzáre

[143] sconfítta

[144] vendicáre

[145] poco dopo

[146] sconfíggere

[147] Galli

[148] preso

[149] mandáre

[150] colónia

[151] Boj

[152] commósso

[153] duro

[154] condizione

[155] Senoni

[156] entráre

[157] alleánza

[158] Toscáni

[159] veníre a giornáta con

[160] lago

[161] Vadimóne

[162] battáglia

[163] quasi

[164] tutto

[165] uccíso

[166] poco

[167] scampáre

[168] succédere

[169] seguente

[170] affátto

[171] sottomesso

[172] incírca

[173] primachè

[174] Pirro

[175] veníre

[176] Itália

[177] Palepolitáni

[178] pariménte

[179] dove

[180] adésso

[181] Napóli

[182] avventuráre

[183] soggiogáto

[184] dopo

[185] cioè a dire

[186] próconsole Públio

[187] dódici

[188] nazióne

[189] essendosi levate in armi

[190] totale

[191] sterminio

[192] sconfíggere

[193] battáglia

[194] cónsole

[195] anno

[196] uccíso

[197] preso

[198] nemíco

[199] numero

[200] Tarentíni

[201] tirársi addósso

[202] Románo

[203] saccheggiáre

[204] flotta

[205] maltrattáre

[206] ambasciadóre

[207] veníre

[208] lamentársi

[209] ingiúria

[210] insiéme

[211] Sanníti

[212] Salentíni

[213] sconfítto

[214] Emílio Bárbula

[215] spaventáto

[216] sventúra

[217] mandár a cercáre

[218] Pirro

[219] ajúto

[220] trasportáre

[221] armáta

[222] Itália

[223] fare

[224] guerra

[225] duráre

[226] prima

[227] zuffa

[228] comandáto

[229] Lavínio

[230] superato

[231] sforza

[232] nemíco

[233] strano

[234] forma

[235] elefánte

[236] cédere

[237] vittoria

[238] rimandáre

[239] prigioniéro

[240] senza

[241] taglia

[242] poco dopo

[243] fatto

[244] inútile

[245] trattative

[246] pace

[247] ambasciadóre

[248] Cinéa

[249] perchè

[250] Áppio Cláudio

[251] impedíre

[252] attaccáre

[253] due volte

[254] vittória

[255] due

[256] dubbio

[257] allóra

[258] invitáto

[259] Siracuséi

[260] ad andáre in

[261] Cartaginése

[262] dove

[263] cosa

[264] riuscíre

[265] secóndo

[266] desiderio

[267] ritornáre

[268] Itália

[269] sconfítto

[270] forzato di sloggiáre

[271] accampamento

[272] scacciato

[273] Táranto

[274] Epíro

CHAP. V.

(Of the World, 3790—Of Rome, 490.)

[1]After this, a [2]war [3]broke out [4]between the Romans and the [5]Carthaginians, in the year of the city 490, [6]occasioned by the [7]ambition and [8]formidable [9]power of each of them. [10]Hiero, king of Syracuse, and [11]ally of the Carthaginians, [12]made war against the [13]Mamertini, who had [14]seized upon Messana. They [15]applied to the Romans for [16]help, who [17]carrying over an [18]army into [19]Sicily, [20]fell upon Hiero, and the Carthaginians. The [21]fortune of the war was for a [22]long time very [23]doubtful; the Carthaginians [24]being successful by [25]sea, and the Romans by [26]land. The most [27]memorable [28]person in all this war was [29]Attilius Regulus, who having [30]brought the Carthaginians [31]very low by two [32]victories [33]obtained over them at sea and land; and [34]refusing to [35]grant them [36]peace but upon [37]hard terms, he was [38]vanquished by [39]Xantippus the [40]Lacedæmonian [41]general, and [42]taken [43]prisoner with 15,000 [44]men, 30,000 being [45]slain, in the year 498. Being [46]afterwards [47]sent to [48]Rome by the [49]Carthaginians, to [50]treat with the [51]senate upon an [52]exchange of [53]prisoners, he [54]interposed to [55]prevent it, and [56]returning to [57]Carthage, was [58]put to [59]death in the most [60]cruel [61]manner [62]imaginable, as [63]many [64]authors [65]tell us. The [66]first among the Romans that [67]obtained a [68]victory by sea, was C. [69]Duilius, in the first year of this [70]war. C. [71]Lutatius [72]gained [73]another in the 23rd and [74]last year; in which he [75]made an end of the war with the Carthaginians, [76]near the [77]island of the [78]Ægates. A [79]peace was [80]concluded upon these [81]terms, that they should [82]quit all the islands which [83]lie between Italy and Africa, and should [84]pay [85]yearly 2,200 [86]talents for [87]twenty years [88]together. This [89]happened in the year of the city 513, and 241 before [90]Christ.

In the year 519, the [91]temple of [92]Janus was [93]shut, which very rarely [94]happened in Rome; but upon the [95]breaking out of new wars, it was [96]soon [97]open again. The [98]Ligures, the Sardi, and Corsi were [99]subdued; after which the Romans [100]had war with the [101]Illyrians, and their [102]queen Teuta, which war was [103]ended in [104]three years time. There [105]happened [106]about this [107]time a [108]dreadful [109]irruption of the [110]Gauls. The [111]Insubres and [112]Boii, having [113]first [114]sent for some [115]transalpine Gauls, [116]fell upon the Romans, [117]on account of the [118]land in Picene, that had been [119]taken from the Galli [120]Senones, and [121]disposed of by [122]Flaminius, [123]tribune of the [124]people, by virtue of the [125]Agrarian law, [126]made in the year of the city 452. They were [127]several times [128]worsted, and the Insubres [129]entirely [130]subdued, and king [131]Virdumarus [132]slain by C. [133]Marcellus, the [134]consul, who was the only person after [135]Romulus that [136]consecrated [137]Opima Spolia to [138]Jupiter Feretrius. In this war Hiero, king of Sicily, [139]sent the Romans a [140]vast quantity of [141]corn, the [142]price of which he [143]received after the war was [144]ended.

After this, [145]followed a [146]second war with the Carthaginians, four and twenty years after the [147]end of the [148]former; which [149]indeed did not [150]last [151]so long, but was [152]so much more [153]terrible for the [154]dreadful [155]slaughter that was made in it ([156]says Florus) that if [157]any one [158]compared the [159]losses on [160]each side, the [161]people that [162]proved [163]victorious [164]seemed more [165]likely to be [166]conquered. The first cause of this war was the [167]same with that of the former, [168]ambition and the [169]impatience of the Carthaginians [170]under their [171]servitude. The first cause of this [172]combustion was [173]Hannibal, the son of [174]Hamilcar, who was [175]general of the [176]Carthaginians in the [177]former [178]war, and had [179]accepted the [180]conditions of peace [181]with a heavy heart. For after [182]affairs were [183]settled in Africa, being [184]sent into [185]Spain, in the year of the city 517, he [186]carried along with him Hannibal, who [187]was then nine years old, having [188]first [189]brought him before an [190]altar, and [191]made him [192]swear that he [193]never would be a [194]friend to the Romans. Hamilcar being [195]slain about nine years after, Asdrubal, his son-in-law, was [196]put in his [197]place. He [198]sent for Hannibal, and being slain himself eight years after, was [199]succeeded by him, [200]being in the 27th year of his age. [201]As soon as he was made [202]general, he [203]conquered all Spain within the river [204]Iberus. After that he [205]fell upon the [206]town of [207]Saguntum with all his [208]forces, and [209]took it, after a [210]siege of seven [211]months. The [212]Saguntines having [213]in vain [214]waited for [215]assistance from the Romans, [216]were all destroyed [217]partly by the [218]enemy’s [219]sword, and [220]partly by their own [221]hands. This war [222]broke out in the year of the city 536; and [223]lasted seventeen years.

Upon the first [224]coming of Hannibal into Italy, both the [225]consuls were [226]defeated, P. [227]Cornelius at [228]Ticinum, and [229]Sempronius at Trebia. They [230]received a greater [231]overthrow the [232]following year near the [233]Thrasymene [234]lake. [235]In the mean time, Q. [236]Fabius Maximus being made [237]dictator by the [238]people, [239]recovered in some [240]measure the Roman [241]affairs. But the most [242]fatal [243]stroke was that of Cannæ, in the year of the city 538, [244]occasioned by the [245]rashness of one of the [246]consuls, [247]Terentius Varro. [248]Forty thousand Romans were [249]killed in that [250]battle: [251]however, their [252]courage was not [253]cast down by this [254]overthrow; [255]for they would not [256]redeem those that had been [257]taken [258]prisoners, in the battle of Cannæ. In the year 540, the [259]consul [260]Marcellus [261]besieged [262]Syracuse, which had [263]declared for the Carthaginians; it was [264]wonderfully [265]defended a long time by the [266]contrivance of [267]Archimedes, who was an [268]excellent [269]astronomer, but more [270]famous for the [271]invention of [272]military [273]engines. It was [274]taken [275]at last with [276]much [277]difficulty, after a [278]siege of three years. We are [279]told that Archimedes being very [280]intent upon his [281]study at that time, and not [282]minding the [283]hurry, and [284]noise of the [285]army, when they [286]broke into the [287]town, was [288]killed by a [289]soldier; that Marcellus was much [290]concerned for his [291]death, having [292]given [293]strict [294]charge to his [295]men to [296]spare his [297]life.

[298]In the mean time, [299]Lævinus the [300]prætor [301]stopt [302]Philip king of [303]Macedon, who having made an [304]alliance with Hannibal, was [305]ready to [306]come into Italy, and [307]forced him to [308]burn his [309]fleet, and [310]retreat into Macedon, in the year of the city 542. But in Spain, the two [311]brothers P. and C. [312]Scipio, who had [313]till then [314]prevented Hasdrubal’s [315]passage into Italy to his brother Hannibal, and had [316]performed a great many [317]gallant actions, were both slain, and their [318]armies [319]destroyed. L. Marcus, a Roman knight, being [320]chosen general, by the [321]votes of the [322]soldiers, [323]upheld their [324]tottering [325]cause; by whose [326]conduct in one [327]day, and a [328]night, two [329]camps of the [330]enemy were [331]taken by [332]assault, and about [333]thirty-seven thousand [334]men [335]slain. The [336]same year [337]Tarentum, [338]except the [339]citadel, was taken by Hannibal; and Capua [340]besieged by the Romans; and Hannibal [341]marched to Rome to [342]draw them from it. But a [343]sudden [344]storm [345]arising, [346]forced him from the [347]walls, and the [348]sight of it. Capua was after that [349]surrendered to the Romans, the [350]grandees of which [351]poisoned themselves; the [352]senators were [353]beheaded, and the city [354]deprived of its [355]liberty.

There was a [356]son of that P. Scipio, who, as we have said was [357]killed in [358]Spain, [359]named [360]likewise P. Scipio, who after the [361]death of his [362]father and [363]uncle, was [364]sent into Spain, [365]being but twenty-four years old. There having [366]performed very great [367]things, and [368]vanquished Hasdrubal, the son of [369]Gisco and [370]Mago, [371]he drove the Carthaginians out of Spain, in five years after he [372]came there; from thence [373]passing over into Africa, he [374]made an [375]alliance with [376]Syphax, king of the [377]Masylians, and after that with Masanissa, king of the [378]Masasulians. These things [379]were done in the year 548, and the [380]third from the [381]death of [382]Marcellus; who having been [383]successful in [384]several [385]battles with Hannibal, was [386]at last, [387]trepanned by an [388]ambuscade, and slain. In the [389]following year, Hasdrubal was [390]cut off, with his [391]army [392]before he could [393]join his [394]brother, by the two [395]consuls, [396]Claudius Nero and [397]Livius Salinator. Hannibal was [398]then in Apulia, [399]opposed by Nero the consul. [400]Livy was [401]encamped in [402]Cisalpine Gaul [403]against Hasdrubal, Nero [404]marched [405]through Italy [406]privately, in six [407]days time, [408]came to the [409]camp of his [410]colleague with a [411]part of his [412]army, and having [413]conquered the [414]enemy, [415]returned to his camp before Hannibal [416]perceived that he was [417]gone. There are [418]said to have been 56,000 of the [419]enemy [420]slain in the [421]battle, and 5,400 [422]taken [423]prisoners. The head [424]of Hasdrubal was [425]thrown before the [426]advanced guard of the Carthaginians by Nero.

P. Scipio [427]resolved to [428]carry the [429]war into Africa, that he might [430]draw Hannibal out of Italy; but [431]at first that being [432]looked upon as a [433]rash [434]design, he had neither [435]money nor [436]men from the [437]government. [438]Wherefore, having [439]raised none but [440]volunteers, and [441]borrowed money, he first [442]went to [443]Sicily, and [444]from thence to Africa, in the year 550; [445]when the [446]image of the [447]Idæan mother was [448]brought from [449]Pessinus in [450]Phrygia, to Rome, [451]according to the [452]advice of [453]the oracle.

The general [454]employed [455]against him by the [456]Carthaginians was Hasdrubal, the son of Gisco, who had [457]contracted his daughter [458]Sophonisba to Masanissa. But the Carthaginians had [459]given her to [460]Syphax, (who being [461]in love with the [462]young lady, [463]laid waste their [464]country in the [465]absence of her [466]father and [467]husband) to [468]take him off from the Roman [469]alliance: at which [470]usage Masanissa being [471]incensed, he [472]gave himself up [473]entirely to the Roman [474]interest, and was very [475]serviceable to them in [476]reducing the Carthaginians.

[477]After a great many [478]overthrows, the Carthaginians [479]found themselves [480]obliged to [481]recall Hannibal out of Italy, to the [482]defence of their country, where, after a [483]fruitless [484]overture of [485]peace, he was [486]vanquished by Scipio, and an [487]end was put to the [488]war, after it had [489]lasted seven years.

The second [490]Punic war was [491]followed by the [492]Macedonian, [493]against king Philip. That which put the Romans upon it was the [494]former injuries [495]Philip had done them, [496]as likewise the late [497]vexation he had given their [498]allies, [499]especially the Athenians, who being [500]harassed by the king, [501]fled to the Romans. [502]At length [503]Titus Quinctius Flaminius [504]put an end to the war, four years after it [505]began, by the [506]conquest of Philip at [507]Cynoscephalæ, in [508]Thessaly.

After this [509]followed the war with [510]Antiochus, king of Asia, who having [511]recovered Syria, and [512]conquered Scopas, the general of [513]Ptolemæus Epiphanes, [514]began now to be [515]formidable to the Romans, [516]against whom Hannibal did not a little [517]inflame him; who, for [518]fear of the same [519]enemy, had [520]fled to the king. The [521]ambassadors of the [522]Ætolians too, who were now [523]averse to the Roman [524]alliance, [525]contributed not a [526]little towards it. Antiochus [527]therefore having [528]clapped up a peace with [529]Ptolemy, to whom he [530]gave his daughter Cleopatra in [531]marriage, and [532]granted [533]Cœlo Syria, and [534]Judea by way of [535]portion, [536]made war upon the Romans, which being begun in the year of the city 562, [537]lasted three years in all. For in the year 565, L. [538]Cornelius Scipio the [539]consul, [540]going over into Asia, with his brother P. Scipio [541]Africanus, as his [542]lieutenant, did, by the [543]assistance, [544]chiefly of his [545]counsel, [546]conquer Antiochus. Livy [547]tells us, there were 50,000 [548]foot [549]slain in one [550]battle, and 4,000 [551]horse. A peace was [552]granted Antiochus [553]upon the following condition [554]among others, that he should [555]recede [556]from all the countries [557]on this side [558]mount Taurus.

After Antiochus was [559]conquered, the Ætolians were [560]reduced by Fulvius the consul; and the same year the Gallo-Greci were [561]subdued by the other [562]consul, Cneius Manlius.

In the 149th [563]Olympiad [564]died three [565]famous generals, P. Scipio, Hannibal, and [566]Philopæmen. Scipio was [567]impeached for [568]taking [569]money of Antiochus for the peace [570]he granted him; after which he [571]retired to [572]Liturnum in Campania, and [573]died there in the year of the city 570. Hannibal a year or two after (for [574]historians are not [575]agreed upon the [576]matter) being [577]demanded of Drusias, king of Bythynia, by the Roman [578]ambassadors, [579]in order to be [580]put to [581]death, [582]poisoned himself. [583]About the [584]same time Philopæmen, general of the [585]Achæans, was [586]taken by the [587]Messenians, and [588]slain, after he had [589]forced to a [590]submission the Lacedæmonians, who had [591]thrown off the Achæan [592]alliance.

In the mean time Philip, being [593]checked [594]rather than [595]conquered in the [596]former war, was [597]very busy in [598]making [599]preparations for [600]another; but before [601]matters were [602]ripe [603]enough [604]for that purpose, he died, and was [605]succeeded by his son [606]Perseus, who [607]went on with the [608]preparations of war [609]against the Romans; which was [610]finished in four years after its [611]beginning with the [612]ruin of him and the [613]kingdom of Macedon [614]together, in the year of the city 586. The general [615]employed by the Romans in that war, was [616]Paulus Æmilius, who in one [617]battle, [618]wherein were slain 20,000 [619]men, and 11,000 [620]taken [621]prisoners, [622]put a [623]final period to the [624]Macedonian [625]empire in the [626]11th year of king Perseus. About the same time, [627]Gentius, king of the [628]Illyrians, being [629]trepanned into an [630]alliance by Perseus, was [631]conquered by [632]Amicius the [633]prætor.

After the [634]conquest of Antiochus, the Macedonians [635]rebelled again, but were [636]subdued, and Macedon [637]reduced to the [638]rank of a [639]province.

Some time after a war [640]broke out with the [641]Achæans, who having [642]pulled down all the [643]walls of [644]Lacedæmon, and [645]taken away their [646]ancient [647]laws, had [648]obliged them to [649]unite with them; which the Lacedæmonians [650]complained of to the Romans, who [651]sent [652]against the Achæans Metellus the prætor, by whom they were [653]defeated in two [654]engagements at [655]Thermopylæ, and in [656]Phocis; and [657]presently after [658]entirely reduced by the consul [659]L. Nummius, and [660]Corinth, the [661]metropolis of their [662]nation, [663]burnt.

The same year Carthage was [664]taken and [665]destroyed. The [666]occasion of this war was a [667]difference [668]between Masanissa and the Carthaginians [669]about their [670]territories; which [671]controversy being [672]referred to the Romans, they obliged the Carthaginians to [673]give up the [674]country in [675]dispute, and [676]money, also, to Masanissa. But the Romans had [677]before-hand [678]resolved [679]utterly to [680]raze Carthage, [681]right or wrong, [682]chiefly at the [683]instigation of [684]Marcus Cato the censor, who, whenever he [685]gave his [686]opinion upon any [687]debate in the [688]senate, [689]used [690]finally to [691]add, Carthage [692]must be [693]destroyed. [694]Wherefore in the year of the city 605, Carthage was [695]besieged by the consuls [696]Manilius and [697]Censorinus. They soon after [698]surrendered to the Romans; but being [699]ordered to [700]demolish their city, and [701]fix themselves at ten [702]miles [703]distance from the [704]sea, they were so [705]inflamed with [706]fury and [707]despair, that they [708]held out even [709]beyond their [710]strength, [711]till in the fourth year, the [712]same in which [713]Corinth was destroyed, it was [714]taken by [715]P. Cornelius Scipio, the [716]proconsul, who was [717]Paulus Æmilius’s son, and had been [718]adopted by the son of Scipio Africanus. At the [719]beginning of the war Masanissa, king of the [720]Numidians, [721]died, in the 97th year of his [722]age, having [723]left behind him forty-four sons, and [724]continued [725]an ally of the Romans near 60 years.

FOOTNOTES

[1] dopo

[2] guerra

[3] destarsi

[4] tra

[5] Cartaginése

[6] causáre

[7] ambizióne

[8] formidábile

[9] potére

[10] Gerone

[11] alleáto

[12] guerreggiáre

[13] Mamertíni

[14] usurpáto

[15] ricorrere

[16] ajúto

[17] trasportáre

[18] armáta

[19] Sicília

[20] attaccáre

[21] sorte

[22] lungo tempo

[23] incérto

[24] prosperando

[25] mare

[26] terra

[27] memorábile

[28] persóna

[29] Attílio Régolo

[30] abbattúto

[31] fortemente

[32] vittória

[33] riportáto

[34] rifiutáre

[35] accordáre

[36] pace

[37] dure condizioni

[38] vinto

[39] Santíppo

[40] Lacedémone

[41] generále

[42] fatto

[43] prigióne

[44] uómo

[45] uccíso

[46] indi

[47] mandáto

[48] Roma

[49] Cartaginési

[50] trattáre

[51] senáto

[52] cámbio

[53] prigioniéro

[54] interpórre

[55] impedíre

[56] tornáre

[57] Cartágine

[58] messo

[59] morte

[60] crudéle

[61] maniéra

[62] immaginábile

[63] molto

[64] autóre

[65] rapportáre

[66] primo

[67] riportáre

[68] vittória

[69] Duílio

[70] guerra

[71] Lutázio

[72] guadagnare

[73] altro

[74] último

[75] termináre

[76] vicíno

[77] ísola

[78] Egáte

[79] pace

[80] conclúso

[81] condizióne

[82] abbandonáre

[83] situáto

[84] pagáre

[85] annualménte

[86] talénto

[87] venti

[88] di séguito

[89] succédere

[90] Cristo

[91] témpio

[92] Giáno

[93] chiúso

[94] raraménte

[95] scopiáre

[96] presto

[97] apérto

[98] Líguri

[99] vinto

[100] guerreggiáre

[101] Illírici

[102] regína

[103] termináre

[104] tre anni

[105] avveníre

[106] incírca

[107] tempo

[108] terríbile

[109] incursióne

[110] Galli

[111] Insúbri

[112] Boj

[113] prima

[114] mandáre

[115] transalpíno

[116] attaccáre

[117] a cagióne

[118] terra

[119] tolto

[120] Sénoni

[121] distribuíre

[122] Flaminio

[123] tribuno

[124] pópolo

[125] legge Agrária

[126] fatto

[127] parécchie volte

[128] malmenato

[129] affátto

[130] soggiogato

[131] Virdumáro

[132] uccíso

[133] Marcéllo

[134] cónsole

[135] Rómolo

[136] consacráre

[137] Opíma spóglia

[138] Gióve Ferétrio

[139] mandáre

[140] imménsa quantità

[141] grano

[142] prezzo

[143] ricévere

[144] termináto

[145] seguíre

[146] secóndo

[147] fine

[148] precedénte

[149] alla verità

[150] duráre

[151] cotánto

[152] tanto

[153] più

[154] terríbile

[155] orréndo

[156] macéllo

[157] al dire di Floro

[158] paragonáre

[159] pérdita

[160] da ambe le parti

[161] nazione

[162] sortíre

[163] vittorióso

[164] parére

[165] più presto

[166] vinto

[167] stesso

[168] ambizióne

[169] impaziénza

[170] sotto

[171] servitù

[172] incéndio

[173] Anníbale

[174] Amílcare

[175] generále

[176] Cartaginési

[177] antecedénte

[178] guerra

[179] accettáto

[180] condizióne

[181] di mal animo

[182] affáre

[183] stabilíto

[184] mandáto

[185] Spagna

[186] condurre seco

[187] avére allóra nove anni

[188] primieraménte

[189] presentáto

[190] altáre

[191] fatto

[192] giuráre

[193] mai

[194] amíco

[195] uccíso

[196] messo

[197] posto

[198] mandár a cercáre

[199] succédere

[200] in età di venti sette anni

[201] súbito che

[202] fatto

[203] conquistáre

[204] fiúme Ibéro

[205] investíre

[206] città

[207] Sagúnto

[208] forza

[209] préndere

[210] assédio

[211] mese

[212] Saguntíni

[213] indárno

[214] aspettáto

[215] assisténza

[216] períre tutti

[217] parte

[218] nemíco

[219] spada

[220] parte

[221] mano

[222] principiáre

[223] duráre

[224] venúta

[225] cónsole

[226] sconfítto

[227] Cornélio

[228] Ticíno

[229] Semprónio

[230] ricévere

[231] rotta

[232] seguénte

[233] Trasiméne

[234] lago

[235] nell’ istésso témpo

[236] Fábio Mássimo

[237] dittatóre

[238] pópolo

[239] rimettere

[240] modo

[241] affáre

[242] fatále

[243] colpo

[244] cagionáto

[245] temerità

[246] cónsole

[247] Terénzio Varróne

[248] quaránta mila

[249] uccíso

[250] battáglia

[251] con tutto ciò

[252] corággio

[253] abbattuto

[254] rotta

[255] così che

[256] riscattáre

[257] preso

[258] prigioniéro

[259] cónsole

[260] Marcéllo

[261] assediáre

[262] Siracúsa

[263] dichiaráto

[264] maravigliosaménte

[265] diféso

[266] ingégno

[267] Archímede

[268] eccellénte

[269] astrónomo

[270] famóso

[271] invenzióne

[272] militáre

[273] mácchina

[274] preso

[275] alla fine

[276] molto

[277] difficoltà

[278] assédio

[279] dire

[280] fisso

[281] stúdio

[282] badáre

[283] confusióne

[284] strépito

[285] armáta

[286] avventársi

[287] città

[288] uccíso

[289] soldáto

[290] afflítto

[291] morte

[292] dato

[293] precíso

[294] órdine

[295] génte

[296] salváre

[297] vita

[298] nell’ istésso tempo

[299] Lavínio

[300] pretóre

[301] fermáre

[302] Filíppo

[303] Macedónia

[304] alleánza

[305] stava per

[306] veníre

[307] forzáre

[308] abbruciáre

[309] flotta

[310] ritirársi

[311] fratéllo

[312] Scipióne

[313] fin allóra

[314] impedíto

[315] passággio

[316] fare

[317] azioni valorose

[318] armáta

[319] distrútta

[320] elétto

[321] voto

[322] soldáto

[323] sostenére

[324] vacillánte

[325] causa

[326] condótta

[327] giórno

[328] notte

[329] campo

[330] nemíco

[331] preso

[332] assálto

[333] trenta sette mila

[334] uómo

[335] uccíso

[336] stesso

[337] Táranto

[338] eccettuáto

[339] cittadella

[340] assediáto

[341] marciáre

[342] trarre

[343] repentíno

[344] tempésta

[345] sollevársi

[346] lo costrínse d’allontanarsi

[347] muro

[348] vista

[349] reso

[350] grande

[351] avvelenársi

[352] senatóre

[353] decapitáto

[354] priváto

[355] libertà

[356] figlio

[357] ammazzáto

[358] Spagna

[359] nomináto

[360] pariménte

[361] morte

[362] padre

[363] zio

[364] mandáto

[365] non avéndo che 24 anni

[366] fatto

[367] cosa

[368] vinto

[369] Giscóne

[370] Magóne

[371] scacciáre

[372] veníre

[373] passáre

[374] fare

[375] alleánza

[376] Sifáce

[377] Masiliáni

[378] Masasuliáni

[379] succédere

[380] terzo

[381] morte

[382] Marcéllo

[383] fortunáto

[384] molto

[385] battáglia

[386] alla fine

[387] tiráto

[388] imboscata

[389] seguente

[390] tagliáto a pezzi

[391] armáta

[392] prima che

[393] unírsi

[394] fratéllo

[395] cónsole

[396] Claudio Neróne

[397] Lívio Salinatóre

[398] allóra

[399] oppósto

[400] Lívio

[401] accampáto

[402] Gállia Cisalpína

[403] contro

[404] marciáre

[405] attravérso

[406] segretaménte

[407] giórno

[408] veníre

[409] campo

[410] colléga

[411] parte

[412] armáta

[413] vinto

[414] nemíco

[415] tornáre

[416] accórgersi

[417] andáto

[418] dire

[419] nemíco

[420] uccíso

[421] battáglia

[422] preso

[423] prigioniéro

[424] testa

[425] gettáta

[426] la guárdia avanzáta

[427] risólvere

[428] portáre

[429] guerra

[430] trarre

[431] alla prima

[432] consideráto

[433] temerário

[434] diségno

[435] danáro

[436] gente

[437] govérno

[438] perciò

[439] leváre

[440] voluntário

[441] pigliar ad imprestito

[442] andáre

[443] Sicília

[444] di là

[445] quando

[446] simulácro

[447] madre Idéa

[448] portáto

[449] Pessínno

[450] Frígia

[451] secóndo

[452] consíglio

[453] orácolo

[454] impiegáto

[455] contro

[456] Cartaginési

[457] promésso

[458] Sofonísba

[459] dato

[460] Sifáce

[461] innamoráto

[462] gióvane

[463] devastáre

[464] paése

[465] assénza

[466] padre

[467] consórte

[468] distrárre

[469] alleánza

[470] tratto

[471] irritáto

[472] dedicarsi

[473] affátto

[474] interésse

[475] utile

[476] debelláre

[477] dopo

[478] sconfítta

[479] trovársi

[480] obbligáto

[481] richiamáre

[482] difesa

[483] vano

[484] trattativa

[485] pace

[486] vinto

[487] termináto

[488] guerra

[489] duráto

[490] Púnico

[491] seguíto

[492] Macédonico

[493] contro

[494] precedénte

[495] ingiúria

[496] come anche

[497] fastídio

[498] confederáto

[499] specialménte

[500] molestáre

[501] volgersi

[502] alla fine

[503] Tito Quínzio Flamínio

[504] termináre

[505] principiáre

[506] col vincere

[507] Cinoscefále

[508] Tesságlia

[509] seguíre

[510] Antíoco

[511] ricuperáto

[512] conquistato

[513] Toloméo Epífane

[514] principiáre

[515] formidábile

[516] contro

[517] infiammáre

[518] paúra

[519] nemíco

[520] fuggíto

[521] ambasciadóre

[522] Etoliáni

[523] contrário

[524] alleánza

[525] contribuíre

[526] poco

[527] perciò

[528] fatto una pace finta

[529] Toloméo

[530] dare

[531] matrimónio

[532] concédere

[533] Celo Síria

[534] Giudéa

[535] dote

[536] impréndere guerra

[537] duráre

[538] Cornélio Scipióne

[539] cónsole

[540] passáre

[541] l’Africáno

[542] luogotenénte

[543] ajúto

[544] sopra tutto

[545] consíglio

[546] vincere

[547] dire

[548] soldati d’infantería

[549] uccíso

[550] battáglia

[551] cavalleria

[552] concésso a

[553] con questo patto

[554] fra

[555] ritirarsi

[556] da tutto il paese

[557] di quà dal

[558] monte Tauro

[559] vinto

[560] debelláto

[561] soggiogáto

[562] cónsole Gneo Mánlio

[563] Olimpíade

[564] moríre

[565] famóso

[566] Filopeméno

[567] accusato

[568] d’aver ricevuto

[569] danáro

[570] accordáre

[571] ritirársi

[572] Litúrno

[573] moríre

[574] istórico

[575] d’accórdo

[576] cosa

[577] richiésto

[578] ambasciadóre

[579] acciò

[580] messo

[581] morte

[582] avvelenársi

[583] incírca

[584] stesso tempo

[585] Achei

[586] preso

[587] Messenj

[588] uccíso

[589] costrétto

[590] sommettersi

[591] rinunziato

[592] alleánza

[593] sbattuto

[594] piuttósto

[595] debelláto

[596] precedénte

[597] affaccendáto

[598] fare

[599] preparatívo

[600] altro

[601] cosa

[602] matúro

[603] abbastánza

[604] a questo effetto

[605] gli successe

[606] Perséo

[607] continuáre

[608] preparatívo

[609] contro

[610] termináto

[611] princípio

[612] rovína

[613] regno

[614] ancóra

[615] impiegáto

[616] Páolo Emílio

[617] battáglia

[618] nella quále

[619] uómo

[620] fatto

[621] prigioniéro

[622] méttere

[623] termine

[624] Macedonico

[625] império

[626] undécimo

[627] Génzio

[628] Illírj

[629] trascinato

[630] alleánza

[631] vinto

[632] Amício

[633] pretóre

[634] sconfitta

[635] ribellársi

[636] soggiogáto

[637] ridótto

[638] forma

[639] província

[640] accendersi

[641] Achei

[642] demolíto

[643] mura

[644] Lacedemónia

[645] leváre via

[646] antíco

[647] legge

[648] obbligáre

[649] unírsi

[650] lamentársi

[651] mandáre

[652] contro

[653] sconfítto

[654] battáglia

[655] Termópile

[656] Focíde

[657] poco dopo

[658] affátto

[659] L. Númmio

[660] Corínti

[661] metrópoli

[662] nazióne

[663] bruciáto

[664] preso

[665] distrútto

[666] cagióne

[667] disputa

[668] tra

[669] rispétto a

[670] território

[671] controvérsia

[672] referito

[673] abbandonáre

[674] paése

[675] dispúta

[676] danáro

[677] anticipataménte

[678] risólvere

[679] intieraménte

[680] spianáre

[681] a diritto o a torto

[682] sopra tutto

[683] istigazióne

[684] Marco Catóne censóre

[685] dare

[686] opinióne

[687] discussióne

[688] senáto

[689] solére

[690] per conclusione

[691] aggiúngere

[692] bisógna

[693] distrútto

[694] perciò

[695] assediáto

[696] Manílio

[697] Censoríno

[698] arréndersi

[699] comandáto

[700] demolíre

[701] stabilírsi

[702] miglia

[703] di distánza

[704] mare

[705] infiammáto

[706] collera

[707] disperazióne

[708] sostenérsi

[709] oltre

[710] forza

[711] infíno

[712] stesso

[713] Corínto

[714] preso

[715] P. Cornélio Scipióne

[716] procónsole

[717] Páolo Emílio

[718] adottáto

[719] princípio

[720] Numídi

[721] moríre

[722] età

[723] lasciáto

[724] continuáto

[725] nell’alleanza

CHAP. VI.

(Of the World, 3908—Of Rome, 608.)

[1]About the same time the [2]Lusitanians in [3]Spain [4]beat the Romans most [5]shamefully [6]under the [7]conduct of [8]Viriathus; who from a [9]huntsman [10]became a [11]highwayman; and from a highwayman, a general, and [12]defeated the Roman [13]armies [14]several times. But that [15]overthrow was most [16]memorable of all [17]others, in which, in the year 608, having [18]routed the [19]forces of [20]Vetilius the [21]prætor, [22]he took him prisoner, and [23]put him [24]to death, according to [25]Appian. Nor was he the [26]only one that was [27]conquered by Viriathus, but several others [28]underwent the same [29]fate. The first that was [30]successful [31]against him was [32]C. Lælius the prætor, in the year 609. After which the proconsul [33]Quintius Fabius Maximus [34]defeated him. In the year 614, [35]Q. Servilius Cæpio [36]basely [37]procured him to be [38]assassinated by some of his own [39]officers, whom he had [40]bribed [41]for that purpose, to the great [42]dishonour of the Roman [43]name.

After this a much more [44]dangerous war [45]broke out in Celtiberia. The Numantini having [46]received the [47]Segidenses their [48]allies, that had [49]escaped the [50]hands of the Romans, were [51]commanded by Metellus the proconsul, [52]to deliver up the [53]refugees, and [54]lay down their [55]arms, but they [56]refused both: and [57]though they were so much [58]inferior to the Romans, in [59]number and [60]strength, they [61]made a [62]gallant [63]resistance for some [64]years. The [65]army of [66]M. Popilius the proconsul, was [67]cut off by them, and the year [68]following, [69]thirty [70]thousand Romans, under the consul Mancinus, were [71]routed by four thousand of the Numantini; which [72]disgrace was [73]followed by a most [74]shameful [75]peace; but the senate [76]refused to [77]ratify it; [78]wherefore Mancinus was [79]delivered up into their hands, but the Numantini would not [80]receive him. [81]At last they were [82]vanquished in the [83]field by Scipio, who had [84]destroyed Carthage; and being [85]shut up within their own [86]walls, were [87]reduced to [88]so desperate a condition, that they all [89]laid violent hands upon themselves; and Numantia was [90]levelled with the ground, in the ninth year after their [91]revolt from the Romans, and from the [92]foundation of the city 621.

[93]Whilst the Romans were [94]still at war with the [95]Achæans and Carthaginians, Macedon was [96]conquered a third time. [97]Andriscus, a [98]man of [99]mean birth, who [100]pretended to be [101]Philip the son of [102]Perseus, had [103]possessed himself of it. He was conquered by [104]Q. Cæcilius Metellus, with the [105]slaughter of 25,000 [106]of his men. Metellus had [107]from thence [108]the surname of [109]Macedonicus.

At the time that the Romans were [110]engaged in the [111]Numantine war, there was a [112]rising of the [113]slaves in Sicily. A [114]Syrian, [115]by name Eunus, [116]pretending to a [117]divine [118]inspiration, [119]called the slaves to [120]arms and [121]liberty, [122]as it were by the [123]order of the [124]gods; and having [125]raised a [126]vast [127]army, [128]consisting of no less than 70,000 men, he [129]vanquished four Roman prætors, and was [130]at last [131]routed himself, by P. Rupilius the consul, in the year of the city 622.

Attalus, son of [132]Eumenes, king of [133]Phrygia, when his [134]uncle Attalus was [135]dead (who after Eumenes’ death had [136]managed the [137]kingdom as his [138]guardian), [139]reigned five years, and dying about the year of the city 621, made the Roman people his [140]heir: which [141]Aristonicus, a son of Eumenes by one of his [142]mistresses, [143]taking amiss, he [144]seized upon Asia, and [145]cut off the army of Crassus the prætor. Afterwards he was [146]vanquished by the consul Peperna, and an [147]end was put to the war the year [148]following, 625, by M. Aquilius the consul. This was a [149]melancholy year for the [150]death of Scipio Africanus, who was [151]found dead in his [152]bed, not without the [153]suspicion of having been [154]poisoned by his [155]wife.

The year in which Attalus [156]made the Roman people his [157]heir, there was a [158]formidable [159]sedition at Rome. For T. Gracchus, [160]tribune of the [161]people, having made the [162]Agrarian law, that [163]nobody should [164]possess above 500 [165]acres of [166]land, and [167]proposing to have the [168]money of king Attalus [169]divided amongst the people, and [170]likewise [171]suing for the [172]tribuneship against the year following, the senators being very much [173]disturbed at the [174]matter, he was, by the [175]order of P. Corn. Nasica, [176]slain in the [177]Capitol, [178]whither he had [179]fled for [180]refuge.

After the death of Tiberius, his [181]brother Caius [182]pursuing the same [183]design, was [184]taken off by Opimius, the consul, and [185]together with him, Fulvius Flaccus, who had been consul.

In the year of the city 629, the Romans first made war upon the [186]Gauls [187]beyond the Alps. They [188]began with the Salii, and [189]Allobroges, whom Fulvius Flaccus [190]subdued. In the year 633, Fabius the consul made an end of the war with the Allobroges. He [191]conquered Bituitus, king of the Arverni, in [192]battle. The king himself [193]coming to Rome to [194]satisfy the senate, was [195]confined at Alba. Then Gallia Narbonensis was made a [196]province, and a [197]colony [198]sent to Narbon in the year 636.

The Romans were after this [199]almost [200]perpetually at war with the Gauls, by whom they were [201]oftentimes [202]soundly beaten; but, above all others, the Cimbri and Teutones were [203]terrible to them. They [204]marching for Italy, and not [205]being able to [206]prevail with the senate for [207]room to [208]settle in, they [209]routed M. Silanus the consul; the year following Scaurus was [210]defeated by the Cimbri, and L. Cassius by the Helvetii Tigurini the year after that. But the [211]overthrow of Q. Cæpio was more [212]memorable than all the [213]rest. He had [214]plundered [215]Tholouse in the [216]country of the Tectosagæ, and had [217]carried off an hundred thousand [218]pounds of [219]gold, and fifteen hundred thousand pounds of [220]silver. This was done in the year of the city 648. But the following, he, with C. Manilius, [221]paid for this [222]sacrilege, with the [223]utter, [224]destruction of the Roman army. It is certain there were [225]slain in this [226]battle of the Romans and their [227]allies, [228]fourscore thousand, and of [229]servants that [230]followed the [231]camp [232]threescore thousand.

At length the Teutones and the [233]Ambrones were almost all [234]destroyed, two hundred thousand being slain, and seventy thousand [235]taken [236]prisoners, by C. Marius the consul, in the year 652; and the following year, the same Marius, [237]in conjunction with Catulus, defeated the Cimbri, that were [238]making their way through [239]Noricum, [240]slew an hundred and twenty thousand, and took sixty thousand prisoners.

With so many [241]victories did Marius [242]consummate the [243]glory he had [244]got in the war with Jugurtha. For in the year of the city 643, a war was [245]undertaken against Jugurtha, king of Numidia, because he had [246]deprived his [247]cousins Hiempsal and Adherbal, the sons of Micipsa, and [248]grandsons of Masanissa, of their [249]lives and [250]kingdom. He [251]prevailed against the Romans for some years, more by his gold than by his arms; but was at last [252]brought low by Metellus the consul, and [253]finally [254]entirely [255]subdued by Marius, and [256]delivered up by Bocchus, king of Mauritania, to whom he had [257]fled for refuge; after which he was [258]carried to Rome, to [259]grace the [260]triumph of Marius, and [261]put to death in [262]prison.

This [263]happy [264]progress of the [265]empire [266]abroad, was [267]interrupted by [268]frequent and [269]shameful [270]disorders at [271]home, which were [272]occasioned by the tribunes. Saturninus having [273]had the Agrarian law [274]passed, to [275]divide among the people the land which Marius had got, by [276]driving the Cimbri out of Gaul, [277]banished Metellus Numidicus, who [278]opposed him; but at last was [279]slain himself by Marius, then consul for the sixth time, in the year 654; and the following year Metellus was [280]recalled from [281]banishment.

After Saturninus, Livius Drusus, tribune of the people, but [282]favouring the senate, being [283]desirous to [284]restore them to their [285]ancient [286]splendor, and to [287]put the [288]execution of their laws into their [289]hands, which C. Gracchus had [290]divided [291]between them and the [292]knights, he passed the same Agrarian laws, and put the [293]allies in [294]hopes of the [295]freedom of the city; which [296]being not able to [297]bring about, he [298]fell under an universal [299]odium, and was [300]stabbed, nobody [301]knew how, in the year 663.

After this, the Romans were [302]engaged in two most [303]difficult and terrible wars, almost at the same time; one in Italy, and the other without. That was [304]called the [305]Social or [306]Marsic war, because the Marsi had been the first [307]beginners of it; for all the [308]Latins, and most of the people of Italy, being [309]disgusted, that they who were [310]sharers in all the [311]hardships and [312]dangers of the war, should be [313]excluded from the [314]honours and [315]dignities of the [316]state; and being [317]frustrated in the hopes of [318]obtaining the [319]freedom of the city by Drusus, [320]endeavoured to [321]compass that by [322]force of arms, which they could not obtain [323]by fair means. They first [324]attempted in the Latin [325]Feriæ, to [326]assassinate both the consuls, Philip and Cæsar; but the [327]matter being [328]discovered, they [329]openly [330]revolted, [331]massacred Q. Servilius the proconsul, [332]Fonteius and all the Romans at [333]Asculum. After this the war was [334]carried on with [335]various [336]success. Cn. [337]Pompey Strabo, father of Pompey the [338]Great, [339]distinguished himself upon this [340]occasion. He [341]forced the Vestini and Peligni to [342]submission, and [343]triumphed upon that [344]account. [345]Likewise L. Sylla Cæsar, the consul’s [346]lieutenant, did, by his great successes against the enemy, [347]obtain the [348]consulship, in which he [349]made an end of the war.

Soon after [350]broke out a war between the Romans and [351]Mithridates, who having [352]taken off Ariarthes, king of Cappadocia, his [353]sister’s [354]husband, together with his son of the same [355]name, had [356]seized upon the kingdom; but being forced to [357]forego what he had [358]unjustly got, Ariobarzanes was [359]nominated king of Cappadocia by the senate, but forced out of his [360]dominions by Mithridates, and [361]restored by Sylla. After this he was once more [362]driven out of Cappadocia by Mithridates, [363]as was likewise Nicomedes out of Bithynia. But both [364]recovered their dominions again by a [365]decree of the senate; which Mithridates being [366]offended at, he [367]invaded Cappadocia and Bithynia, [368]routed the Roman armies, [369]massacred all the Italians, [370]throughout Asia in one day; and [371]reduced Macedon, [372]Thrace, [373]Greece, and [374]Athens. The consul Sylla [375]marching against him, [376]took Athens, and having [377]defeated his generals, forced him to a peace upon the [378]conditions of his [379]quitting Asia, Bithynia, and Cappadocia.

FOOTNOTES

[1] incirca

[2] Lusitáni

[3] Spagna

[4] báttere

[5] ignominiosaménte

[6] sotto

[7] condótta

[8] Viriato

[9] cacciatóre

[10] diventáre

[11] ladro di strada

[12] sconfíggere

[13] armáta

[14] più volte

[15] sconfítta

[16] memorábile

[17] altro

[18] rotto

[19] truppa

[20] Vetílio

[21] pretóre

[22] fare

[23] méttere

[24] morte

[25] Appiáno

[26] solo

[27] vinto

[28] soffríre

[29] fato

[30] fortunáto

[31] contro

[32] C. Lelio

[33] Quinto Fabio Mássimo

[34] sconfíggere

[35] Q. Servílio Cepióne

[36] vilménte

[37] fare

[38] assassináre

[39] uffiziále

[40] corrótto

[41] a questo effétto

[42] disonóre

[43] nome

[44] pericolóso

[45] accendérsi

[46] ricevúto

[47] Segidénsi

[48] alleáto

[49] scampáto

[50] mano

[51] comandáto

[52] consegnáre

[53] rifuggiáto

[54] cédere

[55] arma

[56] ricusáre

[57] benchè

[58] inferióre

[59] número

[60] forza

[61] fare

[62] valente

[63] resisténza

[64] anno

[65] armáta

[66] M. Popílio

[67] tagliata fuori

[68] seguénte

[69] trenta

[70] mila

[71] sconfitto

[72] disastro

[73] seguíto

[74] vergognóso

[75] pace

[76] ricusáre

[77] ratificáre

[78] perciò

[79] consegnáto

[80] ricévere

[81] alla fine

[82] vinto

[83] battáglia campále

[84] distrútto

[85] rinchiúso

[86] muro

[87] ridótto

[88] estréma disperazióne

[89] uccidérsi

[90] spianáto

[91] sollevazióne

[92] fondaziòne

[93] mentre

[94] ancóra

[95] Achei

[96] conquistáto

[97] Andrísco

[98] uómo

[99] bassa nascita

[100] preténdere

[101] Filíppo

[102] Perséo

[103] impadroníto

[104] Q. Cecílio Metéllo

[105] macéllo

[106] de’ suoí

[107] quindi

[108] cognóme

[109] Macedónico

[110] impegnáto

[111] Numantíno

[112] ribellióne

[113] schiávo

[114] Sirio

[115] che si chiamáva Euno

[116] fingere

[117] divíno

[118] ispirazióne

[119] invitáre

[120] arma

[121] libertà

[122] come se fosse

[123] órdine

[124] nume

[125] leváto

[126] poderóso

[127] armáta

[128] compósto

[129] vincere

[130] alla fine

[131] sconfítto

[132] Euméne

[133] Frígia

[134] zio

[135] morto

[136] governáto

[137] regno

[138] curatóre

[139] regnáre

[140] erede

[141] Aristónico

[142] cortigiana

[143] avendo a male

[144] impadronírsi

[145] tagliáre a pezzi

[146] vìnto

[147] termináto

[148] seguénte

[149] malincónico

[150] morte

[151] trováto

[152] letto

[153] sospétto

[154] avvelenáto

[155] moglie

[156] fare

[157] erede

[158] formidabile

[159] sedizióne

[160] tribúno

[161] popolo

[162] legge Agrária

[163] nissúno

[164] possédere

[165] júgero

[166] terra

[167] propórre

[168] danáro

[169] spartíre

[170] pariménte

[171] sollecitáre

[172] tribunáto

[173] inquietáto

[174] cosa

[175] órdine

[176] uccíso

[177] Campidóglio

[178] dove

[179] fuggíto

[180] salvézza

[181] fratéllo

[182] proseguíre

[183] diségno

[184] uccíso

[185] insiéme

[186] Galli

[187] di là dall’Alpi

[188] principiáre

[189] Allobrógi

[190] soggiogáre

[191] víncere

[192] battáglia

[193] veníre

[194] soddisfáre

[195] rilegáto

[196] província

[197] colónia

[198] mandáto

[199] quasi

[200] perpetuamente

[201] spesso

[202] fieramente percosso

[203] terríbile

[204] marciáre

[205] potére

[206] ottenére

[207] sito

[208] stabilírsi

[209] méttere in rotta

[210] sconfítto

[211] rotta

[212] memorábile

[213] altro

[214] saccheggiáre

[215] Tolósa

[216] paése

[217] portáre via

[218] libbra

[219] oro

[220] argénto

[221] pagáre

[222] sacrilégio

[223] totále

[224] distruzióne

[225] uccíso

[226] battáglia

[227] alleáto

[228] ottánta

[229] servitóre

[230] seguíre

[231] campo

[232] sessánta

[233] Ambróni

[234] distrutto

[235] fatto

[236] prigioniéro

[237] unitaménte

[238] facéndosi strada tra

[239] Nórico

[240] uccídere

[241] vittória

[242] coronare

[243] glória

[244] acquistáre

[245] intrapréso

[246] priváto

[247] cugíno

[248] nipotíno

[249] vita

[250] regno

[251] sostenere

[252] abbassáto

[253] finalménte

[254] affátto

[255] soggiogáto

[256] consegnato

[257] fuggíto per scampo

[258] condótto

[259] adornáre

[260] triónfo

[261] messo

[262] prigióne

[263] felíce

[264] progrésso

[265] império

[266] al di fuóri

[267] interrótto

[268] frequénte

[269] vergognóso

[270] disórdine

[271] nel paése

[272] cagionáto

[273] fatto

[274] passáre

[275] spartíre

[276] scacciáre

[277] esiliáre

[278] oppórre

[279] uccíso

[280] richiamáto

[281] esílio

[282] favoreggiáre

[283] desideróso

[284] restituíre

[285] antíco

[286] splendóre

[287] méttere

[288] esecuzióne

[289] mano

[290] spartíto

[291] fra

[292] cavaliére

[293] alleáto

[294] speránza

[295] cittadinanza romana

[296] non potére

[297] effettuáre

[298] incórrere

[299] ódio

[300] pugnaláto

[301] sapére

[302] impegnáto

[303] faticóso

[304] chiamáto

[305] Sociále

[306] Mársico

[307] autóre

[308] Latíno

[309] disgustáto

[310] dividere

[311] fatíca

[312] perícolo

[313] esclúso

[314] onóre

[315] dignità

[316] stato

[317] deluso

[318] ottenére

[319] libertà

[320] procuráre

[321] spuntáre

[322] forza

[323] colle buóne

[324] tentáre

[325] Férie

[326] assassináre

[327] cosa

[328] scopérto

[329] apertaménte

[330] rivoltársi

[331] uccídere

[332] Fontéjo

[333] Ascolo

[334] continuáto

[335] vario

[336] succésso

[337] Pompeo Strabóne

[338] magno

[339] distínguersi

[340] occasióne

[341] forzáre

[342] obbediénza

[343] trionfáre

[344] cagióne

[345] pariménte

[346] luogotenénte

[347] ottenére

[348] consoláto

[349] termináre

[350] accendérsi

[351] Mitridáte

[352] uccíso

[353] sorélla

[354] maríto

[355] nome

[356] impossessáto

[357] abbandonáre

[358] ingiustaménte

[359] nomináto

[360] domínio

[361] ristabilíto

[362] scacciáto

[363] come pure lo fu

[364] ricuperáre

[365] decréto

[366] offéso

[367] invádere

[368] sconfíggere

[369] uccídere

[370] per tutta

[371] sottoporre

[372] Trácia

[373] Grécia

[374] Aténe

[375] marciáre

[376] pigliáre

[377] sconfíggere

[378] patto

[379] abbandonáre

CHAP. VII.

(Of the World, 3966—Of Rome, 666.)

Marius, [1]though now [2]broken with [3]age and years, yet being very [4]ambitious of getting [5]employed against Mithridates, could not [6]bear with patience the [7]bestowing that [8]province upon Sylla. [9]Wherefore he [10]prevailed by the [11]means of C. Sulpicius, the tribune of the people, to have it [12]taken from Sylla, and bestowed upon himself. At which Sylla being [13]enraged, [14]seized upon the city, and having [15]slain Sulpicius, [16]obliged Marius to [17]fly. In his [18]absence, Cinna the consul, making a [19]disturbance, was [20]driven out of the city, and being [21]joined by Marius, Carbo, and Sertorius, [22]assaulted Rome; which, having [23]taken, [24]he put a great many of the Romans [25]to the sword. Marius [26]died a natural death the year following.

Sylla having made peace with Mithridates, [27]returned into Italy, and [28]made an end of the civil war in two years time, by the [29]defeat of Carbo, Norbanus, young Marius, and others; and being [30]declared [31]dictator, [32]took off a great many of Marius’s party by means of a [33]proscription. Q. Sertorius [34]retired into Farther Spain, where he [35]held out for some years very [36]valiantly.

Sylla having in the year 675 [37]laid down the [38]dictatorship, died the year following of the [39]lousy [40]disease, in the sixtieth year of his [41]age. After his death, Lepidus the consul, [42]endeavouring to [43]annul the [44]acts of Sylla, was [45]forced out of the city by his [46]colleague Catulus. And the year following [47]advancing up to the city with an [48]army, he was defeated by the same Catulus and Cn. Pompey, and [49]fled into [50]Sardinia, where he [51]fell ill and died. The same Pompey being [52]sent into Spain against Sertorius, [53]performed no important things; but the latter being [54]treacherously [55]slain by his own people, he [56]easily [57]recovered that province in the year 681.

In the mean time the war with Mithridates [58]broke out again, while Sylla was yet living; and after Sylla’s death, Mithridates having [59]entered into an [60]alliance with Sertorius, [61]seized by force of arms upon Bithynia, which Nicomedes at his death in 679, had [62]left to the Roman people. L. Lucullus consul, in 680, [63]went against him, and being very [64]successful both by [65]sea and [66]land, he [67]obliged him to fly, first into [68]Pontus, and soon after to [69]Tigranes in Armenia. Lucullus [70]conquered Pontus, and defeated both the kings who [71]engaged him with an army of two hundred thousand [72]foot and sixty thousand [73]horse, in the year of the city 685. After this, Tigranocerta, the capital of Armenia, and [74]Nisibis, two very great cities, were [75]taken. But this excellent general being [76]forsaken by his men, was [77]obliged to [78]leave the [79]fruit of his [80]toil and [81]victories to Cn. Pompey, in the year 688. He having [82]forced Tigranes to [83]surrender, obliged him to be [84]satisfied with Armenia; and whilst he [85]pursued Mithridates, he [86]added the [87]Iberians and [88]Albanians to the Roman empire, in the year 689. [89]Finally, Mithridates, in the year 691, being [90]every where [91]beaten, [92]thought of [93]flying into [94]Gaul, but being [95]discouraged by the [96]revolt of his son [97]Pharnaces and the army, he [98]slew himself.

Whilst the war with Mithridates was [99]warmly [100]carried on, there [101]broke out another with the [102]slaves, in the year of the city 681. One [103]Spartacus Ænomanus, and [104]Crixus, [105]gladiators, having [106]broken up a [107]school of gladiators at Capua, [108]belonging to Lentulus, and [109]assembled an army of [110]desperadoes, [111]routed the Roman armies several times, but at last were [112]vanquished by Crassus the prætor, and Pompey, in the year 685.

Pompey [113]likewise [114]subdued the [115]pirates, who, at the [116]instigation of Mithridates, [117]infested the seas, having an [118]extraordinary [119]commission [120]for that purpose by the [121]Gabinian law. Whilst Pompey was [122]enlarging the Roman empire [123]abroad, the [124]head of the empire was in no small [125]danger from a [126]conspiracy which [127]Cataline, [128]Lentulus the prætor, [129]Cethegus, and other senators, had [130]entered into, to [131]murder the consul [132]Cicero, and to [133]burn and [134]plunder the city. But their [135]designs were [136]prevented by the [137]vigilance of the consul. Catiline being [138]forced out of the city, [139]repaired to the army, which some of his [140]accomplices had [141]collected. Lentulus, and the rest of the [142]ringleaders of the [143]plot were put to death. This [144]happened in the year 691, and the following year Cataline was [145]defeated by [146]Petreius [147]Antony the proconsul’s [148]lieutenant, and [149]slain in the [150]fight.

The whole [151]world being now almost [152]subdued, the Roman empire was [153]arrived to that [154]grandeur, that it could [155]hardly [156]extend itself farther. No [157]outward [158]force was [159]sufficient to [160]ruin it; it [161]fell by its own [162]power, which was [163]occasioned by the [164]ambition of the [165]leading men, and the civil [166]contests that [167]arose from thence.

C. Cæsar, after the time of his [168]prætorship in the city was [169]expired, [170]obtained the province of Lusitania; and by the great feats he [171]performed there, [172]deserved well the honor of a [173]triumph; but [174]postponed the [175]hopes of that to the [176]consular [177]dignity; for which, [178]while he made all [179]possible [180]interest, Pompey [181]united with Cæsar and Crassus, while Lucullus and some others of the [182]grandees, [183]opposing his [184]acts, which he [185]desired might be [186]ratified by the senate. Thus Cæsar [187]gained the [188]consulship in the year 695, in which he [189]established the acts of Pompey by the senate, and [190]divided the [191]public [192]lands in Campania amongst the [193]citizens. He [194]married his daughter Julia to Pompey, and [195]took Calphurnia, the daughter of [196]Piso [197]as a wife. Having by these [198]arts, and a [199]boundless [200]generosity, [201]gained the [202]favor of all [203]ranks and [204]degrees of men, he [205]procured the province of Gaul, which he [206]governed for nine years; during which time he [207]reduced all Gaul, that is [208]comprehended within the [209]Pyrenean mountains, the [210]Alps, the Rhone, and the [211]Rhine, in the [212]form of a province, and [213]imposed a [214]yearly [215]tribute upon it. He was the first of all the Romans that [216]attacked the [217]Germans [218]beyond the Rhine. He likewise [219]visited the [220]Britons, where [221]none before him had ever [222]come. In this [223]interval, in the year 698, he [224]entered into an [225]association with Pompey and Crassus; by [226]virtue of which he was to have Gaul [227]continued to him. Pompey was to have [228]Spain, and Crassus Syria, in order to a war against the [229]Parthians; to which he [230]accordingly [231]went in the year 699, and the third year after, [232]perished most [233]miserably, with the greater [234]part of his army; after which the Parthians made an [235]irruption into Syria, but were [236]bravely [237]repulsed by Cassius.

After the death of Crassus, Pompey not being able to [238]endure an [239]equal, nor Cæsar a [240]superior, the civil war broke out. Pompey’s [241]party [242]endeavouring to [243]take away from Cæsar both his army and province, as soon as the time of his [244]government should [245]expire; whilst Cæsar’s on the other [246]hand were for [247]treating Pompey [248]in like manner. At last in the year 705, in the [249]consulship of C. Claudius Marcellus, and L. Cornelius Lentulus, the senate, by a [250]vote, obliged Cæsar to [251]disband his army by a certain day. Antonius and Cassius, tribunes of the people, [252]interposing their [253]authority in vain, [254]left the town, and [255]repaired to Cæsar, who [256]advancing his army towards the city, [257]struck such a [258]consternation into Pompey and the rest, that [259]leaving the city [260]without much ado, and [261]shortly after Italy, they [262]passed over into [263]Greece. Cæsar went to Spain, where he [264]vanquished Petreius and Afranius, and [265]forced their armies to [266]surrender [267]prisoners of war. In his [268]return he [269]took [270]Marseilles, and after that was made dictator, to which [271]office he was [272]chosen four times, and at last had it [273]given him for [274]life.

In the year 706, Pompey being [275]defeated by Cæsar in the [276]fields of [277]Pharsalia, went to [278]Egypt, where he was slain by the [279]order of [280]Ptolemy, in the 59th year of his [281]age. Hither Cæsar [282]likewise [283]came the following year, and after a very [284]dangerous [285]rencounter, which he [286]happily [287]accomplished, [288]delivered the [289]kingdom of Egypt to Cleopatra and her brother. In the year following he vanquished Scipio and Cato, with king Juba, in Africa. Cato [290]laid violent hands upon himself at Utica. The year that [291]followed was [292]remarkable for the [293]correction of the [294]calendar and the year. The same year likewise he [295]conquered Pompey’s sons; and the year after was [296]stabbed in the [297]senate house, by a [298]conspiracy of Brutus and Cassius, and some others, in the 56th year of his age.

Besides these [299]convulsions, with which the whole [300]world was [301]shattered, there were some less [302]disturbances [303]happened a little before. [304]Clodius Pulcher being [305]made tribune of the people, [306]banished Cicero, for having [307]condemned the [308]associates of Cataline to death without a [309]trial; which [310]calamity he [311]bore too [312]meanly, and [313]by no means [314]agreeable to the [315]dignity of his past life. But he was [316]recalled the year after by the [317]interposition of Pompey, and Lentulus the consul, and [318]received with the greatest [319]honor. The same Clodius [320]declared [321]Cyprus to [322]belong to the Roman people, and Cato being [323]sent to [324]take possession of it, Ptolemy, king of the [325]island, after first [326]throwing all his [327]money into the sea, [328]prevented his [329]disgrace by a [330]voluntary death. The senate [331]bestowed the [332]prætorship upon Cato at his [333]return, by a [334]vote of the house, without any [335]election; which honor he [336]refused, being [337]desirous to [338]obtain it rather by the [339]free [340]votes of the people. But he was [341]disappointed in his [342]hopes, and Vatinius was [343]preferred to him.

[344]Bribery [345]ruling in [346]all [347]elections, and the [348]candidates making a most [349]dismal [350]confusion, after a long [351]interregnum, Pompey was made consul, without a [352]colleague, a thing [353]wholly new, and never heard of before; in which office he made a [354]severe [355]inquiry into all other [356]misdemeanors, as likewise into the death of Clodius, whom Milo [357]killed the same year, and for which he was [358]banished.

After the death of Cæsar, Antony the consul so [359]inflamed the people by [360]a seditious [361]harangue, that they [362]burnt his [363]body [364]publicly, and [365]threatened to set fire, and [366]pull down the houses of the [367]assassins. Octavius Cæsar, the son of Accia [368]Julius’s sister, was his [369]adopted son by [370]will. He being [371]slighted by M. Antony, [372]raised an army of [373]veteran soldiers, and [374]opposed his [375]tyrannical [376]proceedings. Antonius [377]extorted from the people by force the province of Gaul, but his [378]passage there was opposed by D. Brutus at Modena, where he was [379]besieged by Antony.

In the [380]consulship of [381]Hirtius and Pansa, in the year of the city 711, at the [382]instigation of Cicero Antony was [383]declared [384]enemy, and a war [385]undertaken against him; when Octavius [386]joined in [387]commission with the consuls, with the [388]power of proconsul, being then about the 20th year of his age. There was a [389]dreadful and [390]bloody [391]battle [392]fought near Modena, in which all Cæsar’s [393]life-guards were slain; but Antony was routed, and the [394]siege [395]raised, yet both the consuls were killed.

In Macedon, Brutus [396]took off C. Antonius, M. Antony’s brother, who was [397]intriguing against him, and [398]got together a [399]formidable army. Upon which the senate [400]resolved by [401]degrees to [402]take down Octavius, [403]for fear of his [404]growing too [405]powerful; which he being [406]apprehensive of, [407]he entered into an [408]association with Antony and Lepidus; and [409]consequently they were all three made [410]commissioners [411]for settling the [412]republic. They having [413]divided the whole [414]empire into three parts, [415]proscribed a great many of the Romans, and amongst the rest M. [416]Tully Cicero, who, whilst he was [417]endeavouring to [418]make his escape into Greece, was killed by Pompilius, a [419]captain, whose [420]cause he had [421]pleaded in a capital [422]action. There was a [423]dreadful [424]havoc made in this [425]proscription. The [426]Epitome of Livy speaks of no less than an hundred and thirty senators; the same year, [427]gave [428]beginning to one of the finest cities of France, [429]Lyons.

The year following, Octavius and Antony [430]fought a battle with M. Brutus and the [431]principal of the [432]conspirators, near the city of Philippi. The [433]right [434]wings were [435]victorious on both [436]sides, and on both sides the [437]camps were [438]plundered. But Cassius, who was in the wing that was [439]routed, [440]giving up all for lost, [441]slew himself. Brutus, being [442]defeated in another [443]engagement, likewise put an end to his own life, being then thirty-seven years of age, and none of Cæsar’s [444]assassins [445]lived above three years after, being all [446]taken off by a [447]violent death, as [448]Suetonius says; some too [449]killed themselves with the same [450]dagger with which they had slain Cæsar.

After the [451]victory, Antony [452]went to Asia, and Octavius to Italy; where he [453]was engaged in a war with L. Antony, the brother of the [454]triumvir, and his [455]wife Fulvia, a [456]woman of a [457]manly [458]spirit. He forced Lucius from the town; after which, being [459]declared an enemy, he [460]besieged him in Perusia, and obliged him to [461]surrender. In the mean time, the Parthians being [462]invited by Labienus, one of Pompey’s party, made an [463]irruption into Syria, whom Ventidius, after a very [464]signal [465]overthrow, in which the king was slain, [466]drove out again, and [467]recovered Syria.

S. Pompey, Cneius’s son, having a [468]fleet at his [469]command, [470]infested the seas. Cæsar made with him a peace, which was [471]soon [472]broken. [473]An engagement [474]followed, wherein Pompey was [475]worsted, and [476]forced to [477]fly. He was soon after [478]put to death by [479]order of M. Antony, under whose [480]protection he had put himself. About this time Antony made an [481]attempt upon the Parthians, by whom he was most [482]shamefully [483]beaten. At last Antony being [484]entirely [485]devoted to his Cleopatra, [486]divorced Octavia, Cæsar’s sister, and [487]declared war against him, in which he was at last defeated by sea near [488]Actium, a [489]promontory of [490]Epirus. Cæsar had upwards of 400 [491]ships, and Antony about 200, but so [492]prodigiously [493]large, that they [494]looked like [495]castles and cities [496]moving through the sea. The [497]flight of Cleopatra [498]turned the [499]fate of a [500]dubious [501]engagement into the [502]ruin of Antony; he followed her into Egypt, and being [503]besieged in Alexandria, he [504]slew himself, and Cleopatra soon [505]followed his [506]example.

FOOTNOTES

[1] benchè

[2] affievolito

[3] vecchiája

[4] ambizióne

[5] impiegáto

[6] tolleráre

[7] affidare

[8] província

[9] perciò

[10] ottenére

[11] mezzo

[12] leváre

[13] sdegnáto

[14] impossessársi

[15] uccíso

[16] forzáre

[17] fuggíre

[18] assénza

[19] distúrbo

[20] scacciàto

[21] unito

[22] assaltáre

[23] preso

[24] méttere

[25] a fil di spada

[26] moríre

[27] tornáre

[28] conclúdere

[29] rotta

[30] dichiaráto

[31] dittatore

[32] si disfece di

[33] proscrizióne

[34] ritirársi

[35] sostenere

[36] coraggiosaménte

[37] rassegnáto

[38] dettatúra

[39] pediculare

[40] morbo

[41] età

[42] procuráre

[43] annulláre

[44] atto

[45] scacciáto

[46] colléga

[47] accostársi

[48] armáta

[49] fuggíre

[50] Sardégna

[51] ammalársi

[52] mandáto

[53] eseguíre

[54] proditoriaménte

[55] uccíso

[56] facilménte

[57] ricuperáre

[58] accendérsi

[59] entráto

[60] alleánza

[61] impadroníto

[62] lasciáto

[63] andáre

[64] fortunáto

[65] mare

[66] terra

[67] forzare

[68] Ponto

[69] Tigràne

[70] conquistáre

[71] attaccáre

[72] infantéria

[73] cavallería

[74] Nísibi

[75] preso

[76] abbandonáto

[77] obbligáto

[78] lasciáre

[79] frutto

[80] fatíca

[81] vittória

[82] forzáto

[83] arrendérsi

[84] contentarsi

[85] incalzáre

[86] aggiúngere

[87] Ibérj

[88] Albanési

[89] finalménte

[90] dappertútto

[91] battúto

[92] pensáre

[93] fuggíre

[94] Gállia

[95] scoraggíto

[96] rivólta

[97] Farnáce

[98] ammazzársi

[99] vigorosaménte

[100] continuáto

[101] accéndersi

[102] schiávo

[103] Spartáco Enománo

[104] Crisso

[105] gladiatóre

[106] disfatto

[107] scuóla

[108] appartenére

[109] radunáto

[110] disperáto

[111] sconfíggere

[112] vinto

[113] pariménte

[114] soggiogáre

[115] corsáro

[116] istigazióne

[117] infestáre

[118] straordinário

[119] commissióne

[120] a questo effétto

[121] Gabiáno

[122] aggrandíre

[123] fuóri

[124] capitale

[125] perícolo

[126] cospirazióne

[127] Catilína

[128] Léntulo

[129] Cetégo

[130] fare

[131] uccídere

[132] Ciceróne

[133] abbruciáre

[134] saccheggiáre

[135] diségno

[136] impedíto

[137] vigilánza

[138] scacciáto

[139] trasferírsi

[140] cómplice

[141] radunáto

[142] capo

[143] congiúra

[144] succédere

[145] sconfítto

[146] Petrejo

[147] António

[148] luogotenénte

[149] uccíso

[150] battáglia

[151] mondo

[152] soggiogáto

[153] arriváto

[154] grandézza

[155] appéna

[156] estendérsi

[157] estérno

[158] forza

[159] bastánte

[160] rovináre

[161] cadére

[162] potére

[163] cagionáto

[164] ambizióne

[165] principále

[166] contésa

[167] deriváre

[168] pretura

[169] spiráto

[170] ottenére

[171] eseguíre

[172] meritáre

[173] triónfo

[174] pospórre

[175] aspettativa

[176] consoláre

[177] dignità

[178] mentre

[179] possíbile

[180] diligenza

[181] unírsi

[182] grande

[183] oppórsi

[184] atto

[185] desideráre

[186] ratificáto

[187] ottenére

[188] consoláto

[189] fece ratificáre dal senato

[190] divídere

[191] terre della

[192] repubblica

[193] cittadíno

[194] maritáre

[195] préndere

[196] Pisóne

[197] in qualità di móglie

[198] arte

[199] imménso

[200] generosità

[201] guadagnáre

[202] favóre

[203] degli uomini di qualunque rango

[204] grado

[205] procuráre

[206] governáre

[207] debelláre

[208] compréso

[209] Pirenéi

[210] Alpi

[211] Reno

[212] forma

[213] impórre

[214] annuále

[215] tribúto

[216] attaccáre

[217] Tedeschi

[218] di là

[219] visitáre

[220] Británno

[221] niúno

[222] venúto

[223] intervállo

[224] entráre

[225] confederazióne

[226] virtù

[227] continuáre

[228] Spagna

[229] Parti

[230] in conseguénza

[231] andáre

[232] períre

[233] miseraménte

[234] parte

[235] incursióne

[236] valorosaménte

[237] rispinto

[238] tolleráre

[239] eguále

[240] superióre

[241] partíto

[242] cercáre

[243] leváre

[244] govérno

[245] spiráre

[246] canto

[247] trattáre

[248] nell’ istésso modo

[249] consoláto

[250] decreto

[251] licenziáre

[252] interpórre

[253] autorità

[254] lasciáre

[255] trasferírsi

[256] accostáre

[257] riempíre

[258] costernazióne

[259] abbandonáre

[260] senz’ altro

[261] poco dopo

[262] passáre

[263] Grécia

[264] víncere

[265] forzáre

[266] arrendérsi

[267] prigioniéro

[268] ritórno

[269] préndere

[270] Marsíglia

[271] uffízio

[272] scelto

[273] dato

[274] vita

[275] sconfítto

[276] campo

[277] Farságli

[278] Egítto

[279] ordine

[280] Toloméo

[281] età

[282] pure

[283] veníre

[284] pericolóso

[285] fatto d’armi

[286] fortunataménte

[287] fu vittorioso

[288] consegnáre

[289] regno

[290] uccidérsi

[291] seguíre

[292] segnalato

[293] correzióne

[294] calendário

[295] vincere

[296] pugnaláto

[297] senáto

[298] cospirazióne

[299] convulsióne

[300] mondo

[301] conturbato

[302] distúrbo

[303] succédere

[304] Clódio Pulcro

[305] fatto

[306] esiliáre

[307] condannáto

[308] complice

[309] procésso

[310] calamità

[311] soffríre

[312] vilménte

[313] in nissún conto

[314] come si conveniva

[315] dignità

[316] richiamáto

[317] interposizióne

[318] ricévere

[319] onóre

[320] dichiaráre

[321] Cipro

[322] appartenére

[323] mandáto

[324] impossessársi

[325] ísola

[326] gettáto

[327] danaro

[328] prevenire

[329] disgrázia

[330] volontária

[331] accordáre

[332] dignità di pretóre

[333] ritórno

[334] per votazione dell’assemblea

[335] elezióne

[336] rifiutáre

[337] desideróso

[338] ottenére

[339] libero

[340] suffragio

[341] frustráto

[342] speránza

[343] preferíto

[344] corruzióne

[345] domináre

[346] tutto

[347] elezióne

[348] candidáto

[349] rattristante

[350] confusióne

[351] interregno

[352] colléga

[353] affátto

[354] sevéro

[355] perquisizióne

[356] delítto

[357] uccídere

[358] bandíto

[359] accéndere

[360] sedizióso

[361] arrínga

[362] incendiáre

[363] corpo

[364] pubblicaménte

[365] minacciáre

[366] demolíre

[367] assassíno

[368] Giúlio

[369] adottáto

[370] testaménto

[371] sprezzáto

[372] leváre

[373] veteráno

[374] oppórre

[375] tiránnico

[376] portaménto

[377] strappáre

[378] passággio

[379] assediáto

[380] consoláto

[381] Írzio

[382] istigazióne

[383] dichiaráto

[384] nemíco

[385] intrapréso

[386] unírsi

[387] commissióne

[388] potére

[389] terribile

[390] sanguinóso

[391] battáglia

[392] dato

[393] soldáto della guárdia

[394] assedio

[395] leváto

[396] uccídere

[397] cabalizzare

[398] radunáre

[399] formidábile

[400] risólvere

[401] a poco a poco

[402] abbassáre

[403] per timóre che

[404] diventáre

[405] poténte

[406] timoróso

[407] entráre

[408] lega

[409] conseguenteménte

[410] commissionário

[411] regolare

[412] repúbblica

[413] divíso

[414] império

[415] proscrívere

[416] Túllio Ciceróne

[417] procuráre

[418] scampáre

[419] capitáno

[420] causa

[421] diféndere

[422] procésso

[423] orréndo

[424] strage

[425] proscrizióne

[426] sommário

[427] dare

[428] princípio

[429] Lióne

[430] dare

[431] principále

[432] congiuráto

[433] ala

[434] dritto

[435] vittorióso

[436] parte

[437] campo

[438] saccheggiáto

[439] sconfítto

[440] crédere

[441] uccidérsi

[442] rotto

[443] conflítto

[444] assassino

[445] vívere

[446] perire

[447] violénto

[448] Suetónio

[449] uccidérsi

[450] stilétto

[451] vittória

[452] partíre

[453] veníre alle armi

[454] triumvíro

[455] moglie

[456] donna

[457] virile

[458] spírito

[459] dichiaráto

[460] assediáre

[461] arrendérsi

[462] invitáto

[463] scorrería

[464] segnaláto

[465] sconfítta

[466] scacciáre

[467] ricuperáre

[468] flotta

[469] comándo

[470] infestáre

[471] présto

[472] rotto

[473] combattiménto

[474] seguíre

[475] malmenato

[476] forzáto

[477] fuggíre

[478] messo

[479] cenno

[480] protezióne

[481] intraprésa

[482] ignominiosamente

[483] battúto

[484] affátto

[485] dedicáto

[486] ripudiáre

[487] dichiaráre

[488] Azio

[489] promontório

[490] Epíro

[491] vascéllo

[492] prodigiosaménte

[493] grande

[494] rassomigliáre

[495] castéllo

[496] muóvere

[497] fuga

[498] cambiáre

[499] sorte

[500] dubbióso

[501] battáglia

[502] rovína

[503] assediáto

[504] ammazzársi

[505] seguíre

[506] esémpio

CHAP. VIII.

(Of Rome, 725—Of Christ, 11.)

After the death of Antony and Cleopatra, [1]Egypt was [2]reduced to the [3]form of a [4]province. Cæsar, in the year 725, [5]triumphed three times, for the [6]conquest of [7]Dalmatia, the victory at Actium, and the [8]reducing of Egypt. After which he [9]advised with Agrippa and Mecænas, either [10]seriously, or [11]pretendedly, about the [12]laying down of his [13]authority; Agrippa was for it, Mecænas against it; this last [14]advice he [15]resolved to follow, but [16]brought a [17]bill [18]nevertheless into the senate [19]to divest himself of his power, and by that [20]stratagem got it [21]secured to him both by the senate and the people, in the year 726.

[22]Cornelius Gallus, a [23]Roman [24]knight, [25]governor of Egypt, being [26]banished for his [27]insolence, slew himself. Augustus [28]carried on a war against the Cantabri and Austus for some years, by his [29]lieutenants: that is to say, from the year 729 to 735, in which they were entirely [30]reduced by Agrippa; who, upon his [31]return [32]refused a [33]triumph which was [34]offered him. [35]Phraates, king of the Parthians, about this time [36]restored the Roman [37]standards that had been [38]taken from Crassus.

For two of his [39]friends, Mecænas and M. Vipsanius Agrippa, he had a [40]particular [41]esteem above all others; the [42]former was a great [43]patron of [44]learning and [45]learned men. Augustus made Agrippa his [46]son-in-law, by [47]marrying his daughter Julia to him, whom he had by Scribonia. She had children, C. and L. Cæsars, Agrippa Posthumus, Agrippina married to Germanicus, Drusus’s son, Livia’s [48]grandson, and Julia, whom Æmilius married. He took Livia, when she was [49]big with child, by her former [50]husband Tiberius Nero, by whom he had no [51]issue, though she had by Nero, Tiberius, who was emperor afterwards, and Drusus who [52]died in Germany.

Tiberius having gotten the [53]tribunitial [54]power for five years, was [55]sent to [56]settle the [57]affairs of Armenia. Soon after he [58]retired to Rhodes, where, for fear of [59]falling under the [60]displeasure of his [61]step-sons, he [62]continued seven years. But the [63]occasion of his [64]retirement was his [65]aversion for his wife Julia, who [66]spent her time in all [67]manner of [68]debauchery. Augustus, upon a [69]discovery of her [70]pranks, [71]banished her.

The [72]age of this emperor [73]produced several great [74]men: amongst the [75]Greeks [76]Dionysius Halicarnassensis and [77]Nicholas Damascenus were [78]famous for their [79]talents in writing [80]history; and amongst the [81]Latins [82]Cornelius Nepos, Atticus’s [83]son-in-law, and Sallust, who died four years before the [84]battle of Actium. In this age lived likewise those [85]celebrated [86]poets, [87]Virgil, [88]Horace, [89]Ovid, [90]Tibullus, and [91]Propertius.

Augustus died at Nola, in Campania, in the 14th year of [92]Christ, and the 76th year of his age, having [93]held the empire by himself, from the death of M. Antony, forty-three years; he was an [94]excellent [95]prince, and [96]necessary for those times.

He was [97]succeeded by Tiberius, a prince of a [98]savage [99]disposition, and [100]given up to all manner of debauchery; he was the son of Livia by Nero. He [101]dissembled his [102]vices at the [103]beginning of his reign with [104]wonderful [105]art, through fear of Germanicus, his brother’s son, whom he had [106]adopted at the [107]command of his [108]father-in-law. For, as he [109]gained a great [110]reputation by his [111]virtues and [112]exploits in war, he was [113]looked upon with a [114]jealous eye, as [115]fitter for the empire than himself. He [116]removed him from Germany where he had [117]wonderful [118]success against the enemy, into the [119]East, to [120]fight against the Parthians, in the year 769, having sent at the same time Cn. Piso into Syria, between whom and Germanicus was a [121]mortal enmity. Wherefore Germanicus died, not without the [122]suspicion of having been [123]poisoned by him, for which being [124]prosecuted at Rome by Agrippina, the wife of Germanicus, he [125]prevented his [126]sentence by a [127]voluntary death.

[128]Ælius Sejanus, a Roman [129]knight, was afterwards [130]raised by Tiberius, who after a great many [131]wicked [132]actions, [133]aiming now at no less than the empire itself, was, by a [134]letter of Tiberius to the senate, [135]thrown from the [136]top of all his [137]grandeur, and died by the [138]hand of an [139]executioner, with all his [140]family, in the 18th year of Tiberius.

About the 18th year of his [141]reign, he [142]retired to Caprea, an [143]island on the [144]coast of Campania, with a [145]design of never returning to the town, where he [146]privately [147]wallowed in all manner of [148]debauchery, and died in the 23rd year of his reign, to the great [149]joy of every one, being then in the 78th year of his age.

[150]Jesus Christ, the son of God, was [151]born of the [152]Virgin Mary, in the reign of Augustus, and [153]crucified in that of Tiberius, being then thirty-three years of age.

Caius Cæsar Caligula, so [154]called from a [155]shoe [156]worn by the [157]soldiery, which, when a boy, he [158]wore in the camp, [159]succeeded Tiberius, being the son of Germanicus and Agrippina, the daughter of M. Agrippa and Julia. He was [160]entered into the five and twentieth year of his age. Great was the joy of the people upon his first [161]accession to the [162]throne, and no less were their [163]hopes that he would be [164]like Germanicus his father, who is said to have been [165]possessed of all the good [166]qualities of [167]body and [168]mind. And indeed as the worst of princes frequently [169]begin well, he gave many [170]signs of his [171]moderation and [172]regard to the good of the public. But soon after, as if he had [173]put off all [174]humanity, he [175]outstripped the most savage [176]creatures in [177]cruelty; and having made sad [178]havoc among all [179]ranks and [180]degrees of men, he [181]killed likewise Macro, [182]commander of the [183]prætorian [184]bands, by whose [185]means he had been made emperor. He also [186]committed [187]crimes with his sisters. Having in a year’s time [188]exhausted [189]immense [190]treasures that had been [191]left by Tiberius, he [192]fell to [193]proscribing and [194]plundering. Among other proofs of his cruelty, he was [195]heard to say, I [196]wish the Roman people had but one [197]neck. In all his [198]buildings, or public [199]works, he [200]effected what was [201]looked upon to be impossible. He [202]ordered himself to be [203]worshipped as a god throughout the [204]world, and [205]temples to be [206]erected to him. At last, he was slain by Chærea Cassius, [207]tribune of a [208]cohort of his [209]guards, and some others, who had [210]entered into a [211]plot against him, after he had [212]reigned three years, ten months, and eight days, and [213]lived twenty-nine years.

Claudius Nero, Caligula’s uncle, and the son of Drusius [214]reigned after him, [215]naturally no bad man, but [216]senseless and foolish. He was not naturally [217]cruel, but only so when [218]instigated by others, [219]especially by his [220]freedmen and his [221]wives, into whose hands he [222]gave up himself and his [223]affairs. His first lady was Messalina, whose [224]depravity and [225]dissoluteness every body [226]knew but himself; till at last [227]venturing to [228]marry one Silius, a knight, she was by her [229]husband’s order slain, together with her [230]paramour, at the [231]instigation of [232]Narcissus, who with [233]Pallas, another of his [234]freedmen, [235]ruled him entirely.

Another [236]instance of his [237]folly is, that after Messalina was [238]put to death, by whom he had his son [239]Britannicus, and Octavia, he married Agrippina Germanicus his brother’s daughter, the mother of Nero by [240]Domitius, in the ninth year of his reign, by the [241]advice of Pallas: at whose and Agrippina’s [242]request, he [243]adopted Nero, and [244]passing by Britannicus, [245]designed him for his [246]successor. He [247]banished the [248]Jews from Rome, and the [249]mathematicians out of Italy: and [250]undertaking an [251]expedition into [252]Britain, he [253]subdued it all in sixteen days time, as Dio says, in the third year of his reign. He died in the year of Christ 54, by [254]poison [255]put in a [256]mushroom by Agrippina. He reigned thirteen years eight months and twenty days, and lived sixty-four years.

Domitius Nero, [257]mounted the throne after the death of his [258]step-father, being then seventeen years of age. He at first, [259]behaved himself in such a manner, that he might be [260]reckoned among the best of [261]princes; that is, as long as he [262]listened to the [263]precepts of his [264]master Seneca. Afterwards, being [265]corrupted with [266]luxury and [267]flattery, he [268]became more like a [269]monster than a man. He [270]stopped the progress of the Parthians, who had [271]over-run Armenia, by Corbulo, a [272]gallant [273]commander, and a person of great [274]virtue and [275]authority, who [276]recovered Armenia, in the ninth year of Nero, and [277]obliged [278]Tiridates, Volegesis king of the Parthians brother, to [279]come to Rome, and to [280]beg his [281]crown of Nero, in the thirteenth year of Nero’s reign; in which year he [282]recalled Corbulo, and put him to death. He [283]destroyed Britannicus by [284]poison in the very [285]beginning of his reign. He likewise [286]ordered his mother Agrippina to be put to death, after having first [287]disgraced and [288]banished her from the [289]court, which [290]parricide, that nothing might be [291]wanting to [292]complete the [293]unhappiness of the times, the Senate [294]approved of. Afterwards having married Poppæa, whom he [295]took from Otho, he [296]banished Octavia, and at last put her to death. Upon the [297]discovery of a [298]plot, which Piso, and some others had [299]laid against him; he put to death the [300]poet Lucan, and Seneca the philosopher, with several others, in the year of Christ 65, and the same year he [301]kicked his wife Poppæa, when [302]pregnant, [303]to death. He had the [304]impudence to [305]appear upon the [306]stage, and [307]act amongst the [308]players and [309]harpers, and [310]ride [311]chariot-races at the [312]Circensian games; and to [313]represent for his [314]diversion the [315]appearance of [316]Troy in [317]flames, he [318]set fire to the city, and [319]imputed it to the [320]Christians. He [321]became so odious and [322]contemptible by his [323]villanies, that he was [324]forsaken by all, and being [325]sought for in order to be [326]punished, he [327]performed the [328]executioner’s [329]office upon himself, in the 14th year of his [330]reign, and 68th of our Lord.

A little before Nero’s death, [331]C. Julius Vindex, who was [332]proprætor of Gaul, [333]openly [334]rebelled, and [335]persuaded Sergius Galba, [336]governor of Spain, to [337]set up for emperor, which he accordingly did, and [338]put Vindex to death presently after. He reigned about seven months, being very [339]old. He was slain together with Piso, whom he had [340]adopted, after M. Silvius Otho was [341]proclaimed emperor; he reigned only about three months.

In the mean time, Vitellius [342]trusting to the [343]legions of Germany, which he [344]commanded in [345]quality of a [346]consular [347]lieutenant-general, [348]took upon him the [349]name of emperor, and [350]defeated Otho’s army in a [351]rencounter near [352]Bebriacum, who being [353]weary of a civil war, killed himself.

Vitellius reigned eight months after Otho, and was [354]succeeded by Vespasian, who had been [355]sent by Nero to [356]quell the [357]Jews. He reigned ten years with the greatest [358]justice and [359]clemency. He was a great [360]encourager of [361]learning and [362]learned men. The only thing that was [363]blamed in him, was his [364]covetousness, which he used to [365]excuse, by [366]alleging the [367]emptiness of the [368]Exchequer.

The war in [369]Judea was [370]finished in his time, to which he was sent by Nero, as we have [371]already [372]said. It was [373]begun by some [374]seditious [375]people that were [376]headed by Eleazar, the son of Ananias, the [377]high-priest, who [378]took up arms against the Romans, under the [379]pretence of [380]religion. Cestius Gallus, [381]lieutenant of Syria, [382]laid siege to [383]Jerusalem, but was [384]beaten off with great [385]slaughter in the 12th year of Nero. The [386]victorious Jews upon their [387]return to Jerusalem, amongst other generals, [388]made choice of [389]Josephus, the son of [390]Matthias for one. In the year of Christ 67, Vespasian, [391]carrying his arms through Galilee and Judea, [392]took, besides most of their towns, Josephus their [393]commander, who [394]foretold his [395]rise. At last, he [396]fell upon Jerusalem, the [397]metropolis of the [398]nation, which was taken by his son Titus, in the second year of his reign.

This [399]proved the [400]ruin of the nation, and of the very name of the Jews. The [401]calamity was indeed so [402]violent, and the [403]miseries they [404]suffered so [405]various, that it was [406]visible they were [407]punished for the [408]horrid [409]murder of the [410]only begotten son of God; for a [411]dreadful [412]famine [413]forced the [414]besieged to [415]live on human [416]flesh; mothers to [417]eat their own children; and eleven hundred thousand [418]persons (a thing hardly ever [419]heard of before), [420]perished in that [421]siege. The city was [422]finally [423]razed to the ground. Vespasian, in the third year of his reign [424]triumphed, with his son Titus, over the Jews; upon which he [425]shut up the [426]temple of [427]Janus. He [428]died in his ninth [429]consulship whilst he was [430]giving [431]audience to some [432]ambassadors, having lived sixty-nine years, one month and seven days, and reigned eight years.

Titus, who [433]succeeded his father, is [434]deservedly [435]ranked among the best [436]emperors, although before he [437]came to the [438]empire, he was [439]thought a man of a cruel [440]temper, [441]covetous, and [442]depraved. But upon his [443]advancement, he was so much [444]altered for the better, that he [445]deserved the [446]title of the [447]delight of [448]mankind. He was [449]remarkable for great [450]mildness, and [451]easy temper, and never [452]sent any one away [453]dissatisfied; and [454]remembering once at [455]supper that he had [456]done nobody any [457]kindness that day, he told all those who were about him that he had [458]lost a day. In his reign, in the year of Christ 80, there was a [459]dreadful [460]eruption of [461]flames and [462]ashes out of [463]mount Vesuvius, which [464]flew as far as Africa, Syria, and Egypt; and the two towns of Pompeii and [465]Herculaneum[A] were [466]utterly [467]ruined by it. This good emperor died in the year of Christ 81, two years and three months after he had [468]succeeded his father, and in the one and fortieth year of his [469]age, not without the [470]suspicion of having been [471]poisoned by his [472]brother Domitian.

[A] The Manuscripts, Vases, &c. &c. which within the last few years have been found among the ruins of these places, are in the present day objects of great curiosity and interest.

Titus was very much [473]lamented both by the senate and people: and their [474]concern for his death was very much [475]increased by his brother and [476]successor Domitian, the worst prince of all that [477]came before, or [478]followed after him. At first he made some [479]show of [480]clemency and [481]justice, but soon [482]discovered his [483]temper, and [484]imitated Nero in [485]cruelty, [486]rapine, and [487]debauchery. He [488]ordered himself to be [489]called God, and was at last [490]destroyed by means of a [491]plot, in the year of Christ 96, after he had reigned fifteen years.

FOOTNOTES

[1] Egítto

[2] ridótto

[3] forma

[4] província

[5] trionfáre

[6] conquísta

[7] Dalmázia

[8] sommíssione

[9] consigliársi

[10] seriaménte

[11] fintaménte

[12] depórsi

[13] autorità

[14] consíglio

[15] risólvere

[16] presentáre

[17] dimanda

[18] nonostánte

[19] per rassegnare

[20] stratagémma

[21] assicurársi

[22] Cornélio Gallo

[23] Románo

[24] cavaliére

[25] governatóre

[26] esiliáto

[27] insolenza

[28] fare

[29] luogotenénte

[30] sottomessi

[31] ritórno

[32] ricusáre

[33] triónfo

[34] esibíto

[35] Fraate

[36] restituíre

[37] stendárdo

[38] preso

[39] amíco

[40] particoláre

[41] stima

[42] primo

[43] protettóre

[44] sciénza

[45] sapiénte

[46] género

[47] dare per moglíe

[48] nipóte

[49] grávida

[50] maríto

[51] progénie

[52] moríre

[53] tribunízio

[54] potére

[55] mandáto

[56] regoláre

[57] affáre

[58] ritirársi

[59] cadere

[60] dispiacére

[61] figliástro

[62] continuáre

[63] cagióne

[64] ritiratézza

[65] avversióne

[66] passáre

[67] sorta

[68] dissolutézza

[69] scopérta

[70] stravagánza

[71] bandíre

[72] sécolo

[73] prodúrre

[74] uomo

[75] Greco

[76] Dionísio Alicarnasséno

[77] Nicóla Damascéno

[78] célebre

[79] talénto

[80] istória

[81] Latino

[82] Cornélio Nepóte

[83] género

[84] battáglia

[85] célebre

[86] poéta

[87] Virgilio

[88] Orázio

[89] Ovídio

[90] Tibúllo

[91] Propérzio

[92] Cristo

[93] tenúto

[94] eccellénte

[95] príncipe

[96] necessário

[97] succédere

[98] salvático

[99] indole

[100] abbandonáto

[101] nascóndere

[102] vizio

[103] princípio

[104] maraviglióso

[105] arte

[106] adottáto

[107] comándo

[108] suócero

[109] acquistáre

[110] riputazióne

[111] virtù

[112] fatto d’arme

[113] risguardáto

[114] gelóso

[115] próprio

[116] rimuóvere

[117] maraviglióso

[118] succésso

[119] Levánte

[120] battersi

[121] rancóre mortále

[122] sospétto

[123] avvelenáto

[124] proseguíto

[125] preveníre

[126] senténza

[127] volontário

[128] Elio Sejáno

[129] cavaliére

[130] innalzáto

[131] malvaggio

[132] azióne

[133] aspiráre

[134] léttera

[135] precipitáto

[136] colmo

[137] grandézza

[138] mano

[139] carnéfice

[140] famiglia

[141] regno

[142] ritirársi

[143] ísola

[144] costa

[145] intenzióne

[146] segretamente

[147] voltoláre

[148] dissolutézza

[149] allegrézza

[150] Gesù Cristo

[151] nato

[152] Vergine Mária

[153] crocefísso

[154] chiamáto

[155] scarpa

[156] portáto

[157] soldatésca

[158] portáre

[159] succédere

[160] entráto

[161] avveniménto

[162] trono

[163] speránza

[164] rassomigliáre

[165] dotáto

[166] qualità

[167] corpo

[168] mente

[169] principiáre

[170] segno

[171] moderazióne

[172] risguárdo

[173] spogliáto

[174] umanità

[175] superáre

[176] animále

[177] crudeltà

[178] strage

[179] rango

[180] grado

[181] uccídere

[182] capitáno

[183] pretóriano

[184] guardia

[185] mezzo

[186] comméttere

[187] delitto

[188] dato fondo all’

[189] imménso

[190] tesóro

[191] lasciáto

[192] cominciáre

[193] proscrívere

[194] sacchegiáre

[195] sentíto

[196] vorréi

[197] collo

[198] edifízio

[199] lavóro

[200] effettuáre

[201] stimáto

[202] farsi

[203] adoráre

[204] mondo

[205] témpio

[206] edificáre

[207] tribuno

[208] coorte

[209] guárdia

[210] fatto

[211] cospirazióne

[212] regnáto

[213] vissúto

[214] regnáre

[215] naturalménte

[216] insensáto

[217] crudéle

[218] istigáto

[219] sopratútto

[220] liberto

[221] moglie

[222] abbandonársi

[223] affáre

[224] sfrenatezza

[225] dissolutézza

[226] essere noto

[227] arrischiáre

[228] sposáre

[229] maríto

[230] drudo

[231] istigazióne

[232] Narcísso

[233] Pállade

[234] libérto

[235] governáre

[236] argoménto

[237] pazzía

[238] messo

[239] Británnico

[240] Domízio

[241] consíglio

[242] richiésta

[243] adottáre

[244] dimenticáre

[245] destináre

[246] successóre

[247] bandíre

[248] Giudéo

[249] matemático

[250] intrapréndere

[251] spedizióne

[252] Brettágna

[253] soggiogáre

[254] veléno

[255] messo

[256] fungo

[257] ascéndere

[258] patrígno

[259] comportársi

[260] annoveráto

[261] príncipe

[262] ascoltáre

[263] precétto

[264] maéstro

[265] corrótto

[266] lussúria

[267] adulazióne

[268] diventáre

[269] mostro

[270] arrestáre

[271] trascórrere

[272] valoróso

[273] capitáno

[274] virtù

[275] autorità

[276] ricuperáre

[277] obbligáre

[278] Tiridáte Vologéso

[279] veníre

[280] domandáre

[281] coróna

[282] richiamáre

[283] far moríre

[284] veléno

[285] princípio

[286] ordináre

[287] privatala degli onori

[288] bandíto

[289] corte

[290] parricídio

[291] mancáre

[292] compíre

[293] miséria

[294] approváre

[295] leváre

[296] esiliáre

[297] scopérta

[298] trama

[299] macchináto

[300] poéta Lucáno

[301] dare dei calci

[302] grávida

[303] in modo da farla morire

[304] sfacciatággine

[305] comparíre

[306] teátro

[307] recitáre

[308] commediánte

[309] suonatóre d’arpa

[310] fare

[311] corse di carro

[312] giuóchi Circénsi

[313] rappresentáre

[314] spasso

[315] apparénza

[316] Troja

[317] fiámma

[318] incendiáre

[319] imputáre

[320] Cristiáno

[321] diventáre

[322] sprezzábile

[323] scelleratézza

[324] abbandonáto

[325] cercáto

[326] castigáto

[327] eseguíre

[328] carnéfice

[329] uffício

[330] regno

[331] C. Giúlio Vindíce

[332] propretóre

[333] apertaménte

[334] ribellársi

[335] persuadére

[336] governatóre

[337] farsi

[338] méttere

[339] vécchio

[340] adottáto

[341] proclamáto

[342] confidársi

[343] legióne

[344] comandáre

[345] qualità

[346] consoláre

[347] luogotenénte

[348] préndere

[349] nome

[350] sconfíggere

[351] combattiménto

[352] Bebríaco

[353] stanco

[354] succedúto

[355] mandáto

[356] reprímere

[357] Giudéo

[358] giustízia

[359] cleménza

[360] promotóre

[361] sciénza

[362] sapiénte

[363] biasimáto

[364] cupidígia

[365] scusáre

[366] allegáre

[367] povertà

[368] erário

[369] Giudéa

[370] termináto

[371] già

[372] detto

[373] principiáto

[374] sedizióso

[375] gente

[376] comandáto

[377] gran sacerdóte

[378] prendere

[379] pretésto

[380] religióne

[381] luogotenénte

[382] assediáre

[383] Gierusalémme

[384] rispínto

[385] stráge

[386] vincitóre

[387] ritórno

[388] scégliere

[389] Giuséppe

[390] Máttia

[391] portáre

[392] pigliáre

[393] comandánte

[394] prédire

[395] elevazióne

[396] gettársi

[397] metrópoli

[398] nazióne

[399] cagionáre

[400] rovína

[401] calamità

[402] violento

[403] miséria

[404] soffríre

[405] differénte

[406] visíbile

[407] puníto

[408] orréndo

[409] omicídio

[410] unigénito

[411] terríbile

[412] fame

[413] forzáre

[414] assediáto

[415] vívere

[416] carne

[417] mangiáre

[418] persóna

[419] sentíto

[420] períre

[421] assédio

[422] finalménte

[423] spianáto

[424] trionfáre

[425] chiúdere

[426] témpio

[427] Giáno

[428] moríre

[429] consoláto

[430] dare

[431] udiénza

[432] ambasciadóre

[433] succédere

[434] meritaménte

[435] annoveráto

[436] imperatóre

[437] arriváre

[438] império

[439] credúto

[440] natúra

[441] aváro

[442] sensuále

[443] avanzaménto

[444] cambiáto

[445] meritáre

[446] títolo

[447] delízia

[448] génere umáno

[449] notábile

[450] benignità

[451] piacevolézza

[452] rimandare

[453] malconténto

[454] ricordársi

[455] cena

[456] fatto

[457] benefício

[458] perdúto

[459] spaventévole

[460] eruzione

[461] fiámma

[462] cénere

[463] Monte Vesúvio

[464] spargersi

[465] Ercoláno

[466] affátto

[467] distrútto

[468] succedúto

[469] età

[470] sospétto

[471] avvelenáto

[472] fratéllo

[473] compianto

[474] afflizióne

[475] accresciúto

[476] successóre

[477] precedere

[478] seguíre

[479] mostra

[480] cleménza

[481] giustízia

[482] scopríre

[483] natúra

[484] imitáre

[485] crudeltà

[486] rapína

[487] lussúria

[488] farsi

[489] chiamáre

[490] uccíso

[491] cospirazióne

CHAP. IX.

(Of Rome, 836—Of Christ, 96.)

[1]Cocceius Nerva succeeded Domitian in the empire. He reigned but one year, four months, and eleven days; an [2]excellent prince, but [3]despised for his age. He [4]annulled all the [5]acts of Domitian, and [6]restored what had been [7]taken from the people by [8]violence and [9]injustice: but he [10]wanted [11]authority to [12]keep the soldiers within [13]due bounds; wherefore those who were [14]concerned in the death of Domitian, from whom he had [15]received the empire, were [16]killed by the [17]guards, [18]in spite of all he could do to [19]prevent it. He made Trajan, [20]lieutenant of Germany, his [21]adopted son, with whom he lived three months.

Trajan [22]took upon him the [23]government of the empire at [24]Cologn, being then in the 42nd year of his age; and a man [25]excellently [26]skilled in the [27]military art. He was likewise a person of great prudence, [28]moderation, and [29]meekness of [30]temper; so that he was thought by all to [31]deserve the [32]surname of [33]Optimus. He [34]added Dacia to the empire, and, [35]marching into the [36]East, [37]subdued the [38]Armenians, the [39]Iberians, the [40]Colchians, the [41]Sarmatians, the [42]Osrhoenians, the [43]Arabians, and the [44]Bosphoranians. He likewise [45]fell upon the Parthians, and [46]took the cities Seleucia, [47]Ctesiphon, and [48]Babylon, with several others. But upon his [49]taking a voyage in the [50]Red Sea, almost all those nations [51]rose in rebellion. He, however, [52]quickly [53]reduced them either in person or by his [54]lieutenants. There was in his time a great [55]earthquake, which [56]ruined the city of [57]Antioch: it [58]happened in the year of Christ 115, in the [59]consulship of Messala and Pedo, the latter of whom was [60]buried in the [61]ruins of the [62]place, and Trajan was [63]drawn through a [64]window, and had [65]much ado to [66]escape. The Jews of [67]Syrene [68]took up arms, and [69]exercised all manner of [70]cruelty upon the Romans and Greeks throughout [71]Egypt and [72]Cyprus. Trajan [73]suppressed this rebellion with infinite [74]slaughter, by his lieutenant Martius Turbo. [75]Whilst he was [76]preparing to march against the Parthians, who were up in arms, having [77]forced from amongst them the king that had been [78]given them by the Roman emperor; this excellent prince [79]fell ill, and [80]died at [81]Selinus in Cilicia. He reigned nineteen years, six months, and fifteen days.

[82]Ælius Hadrianus, Trajan’s [83]cousin and [84]countryman, [85]obtained the empire after him, by the [86]favour of Plotina, Trajan’s wife; a man very [87]fickle in his [88]temper and [89]genius, [90]equally [91]formed for virtue and [92]vice. He [93]went through all the [94]provinces of the empire, so that nobody had ever [95]travelled over so much of the [96]world as he. After the death of Trajan, he [97]abandoned Armenia, Syria, and Mesopotamia, to the Parthians, and [98]intended likewise to [99]leave Dacia, had he not been [100]apprehensive of [101]ruining the many thousands of Romans that were there.

He [102]rebuilt Jerusalem, which he [103]called Ælia Capitolina, and [104]settled a colony there; and in the same place where the [105]temple had [106]stood, [107]built another in [108]honour of [109]Jupiter; which so [110]provoked the Jews, that, [111]taking up arms, they [112]carried on the war with more [113]fury than ever, under the [114]conduct of Barchochebas; against whom, amongst other [115]skilful generals that he [116]employed, Hadrian [117]sent for Julius Severus out of [118]Britain, by whom the Jews were by [119]degrees [120]suppressed and utterly [121]destroyed; there being no less than 50,000 slain in that war, besides an [122]innumerable [123]multitude that were [124]consumed by [125]famine, [126]pestilence, and [127]fire; so that [128]Palestine became almost a [129]wilderness. After that time, the Jews were [130]forbidden, [131]under pain of death, to come to Jerusalem, unless one day in a year to [132]lament their [133]misery.

At last Hadrian [134]growing old and [135]infirm, having no [136]children of his own, [137]adopted [138]Arrius Antoninus, who was afterwards [139]surnamed [140]Pius, [141]upon condition that he should adopt Annius Verus, son of Ælius Verus, and [142]M. Aurelius Antoninus. After which he died at Baiæ, in the year of Christ 138, having lived sixty-two years, and reigned twenty-one and eleven months.

Antoninus Pius, adopted by Hadrian, [143]governed the Roman empire with so much virtue and [144]goodness, that he [145]surpassed all [146]example; for he [147]managed the [148]commonwealth rather with the [149]affection of a father, than with the authority of a prince, and [150]kept the world in [151]peace during his whole reign, for which [152]reason he was [153]compared to Numa. [154]Foreign and [155]remote princes and [156]nations [157]feared him to that degree, that they [158]referred the [159]decision of their [160]controversies to him. He [161]forbade any [162]scrutiny to be made after those, who had [163]entered into a [164]plot against his [165]life. He died in the seventieth year of his age, and twenty-fourth of his reign.

After him reigned M. Antonius Verus, [166]son-in-law of Pius; for he had married his daughter Valeria Faustina. He had from [167]his youth been [168]educated as well in the [169]knowledge of other [170]arts as the [171]studies of [172]wisdom, which he [173]made appear no less in his life and [174]conduct, than his [175]words and [176]professions. In the [177]beginning of his reign, he made L. Ælius Verus his [178]partner of the empire, to whom he married his daughter Lucilla. They reigned together eleven years, being of very [179]different [180]inclinations; for Verus was of a [181]listless, [182]luxurious, and [183]morose temper, but was [184]kept within [185]bounds through the [186]respect he had for his father-in-law; by whom he was [187]sent against the Parthians, and [188]carried on the war [189]successfully for four years, by his lieutenants; wherefore they both [190]triumphed over the Parthians. Afterwards they [191]undertook an [192]expedition against the Marcomanni, but upon their [193]march, Verus was [194]seized with an [195]apoplexy, between Concordia and [196]Altinum, and died. M. Aurelius carried on the war for three years against the Marcomanni, to whom the Quadi, [197]Vandals, [198]Sarmatians, and Suevi, [199]joined themselves. His army in [200]want [201]of water, was [202]relieved by a [203]legion of [204]Christians that was in it, who, by their [205]prayers [206]procured [207]rain from [208]heaven, according to [209]Eusebius. The [210]exchequer being quite [211]exhausted by the great [212]expense of the war, that he might not [213]burthen the people with [214]taxes, he [215]produced all the imperial [216]furniture and [217]sold it; and after the victory [218]restored the [219]price to those [220]purchasers who [221]were willing to [222]part with what they had [223]bought. Avidius Cassius, upon [224]false advice that he was [225]dead, [226]seized the [227]government, and was slain three months after. M. Aurelius died at Vienna, after a reign of nineteen years, and eleven months.

He was [228]succeeded by his [229]wicked son Aurelius Commodus Antoninus, who [230]resembled Nero for [231]cruelty, [232]lust, [233]avarice, and such practices as are [234]scandalous in an emperor. Having [235]settled his affairs with the [236]Germans, he triumphed at Rome. He put to death his sister Lucilla, who, with [237]several others, had [238]conspired against his life. He [239]used to [240]fight among the [241]gladiators in the [242]public games. He was at last, after an [243]infamous life, [244]slain by the [245]contrivance of a [246]mistress, and the captain-general of his [247]life-guards, whom he had [248]determined to [249]put to death. He reigned twelve years, nine months, and fourteen days.

After Commodus was [250]killed in the year of Christ 193, P. [251]Helvius Pertinax, was [252]declared emperor, by those who had [253]dispatched Commodus, who [254]endeavouring to [255]reduce the [256]commonwealth into better [257]order, and to [258]curb the [259]licentiousness of the [260]soldiery, was, within eighty days after his coming to the empire, [261]murdered by his own guards. The empire after this, was by the soldiers [262]exposed to [263]sale, and Didius Julianus [264]coming up to their [265]terms, was [266]accepted of, and [267]proclaimed emperor accordingly. But [268]not being able to [269]make up the [270]promised donative, he was [271]forsaken by them, and slain by [272]order of Septimius Severus, after he had reigned two months and five days.

This Severus, a [273]native of Africa, was at that time lieutenant of Pannonia, and [274]took upon him the government, under the [275]pretence of [276]revenging Pertinax’s death. He first of all [277]disbanded the guards for that [278]abominable [279]murder. Then he [280]fell upon Pescennius Niger, lieutenant of Syria, and Clodius Albinus of [281]Britain, his [282]competitor for the empire. Niger was [283]conquered, and Antioch, into which he [284]threw himself, was taken; after which, [285]flying towards the [286]river Euphrates, he was [287]taken and slain. After the [288]taking off of Niger, Severus [289]took [290]Byzantium, which had [291]declared for him, after a [292]siege of three years.

[293]Matters being [294]brought to a [295]peaceable [296]settlement in the [297]East, he [298]turned his arms [299]westward against Clodius Albinus, and [300]engaged him at [301]Lyons in [302]France; where many being slain on both [303]sides, and amongst others, Albinus, he was [304]left sole [305]possessor of the empire. The city was [306]plundered and [307]burnt, Albinus’s [308]head [309]sent to Rome, and a [310]dreadful [311]havoc made among those who had been his [312]favourers and [313]friends.

After this, he [314]marched [315]eastward again, and [316]conquered the Parthians, the [317]Adiabenians, and Arabians, whilst Plotianus, in the mean time, [318]governed all at Rome. Plotilla, this man’s daughter, was [319]contracted to Antoninus, Severus’s son, and the [320]nuptials were [321]celebrated in the tenth year of Severus’s reign. But not long after, Plotianus being [322]engaged in a [323]plot against the emperor, was slain by his [324]son-in-law, and a great many that had been in his [325]interest, killed after him.

Severus [326]undertook an [327]expedition into Britain, with his two sons, in the 15th year of his reign, where he [328]continued three years; being very [329]successful, he [330]drew a [331]wall [332]across the [333]island for its [334]security. He died at York, after he had reigned seventeen years eight months and three days.

[335]Antoninus Caracalla and Geta, the two sons of Severus, were after him [336]advanced to the empire, in the year of Christ 211. But the [337]difference of their [338]humour and [339]manners was such, that they were [340]perpetually at [341]variance. Geta was of a [342]mild and civil [343]temper, the other [344]cruel and [345]boisterous, who, in the second year of his reign, [346]slew his brother in his [347]mother’s [348]bosom. After him, a great many of his friends and [349]favourers were [350]put to death, amongst whom the [351]famous [352]lawyer [353]Papinian, because he would not [354]justify his [355]parricide. After this, he [356]marched into the [357]East. At Alexandria he made a [358]shocking [359]massacre of the [360]inhabitants, for having some time before made some [361]jests upon him. He then [362]invaded [363]Artabanus, king of the Parthians, and [364]laid waste his [365]dominions. He was [366]killed by the [367]contrivance of Opilius Macrinus after he had reigned six years and two months.

Macrinus [368]enjoyed the empire but a short time; for he and his sons were slain by the [369]soldiers within a year and two months after he obtained it: and was [370]succeeded by [371]Antoninus Heliogabalus, [372]supposed, but [373]falsely, to be the son of Caracalla. He was the [374]vilest [375]wretch that ever lived, [376]given up to all manner of [377]vice. Wherefore, after a reign of three years, and nine months, he was slain by the [378]soldiery, with his mother Julia, or Semiamira.

After this, [379]M. Aurelius Alexander [380]mounted the throne, having been [381]created Cæsar the year before; an [382]extraordinary prince, and well [383]instructed in all the [384]arts of [385]peace and war. He [386]carried a strict hand over the [387]judges, and was very [388]severe upon all those that by [389]favour or [390]bribery [391]transgressed the [392]bounds of [393]justice. He [394]banished from his [395]person all [396]flatterers, [397]buffoons, and such as are a [398]scandal to the [399]court. He [400]forbade the [401]sale of [402]offices, saying, that what was [403]bought would be [404]sold again. He [405]allowed the [406]deputies of the [407]provinces all their [408]furniture out of the [409]exchequer, that they might not be [410]burdensome to the people. He was [411]successful against the Persians, but at last slain in a [412]sedition of his army.

In the fifth year of his reign, [413]Artaxerxes, [414]the Persian, having [415]defeated the Parthians in three [416]battles, and slain their king Artabanus, [417]raised again the empire of the Persians in the East. He also made an [418]excursion into the Roman [419]territories, but was defeated by Alexander. After this, he [420]undertook an [421]expedition against the Germans, in which he was slain by Maximinus, together with his mother, after a reign of thirteen years.

Maximinus was made emperor after the [422]murder of Alexander, and [423]put a happy end to the German war. In the mean time he made a [424]dreadful [425]havoc at Rome, by his governor there, and killed a great many of the [426]nobility. During this, the two [427]Gordians, father and son, while at [428]Carthage, [429]laid claim to the empire. The Romans, being [430]headed by the senate, [431]declared against Maximinus; and [432]persons were [433]dispatched away to [434]secure the provinces for the senate. At home, twenty [435]commissioners were [436]nominated for the [437]management of public [438]affairs. The Gordians being [439]killed in Africa, after a year and a few days, by [440]Capelian, Maximinus’s general, [441]Balbinus and [442]Maximus Pupienus, two of the [443]twenty [444]commissioners, were [445]advanced to the empire by the senate in the year of Christ 237; in which Maximinus, as he was [446]besieging Aquileia, was slain by the [447]soldiers with his son, who was but a [448]boy, after a reign of two years and ten months.

Balbinus and Pupienus, with Gordian ([449]a boy, who, as will be seen [450]hereafter, [451]perished in Africa), reigned together for a year. But afterwards being [452]desirous to [453]get rid of Gordian, who was more in [454]favour than themselves, they were slain by the soldiers in the year of Christ 238; from which time Gordian [455]enjoyed the empire by himself, a [456]youth of an [457]extraordinary [458]genius, and [459]prone to all manner of virtue; which was [460]improved by the [461]prudence of Misitheus, a very [462]learned and [463]eloquent man, whose daughter he [464]married; with whom he [465]marched at the [466]head of the great army against the Persians, and [467]recovered from them [468]Carræ, [469]Nisibis, and other towns, and [470]forced them back into their own [471]country. The year [472]following, Misitheus being [473]murdered by the [474]contrivance of [475]Philip the Arabian, Gordian himself was soon after slain in a [476]tumult, which the same Philip [477]raised by the [478]help of some soldiers he had [479]corrupted, after he had reigned six years, in whose [480]place the [481]parricide [482]succeeded.

In the fourth year of Philip’s reign, the [483]Secular games were [484]celebrated at Rome, in the [485]thousandth year of the city. He was [486]at last [487]slain at Verona, by the soldiers, in the sixth year of his [488]reign.

Decius, [489]born in [490]Lower Pannonia, a man of great [491]courage and [492]experience in war, [493]succeeded him. He [494]perished in a [495]morass in a battle against the [496]Barbarians. This [497]defeat was [498]occasioned by the [499]treachery of Gallus, who [500]secretly [501]caballed with the enemy after he had reigned thirty months. This Gallus being made emperor by the [502]choice of the [503]soldiery, and having [504]taken his son as a [505]partner in the [506]government, was slain together with him by the soldiers, two years and four months after at Interamna, as he was [507]marching against Æmilian, who was [508]raising a [509]rebellion in Mœtia.

Æmilian did not reign long, being slain three months after his [510]advancement, and was [511]succeeded by Valerian, with his son Gallienus, who reigned six years together; during which time the Roman empire was [512]miserably [513]rent by the Barbarians. Thirty [514]tyrants [515]started up in several [516]places, according to [517]Trebellius Pollio. Wherefore Valerian [518]marching against the [519]Scythians, who had [520]taken [521]Chalcedon, [522]burnt Nice, and the [523]temple of the [524]Ephesian Diana, and from thence [525]advancing against Sapores, who [526]was very troublesome to the [527]Eastern [528]borders, he [529]took him [530]prisoner, and [531]treated him like a vile [532]slave; for when he [533]mounted his [534]horse, he [535]set his [536]foot upon his [537]neck, who [538]bowed down [539]for that purpose. At last he [540]ordered him to be [541]flayed and [542]salted. This [543]victory over the Romans [544]happened in the year of Christ 260. After which Odenatus, a senator of the [545]Palmyrenians, whom Zenobia had [546]married, [547]bravely [548]repulsed the Persians that still [549]harassed the [550]borders.

[551]In the mean time Gallienus, wholly [552]given up to [553]luxury and [554]debauchery, [555]suffered the empire to be [556]torn to pieces by the Barbarians, and [557]tyrants. Odenatus, after the [558]taking of Nisibis and Carræ, and the [559]recovery of Mesopotamia, [560]upon routing of the king of the Persians, having [561]sent the great [562]lords of the Persians to him in [563]chains, he was [564]not ashamed to [565]triumph, as if he had [566]conquered them himself. Odenatus was [567]murdered by his [568]cousin, together with his son Herod, whose [569]wife Zenobia, being a [570]woman of a [571]masculine spirit, [572]undertook the government. Gallienus was slain with his brother Valerian at [573]Milan, as he was marching against Aureolus the tyrant. He reigned almost seven years with his father, and eight alone.

Claudius [574]succeeded him; a [575]frugal and [576]moderate prince, and very [577]serviceable to the public, who having [578]taken off the tyrant Aureolus, was very [579]successful against the [580]Goths, of whom he [581]slew 320,000, and [582]sunk 200 of their [583]ships. The rest of the Barbarians were [584]consumed at [585]Hæmimontium by [586]famine and [587]pestilence; and soon after Claudius [588]died of the same [589]plague, after a reign of one year and nine months.

His brother Quintilius [590]usurping the empire, was slain by the soldiers ten days after, who had now [591]made choice of Aurelian, a person of [592]mean birth, but [593]reckoned amongst the most [594]glorious princes, only rather too [595]cruel. He [596]subdued the Alemanni and Marcomanni, from whom the Romans had before [597]received a [598]signal [599]overthrow. After that victory he [600]came to Rome, [601]put several of the [602]senators to death, and [603]enlarged the [604]walls of the city. Then marching [605]eastward, he conquered Zenobia, whom with the tyrant [606]Tetrichus, he [607]led in [608]triumph. [609]Aurelius Victor tells us, he was the first of the Roman emperors who [610]wore a [611]diadem on his [612]head, or [613]used [614]jewels and [615]cloth of [616]gold. He was [617]taken off by [618]Mnestheus, a [619]notary to the [620]secretaries at [621]Cænophrurium, [622]betwixt [623]Byzantium and Heraclea. After his [624]death, there was an [625]interregnum of about seven months, [626]occasioned by a [627]dispute between the senate and the army, about the [628]choice of an emperor; at length Tacitus was [629]chosen by the senate, a person of [630]excellent [631]morals, and very [632]fit for the [633]government, he was [634]descended from Tacitus the [635]historian; and he [636]died of a [637]fever six months after at Tarsus. His brother Florianus [638]succeeded him: but Probus being [639]set up by a [640]majority of the army, Florianus [641]bled himself to death, two months after his brother died, in the year of Christ 276.

This Probus was [642]born in Pannonia Sirmiensis, a very fine man, and an excellent [643]soldier, of [644]unspotted morals. [645]As soon as he was [646]made emperor, he [647]punished all those who [648]had a hand in the death of Aurelian. After that, he [649]marched to [650]Gaul, [651]recovered several towns out of the [652]hands of the [653]Barbarians, and [654]slew nearly 70,000 of them. After [655]reducing [656]Gaul, he recovered [657]Illyricum, and [658]subdued the people [659]called the [660]Getæ; then going into the [661]East, he [662]fell upon the [663]Persians; when having [664]defeated them, and [665]taken several towns, he was [666]slain on his [667]return to Italy, by the soldiers, at [668]Sirmium, who [669]hated him for his great [670]severity. This [671]happened in the seventh year of his [672]reign, and the 282nd of Christ.

Probus was [673]succeeded by M. Aurelius Carus, [674]born at [675]Narbon in France, who [676]immediately [677]made his sons Carinus, and Numerianus, [678]Cæsars; and having [679]sent Carinus to [680]take the care of Gaul, he [681]marched into the [682]East against the Persians with Numerianus; where, after he had [683]reduced Mesopotamia, and marched as far as [684]Ctesiphon, he was [685]struck dead by [686]lightning, having [687]reigned about a year. Numerianus being much [688]concerned for his father’s death, [689]contracted a [690]weakness in his [691]eyes with [692]weeping, and was [693]slain by the [694]contrivance of Aper his [695]father-in-law.

Carinus was nothing [696]like his father and brother, being [697]guilty of all [698]manner of [699]wickedness; [700]wherefore he was [701]odious to all [702]ranks of [703]people. He was [704]betrayed by his own army at [705]Margum in Mœsia, and [706]killed by the soldiers of Dioclesian, who, as soon as Numerianus was [707]dead, [708]accepted of the [709]purple [710]offered him by the army, being born of [711]mean parents in [712]Dalmatia (for [713]he is said to have been the [714]slave of [715]Anulinus the senator), but a [716]gallant soldier. He [717]took his [718]oath in an [719]assembly of the soldiers, that he [720]had no hand in the death of Numerianus, and upon that [721]slew Aper with his own [722]hand; and so [723]fulfilled the [724]prophecy of him, that he should be emperor, when he had killed a [725]boar with his own hand; for which reason [726]as often as he [727]met with a boar, he [728]used to kill him. After he had killed Aper, he said he had [729]found the fatal boar. He [730]suppressed the [731]boors who made an [732]insurrection in Gaul, and [733]called themselves Bacaudæ, by means of [734]Maximianus Herculius, whom he [735]sent thither [736]for that purpose in the year 285, in which this Herculius was first made Cæsar, and the year [737]following he was made Augustus. About the same time Carausius having [738]seized upon [739]Britain, and Achilleus in [740]Egypt, [741]pretended to the empire; and in the [742]East, Narses king of Persia, being [743]ready to [744]fall upon the Romans, and Africa being [745]wasted by the [746]Quinquegentians, the better to [747]conduct all these wars at once, he [748]created Constantius Chlorus, and Galerius Maximianus, Cæsars. The latter was [749]born in Dacia, not far from Sardica, and was [750]surnamed [751]Armentarius, because he had been a [752]herdsman. Dioclesian [753]gave his daughter Valeria to Armentarius, and Maximianus Herculius [754]disposed of his step-daughter Theodora to Constantius. After this, Dioclesian [755]went to Egypt, Herculius into Africa, Armentarius into the East, and Constantius into Britain. Alexandria was [756]taken by Dioclesian, after a [757]siege of eight months, in the twelfth year of his reign. Ceransius was [758]killed by his friend [759]Alectus, eight years after his [760]revolt. At the same time the Quinquegentians were [761]reduced by Maximianus Herculius: and Galerius Armentarius [762]defeated by Narsus, being [763]haughtily [764]received by Dioclesian, he the year following 297, [765]revenged this [766]disgrace, by [767]routing the Persian army, and [768]taking the [769]wives, [770]sisters, and [771]children of Narsus prisoners; upon which Dioclesian received him [772]honourably in Mesopotamia.

At length, after a [773]splendid [774]triumph, Dioclesian and Herculius [775]laid down their [776]authority; the former did it [777]by choice, and [778]retired to Salonæ; the other was [779]prevailed upon more by the [780]authority of his [781]colleague, than from any [782]inclination for it. This [783]happened in the 20th of Dioclesian, and 304th year of Christ; upon which [784]Constantius Chlorus, and [785]Galerius Maximianus Armentarius, were [786]proclaimed emperors; Severus, and Galerius Maximianus, the [787]nephew of Armentarius by a sister, were [788]declared Cæsars. Constantius [789]divided the Roman empire with Maximian, [790]keeping to himself Gaul, Italy, and Africa; but the two [791]last he afterwards [792]left to his colleague, who had besides [793]Illyricum, Asia, and the [794]East. Of this he made Maximianus [795]governor, and [796]placed Severus in Italy.

FOOTNOTES

[1] Coccéjo Nerva

[2] eccellénte

[3] sprezzáto

[4] annulláre

[5] atto

[6] restituíre

[7] preso

[8] violénza

[9] ingiustízia

[10] mancáre

[11] autorità

[12] tenére

[13] dovére

[14] avér parte

[15] ricevúto

[16] uccíso

[17] guárdia

[18] ad onta di

[19] impedíre

[20] luogotenénte

[21] adottáto

[22] pigliáre

[23] govérno

[24] Cológna

[25] ottimaménte

[26] versáto

[27] arte militáre

[28] moderazióne

[29] dolce

[30] temperamento

[31] meritáre

[32] sopranome

[33] Óttimo

[34] aggiúngere

[35] marciáre

[36] Levánte

[37] soggiogáre

[38] Armeni

[39] Ibérj

[40] Colchi

[41] Sármati

[42] Osroéni

[43] Árabi

[44] Bosforáni

[45] attaccáre

[46] préndere

[47] Tesifóne

[48] Babilónia

[49] fare un viággio

[50] per il mar rosso

[51] ribellársi

[52] presto

[53] ridúrre

[54] luogotenénte

[55] terremóto

[56] rovináre

[57] Ántíochia

[58] succédere

[59] consoláto

[60] seppellíto

[61] rovína

[62] piázza

[63] tiráto

[64] finéstra

[65] molta difficoltà

[66] scappáre

[67] Siréne

[68] prénder le armi

[69] esercitáre

[70] crudeltà

[71] Egítto

[72] Cipro

[73] sopprímere

[74] strage

[75] mentre

[76] preparársi

[77] scacciato

[78] dato

[79] ammalársi

[80] moríre

[81] Selíno

[82] Elio Adriáno

[83] cugíno

[84] compatriótto

[85] ottenére

[86] favóre

[87] mutábile

[88] natúra

[89] génio

[90] ugualménte

[91] formato

[92] vízio

[93] andáre

[94] província

[95] viaggiáre

[96] mondo

[97] cédere

[98] disegnáre

[99] lasciáre

[100] temúto

[101] rovináre

[102] riedificáre

[103] chiamáre

[104] stabilíre

[105] témpio

[106] situáto

[107] edificáre

[108] onóre

[109] Gióve

[110] irritáre

[111] pigliár l’armi

[112] fare

[113] fúria

[114] condótta

[115] sperimentáto

[116] impiegáre

[117] far veníre

[118] Brettágna

[119] gradualménte

[120] sopprésso

[121] distrútto

[122] innumerábile

[123] moltitúdine

[124] consumáto

[125] fame

[126] peste

[127] fuóco

[128] Palestína

[129] desérto

[130] proibíto

[131] sotto pena di morte

[132] compiángere

[133] miséria

[134] diveníre vécchio

[135] inférmo

[136] figliuólo

[137] adottáre

[138] Árrio Antoníno

[139] cognominato

[140] Pio

[141] con patto

[142] M. Aurélio Antonino

[143] governáre

[144] benignità

[145] sorpassáre

[146] esémpio

[147] maneggiáre

[148] repúbblica

[149] affezióne

[150] tenére

[151] pace

[152] ragióne

[153] comparáto

[154] straniéro

[155] remóto

[156] nazióne

[157] temére

[158] riméttere

[159] decisióne

[160] controvérsia

[161] proibíre

[162] scrutinio

[163] entráre

[164] cospirazióne

[165] vita

[166] género

[167] gioventù

[168] educáto

[169] conoscénza

[170] arte

[171] stúdio

[172] sapiénza

[173] mostrare

[174] condótta

[175] paróla

[176] professióne

[177] princípio

[178] compágno

[179] differénte

[180] inclinazióne

[181] pigro

[182] lussurióso

[183] fastidióso

[184] tenúto

[185] moderazióne

[186] rispétto

[187] mandáto

[188] fare

[189] con buon successo

[190] trionfáre

[191] intrapréndere

[192] spedizióne

[193] márcia

[194] assalíto

[195] apopléssia

[196] Altíno

[197] Vándali

[198] Sarmáti

[199] unírsi

[200] necessità

[201] acqua

[202] soccorsa

[203] legióne

[204] Cristiáno

[205] preghiéra

[206] procuráre

[207] pióggia

[208] ciélo

[209] Eusébio

[210] erário

[211] vuoto

[212] spesa

[213] caricáre

[214] dazio

[215] mise fuori

[216] forniménto

[217] véndere

[218] restituíre

[219] prezzo

[220] compratóre

[221] volére

[222] disfársi

[223] compráto

[224] falso avvíso

[225] morto

[226] usurpáre

[227] govérno

[228] succedúto

[229] malvágio

[230] rassomigliáre

[231] crudeltà

[232] sensualità

[233] avarízia

[234] scandalóso

[235] regoláto

[236] Germáni

[237] parécchi

[238] cospiráto

[239] solére

[240] battérsi

[241] gladiatóre

[242] giuóchi púbblici

[243] infáme

[244] uccíso

[245] arte

[246] amorósa

[247] guárdie del corpo

[248] risolúto

[249] méttere

[250] ammazzáto

[251] Elvio Pertináce

[252] dichiaráto

[253] spacciáto

[254] procuráre

[255] ridúrre

[256] repúbblica

[257] órdine

[258] reprímere

[259] licénza

[260] soldatésca

[261] assassináto

[262] espórre

[263] vendita

[264] componendosi colle

[265] condizioni

[266] accettáto

[267] proclamáto

[268] potere

[269] fornire

[270] donatívo premésso

[271] abbandonáto

[272] órdine

[273] natívo

[274] préndere

[275] pretésto

[276] vendicáre

[277] licenziáre

[278] abbominevole

[279] assassínio

[280] attaccáre

[281] Brettagna

[282] competitóre

[283] vinto

[284] ritirarsi

[285] fuggíre

[286] fiúme Eufráte

[287] preso

[288] presa

[289] prendere

[290] Bisánzio

[291] dichiaráto

[292] assédio

[293] le cose

[294] condótto

[295] pacifico

[296] accomodaménto

[297] Levánte

[298] voltáre

[299] verso l’occidénte

[300] attaccáre

[301] Lióne

[302] Fráncia

[303] canto

[304] lasciáto

[305] possessóre

[306] saccheggiáto

[307] abbrucciáto

[308] testa

[309] mandáto

[310] orríbile

[311] strage

[312] fautóre

[313] amíco

[314] marciáre

[315] verso il levánte

[316] conquistáre

[317] Adiabeniáni

[318] governáre

[319] fidanzáto

[320] nozze

[321] celebráto

[322] impegnáto

[323] cospirazióne

[324] género

[325] partito

[326] intrapréndere

[327] spedizióne

[328] continuáre

[329] fortunáto

[330] tiráre

[331] muro

[332] attravérso

[333] ísola

[334] sicurézza

[335] Antoníno Caracálla

[336] alzáto

[337] differénza

[338] umóre

[339] costúme

[340] perpetuaménte

[341] in lite

[342] benígno

[343] naturale

[344] crudéle

[345] impetuóso

[346] uccídere

[347] madre

[348] seno

[349] partitánte

[350] messo

[351] célebre

[352] giuriconsulto

[353] Papiniáno

[354] giustificáre

[355] parricídio

[356] marciáre

[357] levánte

[358] orríbile

[359] strage

[360] abitánte

[361] burla

[362] attaccare

[363] Artabáno

[364] desoláre

[365] domínio

[366] ucciso

[367] arte

[368] godére

[369] soldáto

[370] succedúto

[371] Antonino Eliogábalo

[372] suppósto

[373] falsaménte

[374] vile

[375] scelleráto

[376] abbandonáto

[377] vizio

[378] soldatésca

[379] M. Aurélio Alessándro

[380] ascéndere

[381] creáto

[382] straordinário

[383] istrútto

[384] arte

[385] pace

[386] comportársi rigorosaménte

[387] giúdice

[388] sevéro

[389] favóre

[390] corruzióne

[391] uscíre

[392] términe

[393] giustízia

[394] bandíre

[395] persóna

[396] adulatóre

[397] buffóne

[398] disdoro

[399] corte

[400] proibíre

[401] véndita

[402] uffízio

[403] compráto

[404] rivendúto

[405] concédere

[406] deputáto

[407] província

[408] móbili

[409] erário

[410] a carico al

[411] fortunáto

[412] sedizióne

[413] Artasérse

[414] il Persiáno

[415] sconfítto

[416] battáglia

[417] rialzáre

[418] scorrería

[419] território

[420] intrapréndere

[421] spedizióne

[422] assassínio

[423] termináre feliceménte

[424] spaventévole

[425] strage

[426] nobilità

[427] Gordiáni

[428] Cartágine

[429] pretendere

[430] comandáto

[431] dichiarársi

[432] persóna

[433] spedíto

[434] assicurársi

[435] commissário

[436] nomináto

[437] governo

[438] affáre

[439] ucciso

[440] Capeliáno Massimíno

[441] Balbíno

[442] Mássimo Pupiéno

[443] venti

[444] commissário

[445] alzáto

[446] assediáre

[447] soldáto

[448] ragázzo

[449] ràgazzo

[450] poi

[451] períre

[452] desideróso

[453] disfársi

[454] grázia

[455] godére

[456] gióvine

[457] straordinário

[458] génio

[459] inclináto

[460] coltiváto

[461] prudenza

[462] sapiente

[463] eloquénte

[464] sposáre

[465] marciáre

[466] testa

[467] ricuperáre

[468] Carréa

[469] Nísibi

[470] rispígnere

[471] paese

[472] seguénte

[473] uccíso

[474] insidia

[475] Filíppo l’Árabo

[476] tumúlto

[477] suscitáre

[478] assisténza

[479] corrótto

[480] luógo

[481] parricída

[482] succédere

[483] giuochi secolári

[484] celebráto

[485] millésimo

[486] finalménte

[487] ammazzáto

[488] regno

[489] nato

[490] basso

[491] corággio

[492] speriénza

[493] succédere

[494] períre

[495] palúde

[496] bárbaro

[497] sconfítta

[498] cagionáto

[499] perfídia

[500] nascostaménte

[501] congiuráre

[502] scelta

[503] soldatésca

[504] preso

[505] compágno

[506] govérno

[507] marciáre

[508] suscitáre

[509] ribellióne

[510] avanzaménto

[511] succedúto

[512] miserabilménte

[513] laceráto

[514] tiránno

[515] sollevársi

[516] luógo

[517] Trebéllio Pollióne

[518] marciáre

[519] Sciti

[520] preso

[521] Calcedónia

[522] abbruciáto

[523] témpio

[524] Efesino

[525] avanzáre

[526] inquietava assai

[527] orientále

[528] frontiere

[529] fare

[530] prigioniéro

[531] trattáre

[532] schiávo

[533] montáre

[534] cavállo

[535] porre

[536] piéde

[537] collo

[538] abbassársi

[539] a questo effétto

[540] fare

[541] scorticáre

[542] saláre

[543] vittória

[544] succédere

[545] Palmiriáni

[546] sposáto

[547] coraggiosaménte

[548] rispígnere

[549] dare il guasto

[550] confíne

[551] Intanto

[552] abbandonáto

[553] lussúria

[554] dissolutézza

[555] lasciáre

[556] laceráre in pezzi

[557] tiránno

[558] presa

[559] recuperaménto

[560] dopo la sconfítta

[561] mandáto

[562] signóre

[563] caténa

[564] vergógna

[565] trionfare

[566] vincere

[567] assassináto

[568] cugíno

[569] moglie

[570] donna

[571] ánimo virile

[572] intrapréndere

[573] Miláno

[574] succédere

[575] frugale

[576] moderáto

[577] serviziévole

[578] uccíso

[579] fortunáto

[580] Goti

[581] uccídere

[582] affondáre

[583] nave

[584] distrútto

[585] Emimónzio

[586] fame

[587] pestilénza

[588] moríre

[589] peste

[590] usurpáre

[591] scegliere

[592] bassa náscita

[593] annoveráto

[594] glorióso

[595] crudéle

[596] soggiogáre

[597] ricevúto

[598] segnaláto

[599] sconfítta

[600] veníre

[601] méttere

[602] senatóre

[603] ampliáre

[604] muro

[605] verso l’oriénte

[606] Tétrico

[607] condúrre

[608] triónfo

[609] Aurélio Vittóre

[610] portáre

[611] diadéma

[612] capo

[613] servírsi

[614] giója

[615] panno

[616] oro

[617] tolto di vita

[618] Nestéo

[619] notáro

[620] secretário

[621] Cenofrúrio

[622] tra

[623] Bisánzio

[624] morte

[625] interrégno

[626] cagionáto

[627] dispúta

[628] scelta

[629] scelto

[630] eccellénte

[631] costúme

[632] capáce

[633] govérno

[634] discéso

[635] istórico

[636] moríre

[637] febbre

[638] succédere

[639] innalzáto

[640] pluralità

[641] si apri le vene a morte

[642] nato

[643] soldáto

[644] intátta probitá

[645] súbito che

[646] fatto

[647] puníre

[648] éssere complíce

[649] marciare

[650] Gállia

[651] ricuperáre

[652] potére

[653] barbáro

[654] ammazzáre

[655] riduzióne

[656] Gállia

[657] Illírico

[658] soggiogáre

[659] chiamáto

[660] Geti

[661] Levánte

[662] attaccáre

[663] Persiáno

[664] sconfítto

[665] preso

[666] uccíso

[667] ritórna

[668] Sírmio

[669] odiáre

[670] severità

[671] succédere

[672] regno

[673] successo

[674] nato

[675] Narbóna

[676] súbito

[677] fare

[678] Césare

[679] mandáto

[680] aver cura

[681] marciáre

[682] Levánte

[683] ridótto

[684] Tesifóne

[685] ammazzato

[686] fúlmine

[687] regnáto

[688] afflítto

[689] contrarre

[690] debolezza

[691] ócchio

[692] piangere

[693] ucciso

[694] arte

[695] suócero

[696] rassomigliáre

[697] colpévole

[698] sorta

[699] scelleratezza

[700] perciò

[701] odióso

[702] stato

[703] gente

[704] tradíto

[705] Margo

[706] ammazzáto

[707] morto

[708] accettáre

[709] pórpora

[710] offérto

[711] bassi parenti

[712] Dalmázia

[713] si dice che

[714] schiávo

[715] Anulino

[716] bravo

[717] pigliáre

[718] giuraménto

[719] Assembléa

[720] éssere cómplíce

[721] uccídere

[722] mano

[723] adempíre

[724] profezía

[725] cignále

[726] ogni volta che

[727] incontráre

[728] solére

[729] trováto

[730] sopprímere

[731] Villano

[732] rivólta

[733] chiamársi

[734] Massimiáno Erculío

[735] mandáre

[736] a questo effétto

[737] seguénte

[738] impadroníto

[739] Brettágna

[740] Egítto

[741] preténdere

[742] Levánte

[743] pronto

[744] attaccáre

[745] desoláto

[746] Quinquegenziáni

[747] spingere

[748] creáre

[749] nato

[750] cognomináto

[751] Armentário

[752] pastóre

[753] dare

[754] accordáre

[755] andáre

[756] preso

[757] assédio

[758] ammazzáto

[759] Alétto

[760] rivólta

[761] ridótto

[762] sconfitto

[763] alteraménte

[764] ricevúto

[765] emendáre

[766] disgrázia

[767] sconfiggere

[768] fare

[769] moglie

[770] sorélla

[771] figliuólo

[772] onorataménte

[773] spléndido

[774] triónfo

[775] rinunziáre

[776] autorità

[777] spontaneaménte

[778] ritirársi

[779] dispósto

[780] autorità

[781] collega

[782] inclinazióne

[783] succédere

[784] Costánzo Cloro

[785] Galério Massimiáno Armentário

[786] proclamáto

[787] nipóte

[788] dichiaráto

[789] spartíre

[790] tenérsi

[791] último

[792] lasciáre

[793] Illírico

[794] Levánte

[795] governatóre

[796] collocáre

CHAP. X.

(Of Rome, 1044—Of Christ, 304.)

Constantius Chlorus having [1]enjoyed his [2]dignity one year, or as most [3]will have it, two years, [4]died at York. He was [5]mild and [6]civil in his [7]disposition; he would [8]suffer no [9]enquiry to be made after the [10]Christians, and [11]preferred such of his [12]servants as he [13]knew to be of that [14]profession before the [15]rest.

Constantine, his son, [16]began his [17]reign in the year of Christ 306, being 32 or 33 years of age, [18]born of [19]Helen of Bithynia, whom, most [20]authors say, was not, but some, that she was, the [21]lawful [22]wife of Constantius, though of [23]mean [24]birth.

At Rome, [25]Maxentius, the son of [26]Herculius, was [27]proclaimed emperor, by the [28]prætorian [29]bands: he, at first, to [30]gain the [31]people, [32]seemed to [33]favour the [34]Christians; but [35]presently after [36]wallowed in all [37]manner of [38]wickedness and [39]cruelty. Galerius Maximianus [40]sent Severus against him, who, being [41]forsaken by his men, [42]fled to Ravenna; Galerius, upon this, [43]marching for Rome, with his [44]army, was [45]likewise forsaken by his men, and went into [46]Illyricum, where he [47]made Licinius Cæsar. Upon which Herculius [48]being now in hopes of [49]recovering the empire which he had [50]quitted against his [51]will, [52]returned from Lucania to Rome, and [53]advised [54]Dioclesian, [55]living at Carnus in Pannonia, by his [56]letters to him, to [57]do the like, which he [58]refused. He [59]trepanned Severus by [60]perjury, and [61]slew him. Then [62]laying a plot for his son, he was [63]forced to [64]fly from Rome to Constantine in Gaul, to whom he [65]gave his daughter Faustina in [66]marriage. But some time after, having [67]entered into a [68]wicked [69]design against his [70]son-in-law, Constantine, (which was [71]discovered by his daughter), he [72]fled to [73]Marseilles, and there [74]suffered the [75]punishment of his [76]treachery. About this time, Galerius Maximianus [77]died and was by his son-in-law Maxentius [78]enrolled amongst the [79]gods.

In the year 312, [80]Constantine [81]marched against [82]Maxentius, and was [83]encouraged to it by the [84]prodigy of a [85]cross he [86]saw in the [87]heavens. Having [88]passed the [89]Alps, and [90]defeated his generals near Verona, he [91]routed Maxentius himself not far from Rome, who [92]flying over a [93]bridge he had [94]laid upon the [95]Tyber, it [96]broke under him, and he was [97]drowned.

[98]Affairs being [99]settled in the city, Constantine in his [100]way to Germany, at Milan [101]married his sister [102]Constantia to Licinius, who had now been [103]made emperor. The same year Galericus Maximinus, a cruel [104]enemy of the [105]Christians, [106]undertaking a war against both the emperors, was [107]beaten by Licinius in [108]Illyricum, and [109]fled into Asia, where he [110]died a [111]horrible death at Tarsus in Cilicia. Nor did the [112]agreement betwixt the two [113]princes [114]last long; their first [115]rencounter was at Cibalis, a town in Pannonia; after which they had another [116]battle in the [117]plains of Mardia; in both which the [118]Licinians were [119]entirely defeated. At last a [120]peace was [121]made, and the empire again [122]divided.

In the year 324, Licinius [123]taking up arms against Constantine, [124]upon a pretence that he [125]went beyond his [126]bounds, and had [127]broken into his [128]dominions, received a great [129]overthrow near Hadrianople. [130]From thence flying into [131]Byzantium, he was again [132]defeated by [133]sea; and being [134]routed in another [135]battle near [136]Chalcedon, he was [137]taken prisoner by Constantine, from whom he [138]procured his life by the [139]interposition of his sister, and was [140]banished to [141]Thessalonica, where, [142]endeavouring to make a new [143]insurrection, he was [144]put to death.

After this, [145]Crispus Cæsar, his son, by a former [146]wife Minervina, a [147]youth of an [148]extraordinary [149]genius, was put to death upon [150]suspicion of [151]attempting to [152]seduce his [153]step-mother; and the year [154]following, Fausta, being [155]found [156]guilty of [157]falsely [158]accusing him, was [159]suffocated in a hot [160]bath, by [161]order of her [162]husband Constantine.

In this emperor’s time, Byzantium was [163]rebuilt, and [164]enriched with the [165]spoils of almost the whole [166]world; so that it [167]equalled Rome, and [168]took its [169]name from its [170]restorer, being [171]called [172]Constantinople.

After this, having [173]subdued the [174]Sarmatians, and [175]disposed of them in several [176]places of the Roman [177]empire; Constantine died in the [178]suburbs of Nicomedia, where most [179]authors say he was [180]baptised a little before his [181]death.

He [182]left by Fausta, the daughter of Maximianus, three children, [183]heirs of the empire, who [184]divided it amongst them. Constantine the [185]eldest had [186]Gaul, and all [187]beyond the [188]Alps. [189]Constans the [190]youngest had Rome, Italy, Africa, Sicily, and the [191]rest of the [192]islands, Illyricum, [193]Thracia, Macedonia, and [194]Greece. Constantius, the [195]second son, Asia, and the [196]East, with [197]Egypt.

But the brothers did not long [198]agree; four years after his father’s [199]death, Constantine making war upon his brother Constans, and [200]invading his [201]territories, was [202]slain near Aquileia. Constans himself was slain ten years after by [203]Magnentius’s general, Gaison, near the [204]Pyrænean mountains. Constantius was [205]engaged in a [206]dangerous war with this Magnentius. In the [207]battle [208]fought at Morsa in Pannonia, Constantius’s army was [209]worsted in the first [210]attack, but at last [211]came off [212]victorious. Two years after this, Magnentius slew himself at Lyons in [213]despair.

Gallus was [214]declared Cæsar, and [215]governor of the East; but [216]abusing his [217]authority, he was [218]sent for by Constantius, and [219]put to death in Illyricum. [220]Julian, his brother, was [221]saved by the [222]interposition of Eusebia, Constantius’s [223]wife, and sent to Athens to [224]study. He was afterwards [225]advanced to the [226]dignity of Cæsar, [227]married to the emperor’s sister [228]Helen, and was [229]made governor of [230]Gaul, where he was very [231]successful against the [232]Germans, [233]Franks, and [234]Alemans; he [235]sent the [236]king of the Alemans a [237]prisoner to Constantius at Rome, who [238]envying his [239]success, [240]endeavoured to [241]draw his soldiers from him, and [242]send them into the [243]East against the Persians. But they [244]proclaimed Julian emperor at [245]Paris, [246]whilst Constantius was [247]preparing for a war against the Persians. [248]As soon as he [249]understood this, he [250]marched against Julian, but died on the [251]road near Tarsus.

Julian, after the death of Constantius, was sole [252]master of the empire. He [253]killed, or [254]banished all the [255]friends of Constantius; [256]opened the [257]temples of the [258]idols, and [259]abjuring the [260]Christian [261]faith, was [262]consecrated [263]high-priest, [264]according to the [265]rites of the [266]pagan [267]religion. He made war against the Persians, and was [268]slain in it. They say that, when he [269]perceived his [270]wound to be [271]mortal, he [272]received the [273]blood in his [274]hand, and [275]threw it up [276]towards [277]heaven, with these [278]words: “Thou hast [279]conquered me, O [280]Galilæan!” [281]meaning [282]Christ, whose religion he had [283]abjured, and hence was called Julian the Apostate.

After the death of Julian, [284]Jovian, a [285]native of Pannonia, was [286]proclaimed emperor by the [287]soldiers. He [288]ordered the temples of the idols to be [289]shut up, and their [290]sacrifices to be [291]abolished. He made an [292]inglorious peace with Sapor, king of the Persians, for thirty years, by which he [293]yielded up Nisibis, and the greatest [294]part of Mesopotamia. He died in his [295]return to Constantinople, in the [296]confines of Galatea and Bithynia.

In the year of Christ 364, [297]Valentinian was [298]chosen emperor at Nice, and not long after [299]gave the [300]title of [301]Augustus to his brother [302]Valens; and [303]leaving him in the East, [304]came into the [305]West himself. He had a great many good [306]qualities, but was [307]particularly [308]famed for his [309]love of [310]justice. He made war against the Alemanni, [311]Saxons, Quadri, and other [312]nations. He [313]died in Pannonia, of an [314]apoplexy, in the 55th year of his [315]age, and the 12th of his [316]reign.

His brother Valens [317]suppressed Procopius, a [318]relation of [319]Julian, who had [320]assumed the [321]purple at Constantinople. After which he made war with the [322]Goths; but upon the [323]suit of their king [324]Athanaricus, [325]granted them a [326]peace, in the year 369. Ten years after this, Athanaricus with Fritigernes, were [327]driven out of their [328]country by the [329]Huns, and were [330]kindly [331]received by Valens, and [332]settled with their Goths in [333]Thrace. They afterwards excited an [334]insurrection against the Romans, and Valens being [335]wounded in a [336]battle with them, near [337]Hadrianople, was [338]burnt [339]alive by the barbarians, in a [340]cottage he [341]fled to. He reigned fourteen years and four months.

The emperor Valentinian had two sons, [342]Gratian and Valentinian. The former he [343]declared Augustus in Gaul, in the year 367; and his other son was [344]immediately after the death of his father [345]advanced to the same [346]dignity by the soldiers, in the year 375, and the 10th year of his age. Gratian had an [347]aversion to [348]public [349]business. After the death of Valens, the Goths [350]over-running Thrace, and other [351]provinces of the Roman empire, not [352]being able alone to [353]bear the [354]burthen, he [355]sent for [356]Theodosius out of [357]Spain, and made him his [358]associate, who was then in the 33rd year of his age.

Theodosius having [359]conquered the barbarians, [360]restored the public [361]peace. At last the whole [362]nation of the Goths, with their king, [363]delivered themselves up to the Romans, to whom the emperor [364]assigned [365]lands. After these things, Maximus [366]seized the [367]government in [368]Britain, in the year 382; and having [369]fixed his imperial [370]seat at Triers, [371]basely killed Gratian at Lyons, after he had been [372]forsaken by his army; but Theodosius [373]revenged his death, and [374]likewise [375]re-established Valentinian the [376]younger, who had been [377]obliged to [378]quit Italy. This [379]happened in the year 388, in which he [380]overthrew and killed Maximus near Aquileia. Theodosius had all the [381]accomplishments [382]becoming a Christian emperor: [383]inferior to none of the [384]foregoing or [385]following princes; a [386]consummate general, never [387]undertaking any war but such as was [388]necessary; of [389]singular [390]clemency and [391]humanity, yet a little [392]inclined to [393]passion.

In the year 391, Eugenius, [394]supported by the [395]power of Arbogastes, [396]set up for emperor, and in the following year, Valentinian was slain at Vienne in Gaul, by the same Arbogastes. Two years after, [397]Eugenius was [398]routed, [399]taken prisoner, and put to [400]death by Theodosius. Arbogastes was his own [401]executioner. The year following, 395, this excellent emperor died at Milan, after a reign of sixteen years.

Theodosius [402]left two sons, [403]Arcadius and [404]Honorius; to the [405]former he [406]gave the [407]East, to the [408]latter the [409]West. Arcadius, [410]immediately after his father’s death, [411]married Eudoxia, which [412]match was [413]brought about by Eutropius, [414]for fear of his [415]taking to wife Ruffinus’s daughter. This Ruffinus in the East, and Stilicho in the West, were at that time two men of the greatest [416]eminence and [417]power in the empire. Stilicho, after the death of Theodosius, [418]laying claim to the [419]management of both the Eastern and Western empires, and [420]marching [421]Eastward, Ruffinus [422]endeavoured [423]to hinder him, by [424]posting his [425]troops in all the [426]passages into [427]Greece, and [428]sent for Alaricus, king of the Goths, who [429]over-ran Greece, but was [430]defeated by Stilicho. At last, Ruffinus was [431]slain by the [432]soldiers, the same year in which Theodosius died. After his death, Eutropius [433]became very intimate with Arcadius, but was at last [434]disgraced and slain, in the very year in which he was [435]consul. In 403, died Arcadius, a prince of a [436]peaceable, but [437]indolent [438]temper, and too much [439]governed by his [440]wife. He left the [441]guardianship of his son, by [442]will, to Jezdegirdes, king of the [443]Persians, who [444]faithfully [445]executed that [446]trust, and [447]committed the [448]care of his [449]ward to Antiochus, a very [450]learned man, who [451]threatened to make war upon any that should [452]offer to [453]disturb him.

In the West, the [454]frequent [455]invasions of the barbarians were almost [456]fatal to the Roman [457]state. Radagisus, king of the Goths, with four, or as [458]others [459]say, two hundred thousand men, [460]invaded Italy, who were very [461]happily [462]cut off by Stilicho, the general himself being [463]taken and [464]slain. After Alaricus, a king of the [465]Goths, having [466]laid [467]Greece waste, and [468]continued a long time in [469]Epirus, at the [470]instigation of Stilicho, who was [471]desirous to [472]take [473]Illyricum from Arcadius, in order to [474]annex it to the [475]dominions of Honorius, afterwards [476]penetrated into Italy. To [477]get rid of him, Honorius [478]gave him [479]Spain and Gaul to [480]live in, himself not being in a condition to [481]keep those [482]provinces. As Alaricus was [483]marching thither, Saul, a [484]pagan general, whom Stilicho had [485]placed at the [486]head of an army, [487]falling upon the Barbarians, was [488]defeated by them. This [489]success so [490]elevated Alaricus, that [491]quitting his [492]former [493]design, he [494]over-ran Italy, and [495]took Rome: but before this, Stilicho was [496]put to death by the [497]order of Honorius. For, after the death of Theodosius, [498]designing to get the empire to himself and to make his son [499]Eucherius, who was a [500]pagan, and an enemy to the [501]Christians, emperor; the better to [502]accomplish his [503]design, he [504]resolved to [505]throw all into [506]confusion. [507]Wherefore he sent for the Barbarians to [508]ravage the empire, and [509]let the Alans, the Vandals, the Suevi, and the Burgundians, loose upon France and Spain. His [510]relation to the emperor [511]encouraged him in it; for he had Serena, the daughter of Theodosius’s brother, in [512]marriage, and had [513]disposed of the two daughters he had by her, first, [514]Mary, and after her death, [515]Termantia, in marriage to Honorius. But these [516]intrigues being [517]discovered by [518]Olympius, in the year of Christ 408, he was slain by the [519]hands of [520]Heraclius. The year following, Eucherius was [521]put to death, with his mother Serena. After Stilicho was [522]taken off, Alaricus was [523]desirous to [524]come to an [525]accommodation with Honorius, but was [526]foolishly [527]rejected. Wherefore, with a [528]body of [529]Goths, and [530]Huns, in [531]conjunction with his wife’s brother [532]Athaulfus, he [533]laid siege to Rome, and [534]carried it in the year 410. The [535]plunder of it he [536]gave to his soldiers, but with orders that all such as [537]fled to the [538]churches, [539]especially those of [540]Peter and [541]Paul, should have [542]quarter given them. He then [543]went to [544]Rhegium, in order to [545]pass over into Sicily and Africa, but there [546]died. He was [547]succeeded by Athaulfus, who [548]plundered Rome again, [549]carried off Placidia the emperor’s sister, and [550]married her.

During this [551]storm in Italy, the same [552]calamity [553]fell upon Gaul and Spain. The Alans, Vandals, Suevans, [554]laid waste Gaul, passed the [555]Pyrenæan mountains, and [556]made themselves [557]masters of Spain in the year 409. The Vandals and Suevans [558]seized upon Galæcia; the Alans, Lusitania and the [559]province of [560]Carthage; the [561]Silingans, which was another [562]branch of the Vandals, Bœtica.

After the [563]breaking in of the Goths in 410, [564]divers [565]pretenders to the empire [566]started up in [567]several [568]places. First Attalus was [569]made emperor, by the [570]senate, at the [571]command of Alaricus. He [572]proudly [573]rejected Honorius, who [574]offered by his [575]ambassadors to [576]receive him as his [577]partner in the empire, but was [578]obliged by Alaricus to [579]return to a [580]private [581]condition, and was afterwards [582]put up and [583]down again several times. At length, [584]renewing his [585]pretensions in Gaul, but not being [586]supported by the [587]Goths, he was [588]taken [589]prisoner, and [590]put into the [591]hands of Honorius, who [592]spared his [593]life, but [594]cut off one of his hands.

[595]Martius Gratianus, and Constantine in [596]Britain, [597]usurped the [598]supreme [599]power, and were [600]taken off. [601]Jovin and [602]Sebastian, two brothers, then [603]pretended to the empire; but were [604]taken and [605]slain by [606]Athaulfus, king of the Goths. [607]Heraclianus was set up in Africa, and [608]venturing over into Italy against Honorius, was [609]routed by Marinus at [610]Utriculum; and [611]returning into Africa, was slain at [612]Carthage.

In the year 415, Athaulfus was slain by a Goth, and [613]succeeded by Sigericus, who was destroyed seven days after; and succeeded by Vuallia, who [614]made peace with the Romans, and [615]restored Placidia to Honorius; after which he made war against the Alans, Vandals, Suevi, and other [616]nations, who had [617]settled in Spain. Honorius [618]married Placidia against her [619]will to [620]Constantius Comes, who [621]confirmed the peace with Vuallia, [622]sent for him back into Gaul, and [623]gave him that part of [624]Aquitain which [625]lies betwixt Thoulouse and the [626]sea, to [627]live in. Upon this, Thoulouse [628]became the [629]capital of the [630]Gothic, or [631]Visigothic [632]kingdom in Gaul. This [633]happened in the year 419. In the year following, Honorius, against his [634]will, made Constantius his [635]companion in the empire, who died seven months after, as did Honorius himself in the year 428.

He was [636]succeeded by Valentinian his sister’s son. In his reign the Vandals, whom Boniface had hitherto [637]repulsed from the [638]shores of Africa, [639]entered it from Spain, under the [640]command of Geisericus. For Boniface being [641]impeached by [642]Ætius of [643]high-treason, and [644]Sigisvulphus being [645]sent against him, [646]finding himself not a [647]match for the Romans, [648]fled to the Vandals for [649]assistance, with whom he had [650]contracted an [651]alliance before. Wherefore in the year 427, Geisericus, with 80,000 Vandals and Alans, [652]passed over into Africa, and [653]made himself master of it. In the mean time, Boniface being [654]reconciled to Placidia, and not [655]being able to [656]persuade the Barbarians, to [657]return home, [658]endeavoured to [659]oblige them, by [660]force of arms, and was [661]routed. He then [662]went to Rome, and died there soon after.

Ætius in Gaul [663]sustained his part very well for the Romans, against the Franks, Goths, Burgundians, Huns, and other Barbarians. Ætius had [664]sent for the Huns to his assistance against the Goths. In the year 434, Honoria, the sister of Valentinian, being [665]banished the [666]court for [667]improper conduct with her [668]steward, and sent to Theodosius, emperor of the [669]East, [670]engaged Attila, king of the Huns, to make war upon the [671]West. [672]Litorius, a Roman general, having the [673]command of them, whilst he [674]endeavoured to [675]eclipse the [676]glory of Ætius, was so [677]foolish as to [678]regard the [679]answers of [680]soothsayers and [681]fortune-tellers, and [682]rashly [683]engaged [684]Theodoricus, king of the Goths, who by the most [685]abject [686]submission [687]declined the war, and after a great [688]overthrow was [689]taken and [690]slain in the year 439, in which [691]Carthage was [692]surprised by the Vandals. At last, in the year 442, Valentinian [693]renewed the peace with Geisericus, and Africa was [694]divided between them.

In the year 450, Attila [695]marched into Gaul, which at that time the [696]Visigoths, Franks, Burgundians, Alans, and other Barbarians, were in [697]possession of. Part of the Romans [698]reluctantly [699]remained under the [700]command of Ætius, who alone at that time [701]kept the [702]western [703]empire from [704]falling [705]to utter [706]ruin. Attila [707]laid siege to Aurelia, but Ætius [708]coming upon him, [709]obliged him to [710]raise the [711]siege, and [712]pursued him into Gallia, and Belgium then [713]overthrew him, in a great [714]battle [715]fought on the [716]plains of Catalonia. There were [717]slain on both [718]sides at least 170,000, and amongst them Theodoricus king of the Goths. It is [719]certain the Huns might have been [720]utterly [721]destroyed, if Ætius had not [722]been afraid, that in the event of the Huns being [723]entirely [724]cut off, the Goths would be [725]insupportable in Gaul.

Attila having [726]unexpectedly [727]escaped, [728]poured his [729]troops into Italy, where he laid siege to Aquileia, and [730]levelled it with the ground. He afterwards [731]laid waste [732]Milan, [733]Ticinum, and other [734]towns; and [735]marching for Rome, was so [736]wrought upon by an [737]embassy from [738]Leo, who [739]met him at the [740]river Mincius, that he [741]went into his own [742]country; afterwards [743]returning into Gaul against the Alans, who had [744]posted themselves beyond the Loire, he was again [745]defeated by [746]Thorismundus, as he had been in the [747]plains of Catalonia; and in the year 454, after an [748]excess of [749]wine, died of [750]vomiting [751]blood.

It is [752]said the city of [753]Venice [754]owes its [755]origin to that [756]inroad of the Barbarians, most of the Italians, [757]especially those of [758]Patavium, [759]flying from the [760]fire and [761]ruins of their cities to some [762]rocks and [763]desert [764]islands in the [765]sea for [766]refuge.

Valentinian, upon the death of his mother Placidia, [767]let loose the [768]reins of [769]power and [770]abused his [771]authority, for the [772]gratification of his [773]baseness and [774]cruelty. He [775]seduced the [776]wife of Maximus the senator, [777]put Ætius to death, after Maximus had by his [778]crafty [779]contrivances [780]rendered him [781]suspected, in the year 454; and the year following, by the contrivance of the same Maximus, he was [782]stabbed by Ætius’s [783]life-guard in the [784]field of [785]Mars, being thirty-six years of age, and in the 31st of his reign. [786]Eudoxia, the [787]consort of Valentinian, to [788]revenge the death of her [789]husband, [790]sent for Gensericus out of Africa, into Italy. Maximus, upon his [791]arrival, [792]endeavoured to [793]save himself by [794]flight, but was [795]torn in pieces by his own men, and [796]thrown into the [797]Tiber, after a [798]reign of [799]hardly two [800]months. Gensericus, after he had [801]taken the city, was so [802]affected by an [803]address of [804]Pope Leo’s, that he did not [805]set it on fire, or [806]put any to the sword; but [807]made plunder of all the [808]wealth of the [809]place, both [810]sacred and [811]profane, for fourteen days together; and [812]carried off Eudoxia, with her two daughters, Eudocia and Placidia, into Africa: the [813]former of which he [814]married to his son [815]Hunericus.

In the mean time, [816]Avitus Gallus being proclaimed emperor by the [817]Gallic [818]army at Thoulouse, made peace with the Goths; at whose [819]persuasion, Theodoric [820]entering Spain, [821]conquered the Suevi, and [822]killed their king [823]Richiarius in the year 456.

After him, [824]Majorianus [825]took the [826]government upon him at Ravenna; a [827]prince of a [828]great [829]soul, who being [830]desirous to [831]recover Africa, was going to Gensericus, under the [832]title of [833]ambassador; but being [834]seized by Ricimer at Dertona, and [835]obliged to [836]resign, was [837]put to death in the year 461, after a reign of four years and four months.

Ricimer [838]raised Severus for emperor, [839]according to an [840]agreement between them, and [841]poisoned him in the fourth year of his reign.

After this, there was an [842]interregnum of a year, and some months, till Anthemius was [843]sent into the West by [844]Leo, emperor of the [845]East, between whom and [846]Ricimer, it had been [847]agreed he should be [848]declared emperor, and his daughter should [849]marry Ricimer. Thus the barbarian being [850]made Anthemius’s [851]son-in-law, with his [852]wonted [853]treachery, first [854]raised a civil war against him, and then [855]put him to death at Rome, after he had [856]reigned five years and some months.

[857]Olybrius was then [858]put up in the [859]room of Anthemius by Ricimer, who [860]died forty days after Anthemius’s death: nor [861]was he long survived by Olybrius, for he died the same year, about seven months after his [862]promotion.

[863]He was followed by [864]Glycerius, who [865]took the [866]government upon himself at Ravenna, in the year 473, and reigned a year and four months. He was [867]succeeded by [868]Julius Nepos, who was [869]killed about five years after his [870]advancement.

[871]Momyllus, who was [872]likewise [873]called [874]Augustulus, was [875]set up by his father [876]Orestes, being the [877]last of all the emperors in the [878]West; for [879]Odouacer, king of the [880]Turcilingans, with the [881]Scyrans, and [882]Herulans, [883]seized Italy, and after having [884]slain Orestes and his brother [885]Paul, [886]banished Augustus into Campania. Thus [887]ended the [888]empire of the West. In the year of [889]Christ 476.

FOOTNOTES

[1] godúto

[2] dignità

[3] pretendere

[4] moríre

[5] affábile

[6] civíle

[7] natura

[8] permettere

[9] ricerche

[10] Cristiáno

[11] preferíre

[12] servitóre

[13] sapére

[14] professióne

[15] altro

[16] principiáre

[17] regno

[18] nato

[19] Élena

[20] autóre

[21] legíttimo

[22] moglie

[23] basso

[24] nascita

[25] Massénzio

[26] Ercúlio

[27] proclamáto

[28] pretoriáno

[29] guardia

[30] guadagnáre

[31] pópolo

[32] parére

[33] favoreggiáre

[34] Cristiáno

[35] poco dopo

[36] voltolársi

[37] sorte

[38] dissolutézza

[39] crudeltà

[40] mandáre

[41] abbandonáto

[42] fuggire

[43] marciáre

[44] armáta

[45] pariménte

[46] Illírico

[47] fare

[48] speráre

[49] ricuperáre

[50] lasciáto

[51] voglia

[52] ritornáre

[53] consigliáre

[54] Diocleziáno

[55] dimoráre

[56] léttera

[57] fare

[58] ricusáre

[59] adescáre

[60] spergiúro

[61] uccídere

[62] fare una congiúra

[63] forzáto

[64] fuggíre

[65] dare

[66] matrimónio

[67] entráto

[68] cattivo

[69] diségno

[70] género

[71] scopérto

[72] rifugiársi

[73] Marsíglia

[74] soffríre

[75] castígo

[76] tradiménto

[77] moríre

[78] annoveráre

[79] nume

[80] Costantíno

[81] marciáre

[82] Massénzio

[83] incorraggíto

[84] prodígio

[85] croce

[86] vedére

[87] ciélo

[88] traversáto

[89] Alpi

[90] sconfítto

[91] méttere in rotta

[92] fuggíre

[93] ponte

[94] messo

[95] Tévere

[96] rompérsi

[97] annegáto

[98] affáre

[99] regoláto

[100] gita

[101] maritáre

[102] Costánza

[103] fatto

[104] nemíco

[105] Cristiáno

[106] intrapréndere

[107] battúto

[108] Illírico

[109] fuggíre

[110] moríre

[111] orríbile

[112] patto

[113] príncipe

[114] duráre

[115] combattiménto

[116] battáglia

[117] pianúre

[118] Liciniáni

[119] affátto

[120] pace

[121] fatto

[122] divíso

[123] préndere

[124] sotto pretésto

[125] passáre

[126] límite

[127] sforzáto

[128] stato

[129] sconfítta vicino Adrianopoli

[130] di là fuggíre

[131] Bisánzio

[132] sconfítto

[133] mare

[134] messo in rotta

[135] battáglia

[136] Calcedónia

[137] fatto prigioniéro

[138] ottenére

[139] interposizióne

[140] bandíto

[141] Tessalónica

[142] cercáre

[143] sollevazióne

[144] messo

[145] Crispo Césare

[146] moglie

[147] gióvine

[148] straordinário

[149] génio

[150] sospétto

[151] tentáre

[152] sedúrre

[153] matrígna

[154] seguénte

[155] trováto

[156] colpévole

[157] falsaménte

[158] accusáre

[159] soffogáto

[160] bagno

[161] órdine

[162] maríto

[163] rifabbricáto

[164] arricchíto

[165] spóglia

[166] mondo

[167] uguagliáre

[168] préndere

[169] nome

[170] ristauratore

[171] chiamáta

[172] Costantinópoli

[173] soggiogáto

[174] Sarmáti

[175] mandáto

[176] luógo

[177] império

[178] sobbórgo

[179] autóre

[180] battezzáto

[181] morte

[182] lasciáre

[183] erede

[184] divídere

[185] primogénito

[186] Gállia

[187] di là dell’

[188] Alpi

[189] Costánte

[190] gióvine

[191] resto

[192] ísola

[193] Trácia

[194] Grécia

[195] secóndogénito

[196] Levánte

[197] Egítto

[198] accordársi

[199] morte

[200] invádere

[201] território

[202] uccíso

[203] Magnénzio

[204] Pirenéi

[205] impegnáto

[206] pericolóso

[207] battáglia

[208] dato

[209] soprafátto

[210] assálto

[211] sortire

[212] vittorióso

[213] disperazióne

[214] dichiaráto

[215] governatóre

[216] abusáre

[217] autorità

[218] mandáto a cercáre

[219] messo

[220] Giuliáno

[221] salváto

[222] interposizióne

[223] consórte

[224] studiáre

[225] promosso

[226] dignità

[227] maritáto

[228] Élena

[229] fatto

[230] Gállia

[231] fortunáto

[232] Alemanni

[233] Franchi

[234] Alemánni

[235] mandáre

[236] Re

[237] prigioniéro

[238] invidiáre

[239] succésso

[240] procuráre

[241] levare

[242] mandáre

[243] Levánte

[244] proclamáre

[245] Parígi

[246] mentre

[247] preparársi

[248] súbito che

[249] inténdere

[250] marciáre

[251] in viaggio

[252] padróne

[253] uccídere

[254] bandíre

[255] amíco

[256] apríre

[257] témpio

[258] ídolo

[259] abjuráre

[260] Cristiáno

[261] fede

[262] consacráto

[263] gran prete

[264] secóndo

[265] rito

[266] pagáno

[267] religióne

[268] uccíso

[269] accórgersi

[270] ferita

[271] mortále

[272] raccogliere

[273] sangue

[274] mano

[275] gettáre

[276] verso

[277] ciélo

[278] paróla

[279] vinto

[280] Galiléo

[281] voler dire

[282] Cristo

[283] abjuráre

[284] Gioviáno

[285] natívo

[286] proclamáto

[287] soldáto

[288] fare

[289] chiúdere

[290] sacrifízio

[291] abbolíre

[292] disonorevole

[293] cédere

[294] parte

[295] ritorno

[296] confíni

[297] Valentiniáno

[298] elétto

[299] dare

[300] títolo

[301] Augústo

[302] Valénte

[303] lasciáre

[304] veníre

[305] Occidénte

[306] qualità

[307] particolarménte

[308] distinto

[309] amóre

[310] giustízia

[311] Sássoni

[312] nazióne

[313] moríre

[314] apopléssia

[315] età

[316] regno

[317] reprímere

[318] parénte

[319] Giuliáno

[320] assúmere

[321] pórpora

[322] Goti

[323] sollecitazióne

[324] Atanárico

[325] accordáre

[326] pace

[327] scacciáto

[328] pátria

[329] Unni

[330] corteseménte

[331] ricevúto

[332] stabilírsi

[333] Trácia

[334] rivólta

[335] feríto

[336] battáglia

[337] Adrianópoli

[338] bruciáto

[339] vivo

[340] capánna

[341] rifugiársi

[342] Graziáno

[343] dichiaráre

[344] súbito

[345] promósso

[346] dignità

[347] avversióne

[348] púbblico

[349] affáre

[350] inondáre

[351] província

[352] non potére

[353] sopportáre

[354] peso

[355] far veníre

[356] Teodósio

[357] Spagna

[358] compágno

[359] battuto

[360] ristabilíre

[361] pace

[362] nazióne

[363] arrendérsi

[364] assegnáre

[365] terra

[366] usurpáre

[367] govérno

[368] Brettágna

[369] fissáto

[370] séggio

[371] in modo viliacco

[372] abbandonáto

[373] vendicársi

[374] pariménte

[375] ristabilíre

[376] gióvine

[377] obbligáto

[378] lasciáre

[379] succédere

[380] sconfíggere

[381] qualità

[382] convenévole

[383] inferióre

[384] precedénte

[385] seguénte

[386] consumáto

[387] intrapréndere

[388] necessário

[389] singoláre

[390] cleménza

[391] umanità

[392] inclináto

[393] cóllera

[394] sostenúto

[395] poténza

[396] farsi

[397] Eugénio

[398] sconfítto

[399] fatto

[400] morte

[401] carnéfice

[402] lasciáre

[403] Arcádio

[404] Onório

[405] primo

[406] dare

[407] Levánte

[408] último

[409] occidénte

[410] súbito

[411] sposáre

[412] matrimónio

[413] procurato

[414] di paura che

[415] pigliáre

[416] elevazione

[417] potére

[418] preténdere

[419] governo

[420] marciáre

[421] verso il levánte

[422] cercáre

[423] impedíre

[424] collocáre

[425] truppa

[426] passággio

[427] Grécia

[428] fare veníre

[429] trascórrere

[430] sconfítto

[431] uccíso

[432] soldáto

[433] diventáre

[434] disgraziáto

[435] consóle

[436] pacífico

[437] indolénte

[438] natúra

[439] governáto

[440] moglie

[441] tutéla

[442] testaménto

[443] Persiáno

[444] fedelménte

[445] eseguíre

[446] incombénza

[447] riméttere

[448] cura

[449] pupíllo

[450] sapiénte

[451] minacciáre

[452] tentáre

[453] molestáre

[454] frequénte

[455] invasióne

[456] fatále

[457] stato

[458] altro

[459] dire

[460] invádere

[461] fortunataménte

[462] tagliáto a pezzi

[463] preso

[464] uccíso

[465] Goti

[466] desoláto

[467] Grécia

[468] continuáto

[469] Epíro

[470] istigazióne

[471] desideráre

[472] préndere

[473] Illírico

[474] aggiúngere

[475] stato

[476] penetráre

[477] disfársi

[478] dare

[479] Spágna

[480] per suo státo

[481] mantenére

[482] província

[483] marciáre

[484] pagáno

[485] messo

[486] tésta

[487] attaccáre

[488] sconfítto

[489] succésso

[490] gonfiáre

[491] desístere

[492] primo

[493] diségno

[494] trascórrere

[495] préndere

[496] messo

[497] órdine

[498] propórsi

[499] Euchério

[500] pagáno

[501] Cristiáno

[502] compíre

[503] diségno

[504] risólvere

[505] méttere

[506] confusióne

[507] perciò

[508] saccheggiáre

[509] scatenáre

[510] affinità

[511] incorragíre

[512] matrimónio

[513] dare

[514] Maria

[515] Termánzia

[516] manéggio

[517] scopérto

[518] Olímpio

[519] mano

[520] Eráclio

[521] messo

[522] uccíso

[523] desideróso

[524] veníre

[525] accommodaménto

[526] scioccaménte

[527] rigettáto

[528] corpo

[529] Goti

[530] Unni

[531] congiúnzione

[532] Ataúlfo

[533] assediáre

[534] víncere

[535] bottíno

[536] dare

[537] rifugiársi

[538] chiésa

[539] specialmente

[540] Piétro

[541] Páolo

[542] fossero salve

[543] andáre

[544] Réggio

[545] passáre

[546] moríre

[547] succédere

[548] sacchegíáre

[549] portár via

[550] sposáre

[551] tempésta

[552] calamità

[553] attaccáre

[554] desoláre

[555] Pirenéi

[556] rendérsi

[557] padróne

[558] impossessársi

[559] província

[560] Cartágine

[561] Silingáni

[562] distaccamento

[563] incursióne

[564] divérso

[565] pretendénte

[566] levársi

[567] divérso

[568] luógo

[569] fato

[570] senáto

[571] comándo

[572] superbaménte

[573] rigettáre

[574] offeríre

[575] ambasciadóre

[576] ricévere

[577] compágno

[578] obbligáto

[579] ritornáre

[580] priváto

[581] stato

[582] esaltáto

[583] depósto

[584] rinnováre

[585] pretensióne

[586] sopportáto

[587] Goti

[588] fatto

[589] prigioniéro

[590] messo

[591] mano

[592] risparmiáre

[593] vita

[594] tagliáre

[595] Marco Graziáno

[596] Brettágna

[597] usurpáre

[598] suprémo

[599] potére

[600] uccíso

[601] Giovíno

[602] Sebastiáno

[603] preténdere

[604] preso

[605] uccíso

[606] Ataúlfo

[607] Eracliáno

[608] avventuráre di passáre

[609] sconfítto

[610] Otrículo

[611] ritornáre

[612] Cartágine

[613] succédere

[614] far pace

[615] restituíre

[616] nazióne

[617] stabilíto

[618] maritáre

[619] volontà

[620] Costánzo Cométe

[621] confermáre

[622] far ritornáre

[623] dare

[624] Aquitánia

[625] giáce

[626] mare

[627] dimoráre

[628] diveníre

[629] capitále

[630] Gótico

[631] Visigótico

[632] regno

[633] succédere

[634] volontà

[635] compágno

[636] succéssegli

[637] rispinto

[638] costa

[639] entráre

[640] comándo

[641] accusáto

[642] Ézio

[643] delítto di lesa maestà

[644] Sigisvúlfo

[645] mandáto

[646] trovársi

[647] uguále

[648] ricórrere

[649] assisténza

[650] contrattáto

[651] lega

[652] passáre

[653] impadronírsi

[654] riconciliáto

[655] potére

[656] persuadére

[657] ritornáre nel loro paese

[658] procuráre

[659] obbligáre

[660] forza delle armi

[661] sconfítto

[662] andáre

[663] sostenére

[664] mandáto a cercáre

[665] bandíto

[666] corte

[667] disonestà

[668] maggiordómo

[669] Levánte

[670] impegnáre

[671] Occidénte

[672] Litório

[673] comándo

[674] procuráre

[675] eclissáre

[676] glória

[677] stolto

[678] badáre

[679] rispósta

[680] astrólogo

[681] indovíno

[682] temerariaménte

[683] attaccáre

[684] Teodoríco

[685] abbietto

[686] sommissióne

[687] sfuggíre

[688] sconfítta

[689] preso

[690] uccíso

[691] Cartágine

[692] sorpréso

[693] rinnováre

[694] spartíto

[695] marciáre

[696] Visigóti

[697] possésso

[698] malvolontiéri

[699] rimanére

[700] comándo

[701] impedíre

[702] occidentále

[703] império

[704] cascáre

[705] totále

[706] rovína

[707] assediáre

[708] veníre addósso

[709] forzáre

[710] leváre

[711] assédio

[712] incalzáre

[713] rómpere

[714] battáglia

[715] dato

[716] pianúra

[717] uccíso

[718] banda

[719] certo

[720] affátto

[721] distrútto

[722] aver paúra

[723] interaménte

[724] sconfítto

[725] insoportábile

[726] impensataménte

[727] scappáto

[728] inondáre colle sue

[729] truppe

[730] spianáre

[731] devastáre

[732] Miláno

[733] Ticíno

[734] città

[735] marciáre

[736] commosso

[737] ambasciáta

[738] Leóne

[739] incontráre

[740] fiúme Míncio

[741] ritirársi

[742] paése

[743] tornáre

[744] messo

[745] sconfítto

[746] Torrismóndo

[747] pianúra

[748] stravízzo

[749] vino

[750] vómito

[751] sangue

[752] dire

[753] Venézia

[754] dovére

[755] orígine

[756] incursióne

[757] specialménte

[758] Padova

[759] fuggíre

[760] fuóco

[761] rovína

[762] scóglio

[763] disabitáto

[764] ísola

[765] mare

[766] a rifúgiarsi

[767] rilasciáre

[768] freno

[769] dissolutézza

[770] abusáre

[771] autorità

[772] soddisfazióne

[773] sensualità

[774] crudeltà

[775] sedúrre

[776] móglie

[777] méttere

[778] maligno

[779] invenzióne

[780] reso

[781] sospétto

[782] pugnaláto

[783] guárdia di corpo

[784] campo

[785] Marte

[786] Eudóssia

[787] consórte

[788] vendicáre

[789] maríto

[790] far veníre

[791] arriváre

[792] procuráre

[793] salvársi

[794] fuga

[795] fatto a pezzi

[796] gettáto

[797] Tévere

[798] regno

[799] appéna

[800] mese

[801] preso

[802] commosso

[803] súpplica

[804] papa Leóne

[805] méttere il fuóco

[806] méttere a fil di spada

[807] predáre

[808] ricchézza

[809] piázza

[810] sacro

[811] profáno

[812] portár via

[813] primo

[814] maritáre

[815] Uneríco

[816] Avíto Gallo

[817] Gállico

[818] armáto

[819] persuasióne

[820] entráre

[821] conquistáre

[822] uccídere

[823] Ricciário

[824] Maggioriáno

[825] préndere

[826] govérno

[827] príncipe

[828] gran

[829] mente

[830] bramóso

[831] ricuperáre

[832] títolo

[833] ambasciadóre

[834] arrestáto

[835] obbligáto

[836] rassegnáre

[837] messo

[838] innalzáre all’impero

[839] secóndo

[840] patto

[841] avvelenáre

[842] interrégno

[843] mandáto

[844] Leóne

[845] Oriente

[846] Ricímero

[847] convenúto

[848] dichiaráto

[849] sposáre

[850] divenuto

[851] género

[852] sólito

[853] perfídia

[854] suscitáre

[855] méttere

[856] regnáto

[857] Olíbrio

[858] messo

[859] luógo

[860] moríre

[861] sopravisse a questi lungo tempo

[862] promozióne

[863] venne dopo lui

[864] Glicério

[865] préndere

[866] govérno

[867] succédere

[868] Giúlio Nepóte

[869] uccíso

[870] elevazióne

[871] Momíllo

[872] pariménte

[873] chiamáto

[874] Augústolo

[875] innalzáto

[876] Oréste

[877] último

[878] Occidénte

[879] Odouácro

[880] Turcilingáni

[881] Sciráni

[882] Éruli

[883] usurpáre

[884] uccíso

[885] Páolo

[886] bandíre

[887] finíre

[888] império

[889] Cristo

FINE.

Printed by T. C. Hansard, Peterborough-court, Fleet-street, London.

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EXERCISES UPON THE DIFFERENT PARTS OF ITALIAN SPEECH, WITH REFERENCES TO VENERONI'S GRAMMAR ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works provided that:

- • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”

- • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.

- • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the work.

- • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™

Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility: www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Table of Contents

EXERCISES UPON THE DIFFERENT PARTS of ITALIAN SPEECH

PREFACE.

ITALIAN EXERCISES.

ON THE ACCIDENCE OF VERBS.

On the Rules of the Italian Syntax, with References to Veneroni’s Grammar.

Construction of Adjectives.

OF PRONOUNS.

Exercises on the Tenses of the Verbs.

On the Construction of Verbs.

Personal Verbs governing a Genitive Case.

Verbs governing an Accusative Case of the Person, and a Genitive of the Thing.

Verbs governing an Accusative Case of the Dative.

Of the construction of the Infinitive, with the preposition di.

On the English Participle in ing.

Of the Participle past.

On Adverbs.

On Prepositions.

On Conjunctions which require the Subjunctive after them.

Upon Interrogations.

Upon the Irregular Construction of Personal and Possessive Pronouns.

AN ABRIDGEMENT OF THE ROMAN HISTORY.

CHAP. I.

FOOTNOTES

CHAP. II.

FOOTNOTES

CHAP. III

FOOTNOTES

CHAP. IV.

FOOTNOTES

CHAP. V.

FOOTNOTES

CHAP. VI.

FOOTNOTES

CHAP. VII.

FOOTNOTES

CHAP. VIII.

FOOTNOTES

CHAP. IX.

FOOTNOTES

CHAP. X.

FOOTNOTES

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE